North Carolina Division of Marine Fisheries

North Carolina Division of Marine Fisheries

Safety Manual

Updated 2017

Division of Marine Fisheries Safety Manual


Table of Contents

Division of Marine Fisheries Safety Committee ......................................................... 2 MF-1: Division Director’s Safety Committee ................................................................... 3 MF-2: Safety Meetings ................................................................................................... 5 MF-3: Staff Safety Meetings ........................................................................................... 6 MF-4: Pre-Operational Safety Meetings (Tailgate Meetings) ......................................... 6 MF-5: Audits ................................................................................................................... 7 MF-6: Regional Office, Leased Office and Multi-Occupancy Locations.......................... 8 MF-7: Safety and Risk Management .............................................................................. 8 MF-8: Incident Investigation ........................................................................................... 9 General Safety Policies Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) ..................................... 11 GN-1: Accident and Injury Response ........................................................................... 12 GN-2: Cold Weather Safety .......................................................................................... 14 GN-3: Computer Data Entry ......................................................................................... 17 GN-4: Domestic and Wild Animals ............................................................................... 20 GN-5: Equipment Mounting and Dismounting .............................................................. 22 GN-6: Exposure to Blood or Bodily Fluids (Blood borne Pathogens) ........................... 24 GN-7: Fire Safety ......................................................................................................... 26 GN-8: First Aid ............................................................................................................. 29 GN-9: Flagging Traffic .................................................................................................. 33 GN-10: Geographic Hazards-Coastal Areas ................................................................ 35 GN-11: Hazardous Materials (Jobsite) ......................................................................... 37 GN-12: Hostile Irate Customers ................................................................................... 39 GN-13: Hot Weather Safety ......................................................................................... 42 GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation .......................................................................... 44 GN-15: Housekeeping and Sanitation – Mold and Mildew ........................................... 47 GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions ......................................................................... 49 GN-17: Lifting ............................................................................................................... 51 GN-18: Noise Hazards ................................................................................................. 53 GN-19: Office Machine and Equipment Safety ............................................................. 57 GN-20: Office Safety/Office Lavatory Area ................................................................... 59 GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment ....................................................................... 62 GN-21A: Habitat & Enhancement PFD Requirements ............................................... 67 GN-21B: Shellfish Sanitation & Recreational Water Quality PFD Requirements, .. 68 and SSRWQ Personal Locator Beacon Use ............................................... 70 GN-21C: Protected Resources: PFD, Observer Safety, and Cold Water Safety ...... 72 GN-21D: Fisheries Management: PFD and Observer Safety….……………...……….75 GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement ....................................... 76 GN-23: Poisonous Snakes, Insects and Plants ............................................................ 80 GN-24: Sun Exposure .................................................................................................. 84 GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings................................................................................ 86 GN-26: Vehicle Operation and Towing ......................................................................... 89 GN-27: Wet Weather .................................................................................................... 98 GN-28: Work Zone Safety / Traffic Control ................................................................. 100


GN-29: Personal Locator Beacon (PLB) and Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) ............................................................................................ 102

GN-29A: Shellfish Sanitation and Recreational Water Quality (SSRWO) .................. 109 Job Activities (Work Sites, Workshops, Maintenance Shops) Safe Operating

Procedures (SOP) ....................................................................................... 111 JA-1: Abrasive and Water Blast Cleaning .................................................................. 112 JA-2: Boiler Operations .............................................................................................. 115 JA-3: Electrical Installation/Repairs ............................................................................ 117 JA-4: Equipment / Automotive Painting ...................................................................... 119 JA-5: Equipment Body Repair .................................................................................... 122 JA-6: Fuel Station Operation ...................................................................................... 124 JA-7: Hoisting / Jacking .............................................................................................. 126 JA-8: Hose Crimp Machine ........................................................................................ 128 JA-9: Hydraulic System Repairs ................................................................................. 130 JA-10: Information Technology LAN Room and IT Lab (DEQ IT) ............................... 132 JA-11: Lifting/Fleeting Vessels ................................................................................... 134 JA-12: Loading / Unloading Freight ............................................................................ 136 JA-13: Maintenance and Repair Shops (General) ...................................................... 138 JA-14: Marine Maintenance Facility ........................................................................... 140 JA-15: Mechanic Operations ...................................................................................... 142 JA-16: Metal Cleaning, Mechanical / Abrasive ........................................................... 144 JA-17: Metal Removing by Machine (Drills, Mills, Lathes, and Grinders of All Types) 146 JA-18: Pipefitting, Shop/Vessel .................................................................................. 148 JA-19: Plumbing Operations ...................................................................................... 150 JA-20: Sandblasting ................................................................................................... 153 JA-21: Tire Repair ...................................................................................................... 155 JA-22: Warehouse...................................................................................................... 157 JA-23: Arc Welding..................................................................................................... 159 JA-24: Oxy - Acetylene Cutting/Welding .................................................................... 162 JA-25: Wood Working ................................................................................................ 165 Field Operations Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) .............................................. 167 FO-1: Aerial Tree Operations ..................................................................................... 168 FO-2: Concrete Maintenance ..................................................................................... 170 FO-3: Construction Safety Emphasis Areas ............................................................... 172 FO-4: Crustacean Tagging ......................................................................................... 175 FO-5: Demolition of Structure Activities and Inspection ............................................. 176 FO-6: Dissecting Fish, Crustaceans ........................................................................... 178 FO-7: Drift Removal Activities and Inspection ............................................................ 180 FO-8: Electroshock Boat Operation............................................................................ 182 FO-9: Environmental Assessment Activities and Inspection ...................................... 184 FO-10: Fence Installation and Maintenance ............................................................... 186 FO-11: Hand Removal Of Vegetation During Activities and Inspection ...................... 188 FO-12: Herbicide and Other Spraying Operations ..................................................... 190 FO-13: Inmate Labor .................................................................................................. 192 FO-14: Inspections ..................................................................................................... 194 FO-15: Litter Pickup ................................................................................................... 196


FO-16: Exhibit Maintenance - General ....................................................................... 198 FO-17: Marine Life Research and Seafood House Sampling ..................................... 201 FO-18: Marine Observer Safety ................................................................................. 203 FO-19: Marine Vessel Emergency Signal Device Training ......................................... 205 FO-20: Marine Vessel Emergency Signal Device: Disposal of Flares ........................ 207 FO-21: Marine Vessel Field Maintenance .................................................................. 209 FO-22: Marine Vessel Shore Facilities ....................................................................... 211 FO-23: Personal Computer Repair and Maintenance (DEQ – ITS) ............................ 214 FO-24: Personal Floatation Devices........................................................................... 217 FO-25: Picnic Area Maintenance ............................................................................... 219 FO-26: Planting and Plant Bed Maintenance ............................................................. 221 FO-27: Rip Rap Installation ........................................................................................ 223 FO-28: Shipyard Painting / Marine Vessel Painting ................................................... 225 FO-29: Structural Steel Fabrication ............................................................................ 227 FO-30: Structural Steel Painting Activities and Inspection ......................................... 229 Field Law Enforcement Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) ................................... 231 LE-1: Aerial Surveillance ............................................................................................ 232 LE-2: Firearms-General .............................................................................................. 234 LE-3: Firearms Use (Handgun, Rifle, Shotgun) .......................................................... 236 LE-4: Intracoastal and Oceanic Waterway Patrols ..................................................... 238 LE-5: Investigations .................................................................................................... 240 LE-6: Law Enforcement Vehicle Emergency Response ............................................. 242 LE-7: Marine Patrol Inspection Activities .................................................................... 244 LE-8: Marine Vessel Inspection/Examination (Marine Patrol) .................................... 246 LE-9: Marine Vessel Operation – Marine Patrol ......................................................... 248 LE-10: Training, In-Service ......................................................................................... 251 LE-11: Training – Weapons – Batons.......................................................................... 253 LE-12: Vehicle Search ................................................................................................ 255 LE-13: Weapons Training – Guns, Rifles ................................................................... 257 Emergency Activities Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) ...................................... 260 EA-1: Division of Marine Fisheries - Elizabeth City-Emergency Action Plan .............. 261 EA-2: Division of Marine Fisheries – Manteo- Emergency Action Plan ...................... 264 EA-3: Division of Marine Fisheries - Morehead City Main Office- Emergency Action

Plan ................................................................................................................ 266 EA-4: Division of Marine Fisheries - Morehead City - Central District Office –

Emergency Action Plan .................................................................................. 270 EA-5: Emergency Evacuations-DEQ Employee Safety During Public/Visitor

Evacuations ................................................................................................... 273 EA-6: Field Emergency Response ............................................................................. 275 EA-7: Emergency Medical Response ......................................................................... 279 EA-8: Mobile Incident Command Center – (MICC) .................................................... 281 EA-9: Emergency Response – Radiation Release ..................................................... 284 EA-10: Emergency Response Teams ........................................................................ 287 EA-11: Spill Response-Laboratory Setting ................................................................. 290


Special Activities Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) ............................................. 293 SA-1: Aerial Assessment/ Photography ..................................................................... 294 SA-2: Aerial Assessment and Surveillance (Marine Patrol) ........................................ 296 SA-3: Aviation Activities – Fixed and Rotary Wing Aircraft ......................................... 298 SA-4: Aviation Maintenance Activities – Fixed Wing .................................................. 301 SA-5: Confined Space Entry ...................................................................................... 305 SA-6: Dissecting Fish ................................................................................................. 308 SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage ........................................................ 310 SA-8: High Pressure Hoses ....................................................................................... 312 SA-9: Jump Starting ................................................................................................... 314 SA-10: Lockout/Tagout ............................................................................................... 316 SA-11: Rigging ........................................................................................................... 318 SA-12: SCUBA Diving Operations - Outdoor ............................................................. 320 Self-Propelled Equipment Operating Procedures (SOP) ....................................... 322 SP-1: All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) – Four Wheeler ........................................................ 323 SP-2: Crane/Dragline Class Code 2702, 2703 ........................................................... 325 SP-3: Fork Lift Class Code 4135, 4136, 4159 ............................................................ 327 SP-4: Heavy Equipment – General (Dump Truck, Low Boy, Tractor, Front-end Loader,

Crawler) ......................................................................................................... 330 SP-5: Lawn Mower Class Code 2310-2370 (Riding and Push Mowers) .................... 334 SP-6: Front End Loader ............................................................................................. 337 SP-7: Loader, General Utility (Dingo) ......................................................................... 340 SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat ............................................................................ 342 SP-9: Marine Vessel – Research Vessel (Certified and Non-Certified) ...................... 348 SP-10: Tractor, Backhoe and Loader, Crawler Tractor, and Mower Tractors Class Code

0305, 2301-2308 ............................................................................................ 351 SP-11: Tractor, Wheel ................................................................................................ 355 SP-12: Trucks: Crew Cab Truck, Dump Trucks, Flatbed Truck, Fuel and Lube Truck,

Tractor and Trailer Class Code 0217, 3201, 3203, 3204, 3206, Field Operations Truck, Mechanic and Maintenance Truck, and Field Mechanic’s Truck Class Code 0203, 1820 ........................................................................................... 358

SP-13: Vehicle - Emergency Response ..................................................................... 362 SP-14: Vehicles- General Utility and Four Wheel Drive ............................................. 364 SP-15: Vehicle - Sport Utility Operation (SUV) ........................................................... 366 SP-16: Work Boat Class Code 3301, 3302 ................................................................ 368 Tools and Accessories Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) ................................... 371 TA-1: Air Compressor Machines – Portable and Fixed - Class Code 1500-1512 Air

Compressor Storage Tanks ........................................................................... 372 TA-2: Autoclave Operations ....................................................................................... 378 TA-3: Backpack Blower .............................................................................................. 380 TA-4: Band Saw ......................................................................................................... 382 TA-5: Chain Saw and All-Purpose Cut-Off Saw Class Code 4155, 4143, 4144 ......... 384 TA-6: Chop Saw ......................................................................................................... 386 TA-7: Dissecting Scope .............................................................................................. 388 TA-8: Drill Press ......................................................................................................... 390 TA-9: Fume Hood ....................................................................................................... 392


TA-10: Generator Class Code 2101 - 2104 ................................................................ 394 TA-11: Bench Grinder ................................................................................................ 396 TA-12: Hand Tools (Landscape and Ground Maintenance) ....................................... 398 TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) .................................................................... 400 TA-14: Hedge Trimmer – Gas Powered ..................................................................... 402 TA-15: Hillquist Saw ................................................................................................... 404 TA-16: Hydraulic Sampling Equipment ....................................................................... 406 TA-17: Hydraulic Vehicle Lift ...................................................................................... 407 TA-18: Ladder ............................................................................................................ 409 TA-19: Personnel Lift .................................................................................................. 411 TA-20: Power Tools (Landscape and Ground Maintenance) ..................................... 413 TA-21: Power Washer ................................................................................................ 415 TA-22: Scaffolding ...................................................................................................... 417 TA-23: Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) ................................................. 419 TA-24: Self Contained Underwater Breathing Apparatus (SCUBA) ........................... 421 TA-25: Sprayer Backpack .......................................................................................... 423 TA-26: Stapler – Hand and Electric ............................................................................ 425 TA-27: Table Saw....................................................................................................... 427 TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment Class Code 3200, 3201, 3204, 3208, 3301,

3302, 4145 ..................................................................................................... 429 TA-29: Underwater Air Lift .......................................................................................... 432 TA-30: Water Pump - Class Code 3500-3511 ............................................................ 434 TA-31: Weapons - Handguns ................................................................................... 4366 TA-32: Weapons – Rifles and Shotguns .................................................................... 439 TA-33: Weed Eater (String/Brush) ............................................................................. 442 TA-34: Woodcutting Table Saw .................................................................................. 444


i


2

Division of Marine Fisheries Safety Committee Safety Committees are an integral part of a successful safety program. Committee responsibilities and meeting frequencies are further defined in the Workplace Safety Manual for each Division/Office. The primary function of a Safety committee is to review sub-committee reports and recommendations, and to effect the necessary corrective action through management involvement. This includes providing or locating funding, training and other resources. Safety Committees will be comprised of an equal number of members selected from among managers/supervisors and non-supervisory personnel within their Division/Office/Program. Except in rare circumstances where the diversity of the Division/Office warrants, safety committees should not exceed twelve (12) members. Safety professionals assigned to the Division/Office/Program shall serve as a consultative resource to their respective Safety Committee. Safety Risk Management will provide safety consultative support to each Safety Committee as requested and as resources allow. Each committee will refer its findings and recommendations to the next highest level committee. Each safety committee will be responsible for:

1. Coordinating and guiding the process and progress of the Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ) written safety program within their corresponding Division/Office/Program.

2. Recommending modifications for specific safety procedures and policies. 3. Exchanging safety information, including those below, on a

Division/Office/Program wide basis. 4. Identifying and reviewing trends (both positive and negative) in their area and

making recommendations for improvements. All Divisions/Offices/Programs of the department will be expected to utilize the committee meeting structure. A sample agenda is provided in this document to aid the committee (Figure 1). Safety Risk Management is responsible for reviewing any recommended or proposed changes to the DEQ safety program. Upon final review and approval by the Secretary's Safety Committee, Safety Risk Management shall be responsible for the statewide dissemination of any changes adopted, including updates to the Workplace Safety Manual and Safety Policy Manual. Sample Agenda

I. Review and approve past meeting minutes II. Old Business


3

III. New Business a. Sub-committee reports

i. New equipment ii. Facility audits iii. Incident and Injury iv. Policy and procedures v. Off the job safety

b. Other safety concerns IV. Safety Recognition

Documentation and Retention An attendance log for committee members in attendance shall be utilized. Minutes for all safety committee meetings shall be kept, distributed, and accessible to all division employees. The safety committee shall provide summary reports to the Secretary’s Safety Subcommittee, quarterly. Retain all Safety Committee and Subcommittee meeting minutes shall be housed electronically for the current year and the previous three (3) years. Copies of these reports shall be made available to all employees. MF-1: Division Director’s Safety Committee This committee is the highest level safety committee at the Division level. It is chaired by the Division Director. It includes the Deputy Director and at least one member from each operational section. The committee is to be composed of supervisory and non-supervisory members and be rotated (review membership and provide an opportunity to rotate annually). This safety committee meeting will be held on a bimonthly basis. A written summary of committee actions shall be provided to the Secretary's Safety Subcommittee quarterly. Upon completion of the above meeting, safety meetings shall be held with the committee’s direct reports as noted in section C of this chapter. Subcommittees To aid the safety committees, a system of subcommittees is established. These subcommittees will be chaired by committee members and shall consist of employees within the respective Division/Office/Program. The Incident and Injury subcommittee shall meet bimonthly or as needed to fulfill its responsibilities as noted below. The Safety Audit Review subcommittee shall meet bimonthly or as needed. The other subcommittees will meet as necessary. Subcommittee meetings occur just prior to full committee meetings. Subcommittee members will be trained as to their role


4

and responsibilities by Safety Consultants, Safety Officers, and others using a NC DEQ Safety and Risk Management approved course. Subcommittees are to keep documentation of meetings and actions. The reports shall contain corrective actions and the targeted abatement dates noted therein. The following is a list of the established subcommittees and their meeting schedules for the Marine Fisheries:

Incident and Injury Investigation

Reviews incident investigations, statistics, and monitors trends and compliance with recommendations from incident investigations. This subcommittee focuses on the facts surrounding an incident and on ways, such as engineering, administrative, and safe work practices, training and/or the use of personal protective equipment, to prevent future ones from occurring. Recommendations for corrective actions, as noted on incident investigative reports, are reviewed to ensure that they are reasonable and do not denote disciplinary actions. Safety Audit Review Reviews safety audit reports. Compiles and analyzes data relating to the conditions and corrective actions noted therein. This subcommittee verifies that deficiencies and corrective actions noted on audit reports are being addressed in a timely manner.

Off-the-Job Safety

Plans, develops, and promotes material for off-the-job safety programs and issues. (On average, injuries that occur off the job contribute to more lost work time than those on the job.)

Policy and Procedures Review

Periodically reviews policies, practices, rules, and operations to ensure that necessary written safety precautions are in place. Peer reviews locally proposed modifications, additions or new safety policies or Safe Operating Practices prior to submission to Safety Risk Management and Secretary's Safety Subcommittee.

New Equipment Safety Review

Reviews and assesses requests for new equipment, machinery, chemicals, and biological agents; as well as requests for new or renovations to equipment/maintenance facilities. Ensures that the specifications note applicable safety design features, and safety issues relevant to the location, use and operation are considered, assessed and provided where necessary. The Chairperson certifies that a safety review has occurred prior to submission for purchase.


5

NOTE: Equipment includes, but is not limited to, any having a speedometer, odometer or hour meter. Powered instruments, most power tools, and certain high risk office and laboratory equipment. (i.e., electric paper shredder, hydraulic and power press centrifuge) are other examples that need an initial review by this subcommittee.

Equipment purchases and expenditure requests from Division/Office/Programs that are based on corrective action proposed after an incident or audit subcommittee review, or related to occupational safety issues at Facilities, Regional, and leased offices, shall be screened for safety issues by the New Equipment Safety Review Sub-committee that first proposed the purchase.

Safety issues to consider include, but are not limited to:

• Intended use meets product specifications and employee safety • Guards • Noise of product (85 db or less is suitable for environment.) • Vibration of product • Electrical products suitable for environment use Hazardous location Class

I, II, III, • Wet, environment (double insulated, grounded, and listed by certified

laboratory). • Ergonomics- weight grip designed for end use is suitable to prevent injury

or illness. • Physical characteristics-weight, visibility, color • Security • Chemical hazards (biological, explosive, toxic, carcinogenic) • Quantity purchased-does not exceed adequate, proper and available

storage space • Hazardous-waste disposal • Fire hazard-(flammability, etc.)

MF-2: Safety Meetings Safety meetings are a useful way to discuss safety issues, ideas and solutions; such as training for employees. They should also be used as a method to share safety items discussed and resolved by the Division/Office/Program Safety Committee. Meetings are vital to maintaining the department's safety atmosphere and culture and for keeping safety in the forefront of employees. Safety meetings shall be used to present information and new ideas related to safety and to discuss recent incidents, near misses, accidents and injuries, as well as updates and locations of Preferred Provider's within the Division. These meetings can vary greatly in length. Safety meetings with Division/Office/Program employees in attendance shall be held monthly for technical and


6

regulatory divisions, and bi-monthly for all other divisions. Offices and Programs shall meet bi-monthly at a minimum. A safety meeting planner to aid supervisors in planning for and conducting their meeting can be found in the forms section (See DEQ Safety Manual Chapter 22, Form MSM-1). Safety meetings shall involve employees at all levels in the safety program. They may/can conduct meetings, report on special projects, and lead group discussions. All employees are required to attend safety meetings. Information and recommendations from the various sub-committees (i.e., Incident and Injury review) shall be discussed at safety meetings. Feedback and suggestions from Safety Meetings shall be relayed back to the respective subcommittee for review and action. MF-3: Staff Safety Meetings Staff safety meetings will be conducted by all Department of Environment and Natural Resources managers and supervisors with their direct reports. These employees will then hold safety meetings with their direct reports, continuing the process until every employee within their Division has been involved in a safety meeting. This type of layered system ensures that managers and supervisors at all levels attend a Safety Committee meeting and then relays safety information through their direct reports to employees at their respective safety meetings. For staff that do not have a direct line of supervision at their location, and are not at the central location, attendance may be met via telephone conferencing. Safety meetings will be recorded and forwarded to the division’s Human Resources office to be recorded in an electronic form. Each supervisor/work unit/section is to also maintain documentation of the meeting. Safety Meeting minutes shall be retained for the current year, plus the previous three (3) years. A sign in sheet or roster shall be used and retained at the local level for the current year, plus the previous three (3) years. Although not required to be documented; a checklist is enclosed for reference and use with weekly and daily meetings (See DEQ Safety Manual Chapter 22, Form M-3). MF-4: Pre-Operational Safety Meetings (Tailgate Meetings) Preoperational Safety Meetings, sometime referred to as Tailgate meetings, are daily meetings held by a crew just prior to departing for, or beginning, a job task. Due to changing conditions, additional tailgate meetings may need to be held at a worksite. Crew Leaders or Supervisors shall hold daily "tailgate" safety meetings to discuss work plans, including traffic control needs, defensive driving, the location of DEQ preferred providers in the area, hazard assessment of job tasks to be performed and other information for that day, and to ensure that all necessary safety equipment and devices are loaded on the vehicle(s) prior to departure. Tailgate meetings can be documented


7

on a personal work log or on a safety checklist. (See DEQ Safety Manual Chapter 22, Form M-3) MF-5: Audits Audits are an important key to improved safety performance. Auditing can identify unsafe acts and practices before an incident takes place. Audits should be both announced and unannounced. When used properly, auditing can:

1) Maintain standards by ensuring that employees follow established guidelines, methods, and procedures. 2) Identify where methods or procedures are insufficient. 3) Measure the effectiveness of, or need for, safety education. 4) Reveal weaknesses in the safety program. 5) Motivate employees by showing the results of their safety efforts. 6) Increase safety awareness. 7) Ensure that previously recommended corrective action was addressed,

initiated or completed. Supervisors are responsible for auditing. New supervisors, and audit subcommittee members, will be trained in the methods of auditing. Training on audit methods will be conducted by Safety Consultants, Safety Officers, and others using a NC DEQ Safety Risk Management approved course and by being shown sample conditions and practicing audits. The safety audit subcommittee shall ensure that items noted as deficient on the audit report are being addressed in a timely manner. Completed audit forms are submitted to the next level of management and to the Safety Audit Review Subcommittee responsible for that Division/Office/Program. Safety and Facility Audit reports shall be retained for the current year, plus the previous three (3) years. (See DEQ Safety Manual Chapter 22, Forms DEQ Facility Safety Security Audit Form, Worksite/Jobsite Safety Audit or Leased Property Safety Assessment for the correct audit check sheet to use.) The Division Director or Deputy Director shall immediately be made aware of any serious deficiencies identified during a safety audit that is conducted within their area of operation or that impacts personnel within a work area of theirs. The direct report of the Division Director will be notified as soon as possible as to the situation and steps taken to eliminate or minimize the risk. At a minimum, the Division Director and/or Division Deputy Director shall conduct a Facility Safety Audit or Worksite/Jobsite Safety audit on a monthly basis that involves a branch/section that reports to them. These audits shall be of a random nature and may include a follow-up site visit pursuant to the review of an audit or incident report. These audits may be announced or unannounced.


8

MF-6: Regional Office, Leased Office and Multi-Occupancy Locations

Division/Office/Program Staff Area Using a Facility Safety Audit form, the Division/Office/Program Supervisor records safety issues and corrective actions relevant to their own area. The original is submitted to the Division/Office/Program's Safety Audit Subcommittee. A copy goes to the Regional Office Manager and a copy is kept by the auditing Supervisor. For Divisions/Offices/Programs that only have non-supervisory personnel sharing space in a Regional Office, the employees may conduct the safety audit of their area. However, at a minimum, a supervisor shall conduct a facility audit of that location on an annual basis.

Regional Office Staff Regional Manager/Supervisor records any safety issues noted for their work space area and corrective actions on a Facility Safety Audit form relevant to the Regional Staff’s work area. Submit the original to the Regional Office Administrator for review by the Regional Office’s Safety Audit Subcommittee. Retain a local copy. Leased Office and Multi-Occupancy Space Division/Office/Program Supervisor records safety issues and corrective actions, relevant to their area, on a Leased Facility Safety Audit form and submits the original to the Division/Office/Program's Safety Audit Subcommittee.

Discrepancies and any corrective actions noted during the audit applicable to the facility shall be reported to the building owner within three business days. Discrepancies and any corrective actions applicable to items and work practices relevant to the Division/Office/Program shall be corrected within the Division/Office/Program structure. The Safety Audit subcommittee responsible for the review submits the report to its Division/Office Safety Committee. MF-7: Safety and Risk Management NC DEQ Safety and Risk Management will conduct periodic safety program audits of the Department. These audits are for the purpose of determining that program components are in place and being consistently applied across the department. Copies of said audits will be provided to the Secretary and Deputy Secretary, and the Assistant Secretary to which the Division reports, and to the Division Director/Unit head of the unit audited. These audits will be conducted on a periodic basis using information established in this Workplace Safety Manual and the Safety Policy Manual. Additional safety auditing criteria may be established by the Safety Director, in conjunction with Department


9

Management and Senior Staff. Recommendations for any improvements to the local Division or unit’s safety program shall be a part of this report. A response from the unit head, or his/her designee, regarding decisions on implementation of any of the recommendations shall be forwarded to the Secretary and Deputy Secretary and Assistant Secretary to which the Division reports. MF-8: Incident Investigation An incident is an event that could have or did result in personal injury; or damage to state or private property. Investigations of these incidents are important for the prevention of future accidents and tracking the quality of our safety program. Incident investigations will not be a fault-finding process. Once an incident has occurred, it is important to prevent it from happening again. Employees will immediately report all incidents (this includes near misses) that occur while at work or working to their immediate supervisor. As soon as possible following a reported incident, the unit supervisor will refer to the Incident/Injury and Workers Compensation Process document located on the DMF Intranet. He/she will assemble an incident investigation team. The team will always include the unit supervisor, the immediate supervisor, and a peer of the employee(s) involved. The employee peer member shall be rotated among peers within the injured employees working unit. Additional management, technical and safety support staff, and the involved employee(s) shall be included as needed. Inclusion of the employee(s) involved generally improves the response of other employees to the investigation team's recommendations and can be a valuable resource in discovering vital underlying facts. Investigation reports shall be reviewed by the Incident and Injury Investigation Subcommittee responsible for that unit. (See section MF-1.) The supervisor is responsible for ensuring that the recommendations are addressed and implemented. The subcommittee chairperson, or their designee, will complete part III of the Incident Investigation form and follow up with the supervisor. To prevent recurrence of this incident in other sections, the results of the investigation, including any corrective action recommended and taken, shall be included in a report and submitted to the Deputy Director immediately after the subcommittee commences their review of the incident investigation. This information will be included with a division level report and ultimately shared division wide through a summary report from the Secretary Safety Subcommittee.


10

Effective Date (for MF-1 through MF-7)

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


11


General Safety Policies Safe Operating Procedures (SOP)

(DEQ Safety Manual Chapter 25)


12

General Safety Policies (GN–1)

Safe Operating Procedures: Accident and Injury Response Hazard Review Repetitive Motion Injury Carpal Tunnel Syndrome Neck Strain Headaches Eye Strain Back Discomfort Inclement Weather Conditions 1. Take appropriate action to prevent additional injuries and/or accidents.

2. Attend to injured person(s) in accordance with first aid training. The safe working

practice for First Aid is an excellent review on how to handle a situation involving personal injury.

3. When an injured employee requires medical treatment, the immediate supervisor is responsible for seeing that prompt medical treatment is provided. The welfare of the injured employee is primary; do not economize; use an ambulance if necessary. A supervisor will accompany the injured employee to the medical facility.

4. For motor vehicle accidents, immediately call 911 to activate the EMS system and notify law enforcement.

5. Be courteous, answer police questions, and give identifying information to other

parties involved. Do not assume responsibility.

6. Complete the information in the Motor Vehicle Accident Reporting Kit provided by the Travelers Company.

7. Employees are required to report minor incidents to their supervisor as soon as possible, or at least before the end of the work shift and before going to a NC preferred provider. If you do not know the name of your preferred provider, contact the Workers' Compensation coordinator, your HR manager, Safety Consultant, or Safety Officer.

8. Serious incidents shall be reported immediately. If there is a fatality, an immediate report to the Raleigh Office is also required.

9. If a serious injury or fatality occurs, the highest-level supervisor available should meet with family members to explain the circumstances and to provide assistance. Follow established guidelines for notifying Division/Office/Program management,


13

DEQ Safety Risk Management and WC Administrator for serious and fatal incidents.

Related SOPs / Documents: NCDMF website “Inside Fisheries”: Incident/Injury & Workers Compensation Process Memo and forms. MF-8: Incident Investigation GN-3: Computer Data Entry GN-8: First Aid GN-27: Wet Weather EA-7: Medical Response

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Included reference for Inside Fisheries

document on Incident and Injury December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


14


Safe Operating Procedures: Cold Weather Safety Hazard Review Over exposure Inclement Weather Conditions Hypothermia Slips, Trips, and Falls The following are guidelines/requirements for the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). It is not possible to list every instance where PPE is required so it shall be the Supervisor's responsibility to exercise prudent judgment to determine if additional protective equipment is necessary and to ensure that the appropriate equipment is worn. The failure to wear appropriate PPE could result in disciplinary action. *Please refer to the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information. 1. Whenever possible, schedule coldest part of work for the warmest part of the day.

2. Reorganize work procedures to minimize sitting still or standing for long periods of

time.

3. All employees who have not been working in the cold environment must adjust to the cold before expecting to be fully productive (5-7 days).

4. Be sure to drink plenty of warm, sweet, caffeine-free, non-alcoholic drinks, or soup.

5. Take regular rest breaks.

6. Wear the proper clothing in layers. Polypropylene or lightweight wool should be next to the skin. Outer garments should be of waterproof, wind resistant material like nylon, or as determined by supervisor. Remove cotton as inner layer next to skin. Cotton absorbs and retains moisture which can lead to hypothermia.

7. A good example of layering would be a wool shirt or sweater over a cotton one and then an outer nylon jacket

8. Employees should be sure to wear a hat or other head covering as up to 40% of heat loss can occur when the head is exposed.


15

9. Wear waterproof boots with two pairs of socks. The inner pair should be cotton and the outer pair wool. Remove cotton socks as stated above in 6. Wear either wool or wool blend or paly blend to prevent absorption of moisture and to ensure wicking moisture away from skin.

10. Employees should wear gloves for light to moderate work anytime the air temperature falls below 40 degrees F.

11. Keep as dry as possible and have extra clothing readily available to change into if you do get wet.

12. Remember! The frequency of accidents is higher in cold weather. Make allowances for your slowed reflexes and numbed hands when doing your job.

13. Prevent lengthy exposure in cold weather, because hypothermia is a major cause

of death. 14. Be aware of ice on sidewalks, pavement, and in shaded areas around buildings.

Avoid areas where accumulated ice may cause a slip and/or fall.

15. All personnel working on the water from November 1 through April 30 will be issued one type III USCG approved float and/or floatation coveralls. Please refer to the section’s policy for float coat use. Also refer to GN-21.

16. Employees working during November through April in open boats will be issued

floatation coveralls, if requested. Other employees already issued float coats may opt for floatation coveralls at the time of float coat replacement. Employees issued floatation coveralls may retain float coats.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement LE-9: Marine Vessel Operation (Patrol) SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat SP-9: Marine Vessel – Research Boat (Certified & Non Certified)


16

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed, revised and added guidelines statement, and additions to #

6, 9. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENRR to DEQ. January 2017 Reviewed and edited # 6, 9, 15. Removed # 17.18


17


Safe Operating Procedures: Computer Data Entry Hazard Review Repetitive Motion Injury Carpal Tunnel Syndrome Neck Strain Headaches Eye Strain Back Discomfort 1. Adjust seat height and backrest angle to fit the user in a seated position. Thighs

should be parallel to the floor or sloping downward slightly. Adjust footrest for proper height and angle.

2. Adjust keyboard to keep forearms parallel to the floor, or sloping downward

slightly. Use wrist-rests if necessary to maintain neutral position when needed.

3. Maintain correct hand and wrist posture when entering data. Keep wrists in a neutral position.

4. Position documents roughly perpendicular to the line of sight using a document holder and maintain monitor at eye level. Eyes should look straight-ahead or downward 10 to 15 degrees.

5. Locate video display terminals away from windows and/or use anti-glare screens when needed.

6. Try to blink more often to keep your eyes lubricated. Periodically look away from

the screen and focus on distant objects.

7. Utilize appropriate surge protector(s) and cord covers to decrease number of exposed cords on the floor around the CPU.

8. Repetitive motion illness develops over an extended period of time. Learn work habits that reduce risks. These include properly adjusting your workstation, taking breaks at least every two hours (more often if you are having symptoms), and performing stretching exercises.

9. Use DEQ Computer Workstation Checklist to assess workstation and make

adjustments as needed. (Workstation Checklists are located under forms on the NCDEQ safety website http://www.enr.state.nc.us/safety/.)


18

Computer Workstation Checklist Date: ____________________________ Employee: __________________________ Location: ______________________

1. Keyboard and Mouse Status

Ok or No Keyboard height Adjust keyboard height so arms and forearms are at right angles or slightly greater and

forearms and hands form straight lines.

Keyboard-to-user distance Keyboard-to-user distance should allow user to relax shoulders with elbows hanging close to body.

Keyboard slope Position keyboard flat or slightly negatively sloped.

Mouse-to-user distance Mouse should be directly next to the keyboard.

Mouse height Adjust mouse so it is close to and on the same level as the keyboard.

2. Chair

Seat height Adjust seat height so feet are flat on the floor or footrest, knees are bent at right angles and thighs are horizontal to floor.

Seat back Adjust seat back so it supports the lumbar curve of the low back.

Seat pan depth Adjust seat pan depth so front edge of seat is about 2 - 4" from the backs of knees.

Seat pan tilt Adjust seat pan tilt so hips and tops of thighs are at right angles or slightly greater.

Armrest position Adjust armrests so that they are out of the way while typing, but may provide support during other activities (i.e. phone use, meetings, etc.).

3. Monitor

Monitor height Adjust monitor height so top of screen is at or slightly lower than eye level.

Screen-to-user distance Viewing distance is approximately arms distance away (16"- 28").

Monitor alignment w/user Monitor and keyboard should be placed directly in front of user.

Visual comfort of screen Monitor should be positioned to avoid glare (perpendicular to window/ strong light source)

4. Work Environment and Work Surface

Leg clearance at workstation Width = 2" + hip width, Height = Highest point of thighs or higher, Depth = Allows proper sitting position while giving foot/knee clearance.

Placement of frequently used items Keep frequently used items (i.e. phone) close at hand.

General task lighting Ensure lighting is not direct or overly bright.

5. Work Practices

Frequency of micro-breaks Get out of chair at least once per hour, micro-break every 30 minutes of keyboarding

Keyboarding posture Keep wrists straight, avoid supporting wrists on any surface while typing.. Sitting posture Upright or slightly reclined posture, maintain slight hollow in lower back.

Phoning posture Avoid tilting head/neck to cradle the phone. Use hand to hold receiver or wear headset.

Alternate tasks Break up long periods of continuous computer use by performing small tasks/ errands

Recommendations: See narrative attached and recommendations. Note:

Source: Stanford University Ergonomics at Stanford


19

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-1: Accident and Injury Response GN-12: Hostile Irate Customers GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment MF-7: Safety and Risk Management Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added Computer Workstation Checklist. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ


20


Safe Operating Procedures: Domestic and Wild Animals Hazard Review

Animal Bites, Scratches Suspicious Animals Removal of Animal Carcasses Insect Bites Working in Soil Airborne Particles Field employees are at risk from exposure to all types of animals, their waste products and their carcasses. Rodents and other animals can harbor disease-causing agents very harmful to humans. Care should be taken to avoid all wild animals and domestic animals that have the potential to harm you.

To avoid accident or injuries associated with rodents and other animals observe the following guidelines:

1. Be aware of your surroundings and note any wild or suspicious acting animals in your work area. If necessary, seek safe shelter from these animals.

2. Avoid reaching or stepping into or over hidden areas that may contain such animals.

3. When working with soil, be aware of signs that indicate above or below ground animal nests and take appropriate action to prevent contamination by dust or injury from bites.

4. Spray animal carcasses with a disinfectant (Lysol) prior to removal and wear rubber gloves to remove animal carcasses. Dispose of dead animals in compliance with applicable county health guidelines. Wash exposed skin with an antibacterial or disinfectant soap (i.e., Dial or Derma Scrub) after removal and disposal of the animal.

5. If an animal bite occurs, clean the wound with soap and water, and follow appropriate first aid procedures. Immediately report the incident to your supervisor.

6. Transport any bite victim to the DMF preferred provider located in your Division/area. (If possible, safely capture or kill the animal so it can be tested for any known disease-causing agents.)

7. If exposure to airborne particles and dust from a nest does occur, immediately report the incident to your supervisor. (If possible, and without exposing yourself,


21

mark the site without disturbing it so trained personnel can collect samples to determine if any disease-causing agents are present.)

8. Avoid direct contact with bird, bat, and other animal droppings. Areas where birds and bats roost should be avoided or appropriate respiratory protection shall be used.

9. Avoid direct contact with animal blood. Wear rubber gloves if contact with animal blood cannot be prevented. Dispose of rubber gloves properly. Wash hands thoroughly with an antibacterial soap after disposal of rubber gloves and before eating, drinking, or smoking.

10. When working with sentry animals, use established handling protocols as noted in

applicable field manuals and as directed by your supervisor. 11. When working near farm animals, note their positions, numbers and demeanor. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-1: Accident and Injury Response GN-6: Exposure to Blood and Bodily Fluids (Blood borne Pathogens) GN-8: First Aid GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-23: Poisonous Snakes, Insects and Plants

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


22


Safe Operating Procedures: Equipment Mounting and Dismounting Hazard Review Mounting and Dismounting Equipment Slips and Falls Locking Equipment 1. Park in an area that provides maximum protection for operator and passengers

and which provides solid footing during mounting and dismounting. 2. Do not leave equipment unattended with engine running. Shut off engine and set

parking brake when equipment is not in use. 3. When mounting or dismounting equipment, use all steps and all handholds

provided. 4. DO NOT JUMP FROM EQUIPMENT OR VEHICLES. 5. Use a three-point method in mounting and dismounting equipment. When

mounting, face the equipment and using both hands; firmly grasp handholds while placing one foot solidly on step. When dismounting, face the equipment and place both feet solidly on steps and use one hand to firmly grasp handhold.

6. Avoid cross-over stepping when mounting vehicle. 7. When equipment is not in use, shut off the engine, remove keys, and set parking

brake as operations permit and prior to exiting the cab/vehicle. 8. Secure and lock equipment when not being used. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-19: Office Machine and Equipment Safety GN-26: Vehicle Operation SP-SOP’s: Self Propelled Equipment Safe Operating Procedures


23

Effective Date:



24


Safe Operating Procedures: Exposure to Blood or Bodily Fluids (Blood borne Pathogens) Hazard Review Biological Agents Contagion Disease Animal Wastes Domestic and Wild Animal Bites Slips, Trips, Falls All employees are to refer to the NCMDF Bloodborne Pathogen Exposure Control Plan located on Inside Fisheries website under Safety Policies and Tips. 1. Always treat blood and bodily fluids as if they are infected with transmittable

diseases. 2. Report any accident/incident involving the transfer of blood or bodily fluids to the

supervisor immediately. 3. Hazard assessments will be conducted for those positions having work related

exposure to blood borne pathogens. 4. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) will be provided and used by all employees

considered to be at risk of infection. 5. Gloves are to be worn for touching blood and bodily fluids, mucous membranes,

or non-intact skin of all persons, for handling items or surfaces soiled with blood or bodily fluids, and for rendering assistance to injured persons.

6. Always wash hands and arms after helping a victim. If washing facilities is not

available, transport the exposed individual to a facility where soap and water are available.

7. For employees trained in CPR, separate yourself from direct contact with the

victim by using a face shield or mask, or one-way resuscitating device. 8. Any items located that are believed to be human waste products (i.e., blood,

soiled clothing, needles, or items identified with the universal biohazard symbol) shall be handled only with personal protective equipment. Animal wastes and waste products with the potential to have zoonotic diseases will be handled in a similar manner.

9. All items known to be contaminated with blood or bodily fluids should be disposed

of in a plastic bag, along with gloves and other protective equipment used in the


25

disposal process. This bag should then be labeled as to its contents and established Departmental disposal procedures followed.

10. All equipment and working surfaces shall be decontaminated with an appropriate

disinfectant to eliminate the potential for infection. 11. The employer will provide a free pre-exposure hepatitis B vaccination for

employees considered and identified at the greatest risk of infection. 12. A copy of the exposure control plan is available in the safety folder located on the

shared drive for all employees to review. Related SOPs / Documents: DMF Bloodborne Pathogen Exposure Control Plan located on the Inside Fisheries website under Safety Policies and Tips. GN-1: Accident and Injury Response GN-4: Domestic and Wild Animals GN-8: First Aid Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. August 2012 Reviewed; Developed Blood borne Pathogen Exposure Control Plan July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added reference to DMF Bloodborne

Pathogen Control Plan. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


26


Safe Operating Procedures: Fire Safety Hazard Review Slips, Trips, and Falls Smoke Inhalation Marine fisheries staff and employees shall refer to DMF Emergency Action Plans, Fire Alarm and Bomb Threat, Hazard Communication Plan, and other applicable policies and procedures located on the DMF Inside Fisheries website under Safety Policies and Tips. Buildings 1. All employees should know escape routes and locations of fire exits. Escape

routes and emergency evacuation instructions are posted in each section of building.

2. All employees shall be shown the location of known escape routes and the

location of fire exits.

3. All fire exits must be unobstructed, unlocked and marked. 4. Keep aisle ways, passageways and corridors clear and unobstructed.

5. Fire/smoke alarms should be tested periodically and fire drills conducted semi-

annually.

6. All employees should know the location of and how to use fire extinguishers as required according to DMF policy.

7. Facilities should be inspected quarterly to ensure fire extinguishers are charged and to identify and eliminate fire hazards. Fire extinguisher locations should be properly marked.

8. Wiring and/or extension cords used for office machines or other appliances should be checked periodically.

9. Remove from service any equipment that has a damaged cord/plug. 10. Immediately report the frequent tripping of circuit breakers to those responsible for

the building.


27

11. React immediately when you hear an alarm, even if it’s only a drill. Stay calm, move quickly, and don’t run or panic.

12. Alert other employees to evacuate and assist any employees / public whose

disabilities could slow their evacuation. 13. Upon arrival at a client's location, note the evacuation procedures, routes and

exits for the location where you are working. Job Sites 1. When refueling vehicles, turn off engines. No smoking or open flames are

permitted in the area.

2. Use extra caution when working with flammable materials on job site. Refer to Safety Data Sheet (SDS).

3. Use only approved marked safety containers for storing and transporting flammable materials.

4. After refueling portable tools/equipment with gasoline engines, move at least 25 feet from refueling site to start engine.

5. Operator should know the location of and how to use the fire extinguishers. Fire extinguishers should be inspected quarterly to ensure that they are charged.

6. When filling containers and tanks, allow space for fuel expansion. 7. Know evacuation procedures and exits for the location where you are working. Related SOPs / Documents: Located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website:

DMF Emergency Action Plan – EC Office DMF Emergency Action Plan – MHC Office DMF Hazard Communication Plan Fire Alarm or Bomb Threat

EA-SOP’s: Emergency Activities SOP GN-8: First Aid EA-5: Evacuations


28

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added reference to DMF Safety Policies

located on the Inside Fisheries website. Changed inspection times to quarterly rather than monthly (#7 under Buildings and #5 under Job Sites).

December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


29


Safe Operating Procedures: First Aid Hazard Review Unknown Hazards Responder Injury Blood Borne Pathogens Refer to NCDMF website Inside Fisheries for Policy and control plan on Blood Borne Pathogens, DMF Hazard Communication Plan and training. If an injury occurs, the person giving first aid should: 1. Be trained in First Aid. 2. Evaluate the accident area to ensure he does not become involved in the same

accident situation. Be aware of your own safety first and foremost. 3. The injured person should not be moved unless a life threatening condition exists.

(Example: A person's car catches on fire after a wreck and they could be burned up.)

4. Remain calm and take charge of the situation until professional medical help

arrives. 5. Direct others briefly and clearly as to how they can help or secure help. 6. Use appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) to prevent exposure to

blood borne pathogens. 7. Conduct a primary survey of the victim to detect life-threatening conditions that

require immediate attention. These include:

a. Respiratory Arrest i. Ensure adequate breathing by establishing and maintaining an open

airway. ii. If there are no signs of breathing, give artificial breathing

(mouth-to-mouth using by-pass resuscitator is preferred method).

iii. If victim experiences circulatory failure, start CPR if trained to perform it.

b. Severe Bleeding

i. Determine if from capillaries, veins or arteries.


30

ii. If artery or vein is involved, use the following methods in this order:

• Apply direct pressure using a sterile bandage or the cleanest material available.

• Elevate the bleeding part of the body above the head if no fractures are involved and injury will not be aggravated.

• Apply pressure at closest available pressure point. • Apply a tourniquet only as a last resort and only if

bleeding.

c. Shock i. Be prepared to treat for shock even when there is little or no

injury. First aid procedures are: • Keep victim lying down. • Provide as much fresh air as possible. • Loosen tight clothing at the neck, waist, and chest. • Keep the victim warm and dry by wrapping in blankets

or similar materials. • Do not give the victim anything by mouth. • Help victim maintain a good positive attitude by

remaining calm, using reassuring tones, and keeping onlookers away.

8. Determine if transportation is necessary. Transportation of the injured person will

depend on the judgment call of the person giving the first aid. In many cases, particularly with fractures, back and similar injuries, it is wiser to call the rescue squad or Emergency Medical Services for professional help. They have backboards, inflatable splints and other equipment that can be used to move the victim without causing additional injuries.

9. Only after the life threatening injuries and medical help has been requested,

should the person giving first aid proceed to the following steps. Most of these additional steps may not be necessary if medical help can get to the site.

a. Dress any open wounds with bandage compresses, cravat

bandages, or any other clean materials that are available. It is only necessary for this material to last until the victim can be moved to professional medical help.

b. If trained to do so, splint any fractures with the best available

material. Shovel handles, sticks, rolled up newspaper, etc., can be used as improvised splints.

10. The first aid responder should use his best judgment and do whatever is

necessary to save the individuals life.


31

Definition First aid is the immediate care given to a person who is injured or ill.

Principal Aims are:

• Care for life threatening conditions. • Protection from further injury or complications. • Arranging transportation for the victim to a medical facility. • Making the victim as comfortable as possible while waiting for assistance.

Training Policy OSHA regulations require that someone in each crew be trained in first aid procedures when medical assistance is not reasonably accessible in terms of time and distance. DMF policy is to train employees in first aid with refresher courses every three years. For vessels, 46 CFR 28.210 requires first aid and CPR training based on number of people onboard will determine number of people to be training. First aid manual and medicine chest is required. See DEQ Safety Policy on First Aid (SP19190.151) for additional information. Related SOPs / Documents: Located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website: DMF Bloodborne Pathogen Exposure Control Plan

DMF Emergency Action Plan – EC Office DMF Emergency Action Plan – MHC Office DMF Hazard Communication Plan and Training Fire Alarm or Bomb Threat

Safety Policy on First Aid (DEQ SP1910.151) GN-1: Accident and Injury Response GN-6: Exposure to Blood and Bodily Fluids EA-7: Medical Response


32

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added reference to DMF Safety Policies

located on the Inside Fisheries website. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


33


Safe Operating Procedures: Flagging Traffic Hazard Review Slips, Trips, Falls Traffic Control Hot Weather Conditions Hostile Drivers Inclement Weather 1. Flaggers shall be trained in flagging techniques prior to beginning a flagging

operation. 2. Always set up flagging stations so that they are highly visible to traffic, have a

good sight distance for approaching traffic, and are consistent with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).

3. Be aware of escape routes in case of emergency, vehicle intrusion, and always

face oncoming traffic. 4. NEVER stand in a lane that is open to traffic. 5. Stop/slow signs and paddles should be clean and readable. 6. Always remove signs when flagging operations are not in progress. 7. Be aware of moving equipment in the work zone. Always establish eye contact

with the operator before approaching equipment. 8. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment including a safety vest and

orange cap. High visibility vests or hard hats may be required in some situations and under certain low light conditions.

9. Give clear and concise messages to drivers and coordinate with other flaggers in

the area.

Related SOPs / Documents: The Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) can be found on the US Department of Transportation website under North Carolina. GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment


34

GN-24: Sun Exposure GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added location for MUTCD. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


35


Safe Operating Procedures: Geographic Hazards-Coastal Areas Hazard Review Dock and Water safety Marsh/Marine Areas Woodlands/Wetlands Poisonous Snakes/Insects/Plants Animals Uneven Terrain 1. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent the environment and

season or as determined by supervisor.

2. Be alert for tripping hazards such as loose rocks, logs, hidden objects, holes, and uneven ground on land and water floor.

3. Be aware of oyster beds and other shells that cut skin easily. Wear protective foot

wear and personal protective clothing as needed or advised by supervisor including safety floatation vests.

4. Be aware of water conditions such as temperature, tides, current. Be cautious of barnacles on pilings, docks, steps, boat hulls, submerged ropes, and other underwater materials.

5. Inspect safety lines and equipment on water vessels and docks. Take care in use of fillet knives, diving knives, and other sharp equipment.

6. Be aware of dock, boat ramp conditions when board and unloading vessels.

Watch for slimy, slippery, wet docks. Locate ropes, cords, and hoses that may be near or on dock that may be potential tripping hazards.

7. Keep arms, fingers, legs from getting pinched or caught between vessels and

pilings and/or dock.

8. Supervisors shall ensure that employees who use boats, SCUBA, or any water gear equipment have the necessary training.

9. Be aware of poisonous plants, insects, snakes, animals, and animal waste products and carcasses. Wear long sleeve shirts, gloves and high-top boots when hazards cannot be avoided.

10. Be aware of sinkholes and quick sand areas in swamps and coastal plain areas.


36

11. Be cautious of dead trees and limbs in wooded and flooded areas.

12. Be aware of surroundings and any species that are swimming nearby while diving or working near or in the water.

13. The use of dive flags is required when diving. 14. Review safety procedures relative to area and surroundings, and for the season

for appropriate hot or cold weather gear. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-4: Domestic and Wild Animals GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment Effective Date:



37


Safe Operating Procedures: Hazardous Materials (Jobsite) Hazard Review Slips, Trips, and Falls Medical Response Personal Protective Gear Spills Lifting Refer to the NCDMF Hazard Communication Plan, DMF Hazard Communication Planning, and Hazardous Materials Inventory, located on the DMF website Inside Fisheries under Safety Policies and Tips. Supervisors 1. Ensure that labels on hazardous materials are legible when the material is

received and that they are maintained in a legible condition. Containers should be stored with warning labels visible.

2. Maintain the collection of Safety Data Sheets (SDS) in a good condition and to

ensure employee access as requested. SDS are kept in the DMF HQ warehouse and online on the DMF shared drive.

3. Provide initial and refresher training on the Hazard Communication Standard and

the DMF’s Hazard Communication Program. (Plan and Policy are located on the DMF website Inside Fisheries under Safety Policies and Tips.)

4. Maintain records of employees' training.

5. Ensure employees are provided with and instructed on the use of any personal

protective equipment that may be necessary for working with the hazardous materials.

6. Provide proper devices and containers for transfer of hazardous material. 7. Ensure proper labeling on storage buildings that hold hazardous chemicals. Employees 1. Acquire the necessary training before working with any hazardous material.


38

2. Review chemical labels for procedures to follow, personal or environmental hazards, and safety information.

3. Acquire and wear necessary personal protective equipment before working with

any hazardous material. 4. Use acceptable containers for transporting hazardous material. 5. Dispose of hazardous material consistent with their protocols.

Related SOPs / Documents: Located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website: DMF Bloodborne Pathogen Exposure Control Plan

DMF Emergency Action Plan – EC Office DMF Emergency Action Plan – MHC Office DMF Hazard Communication Plan and Training Hazardous Material Inventory

Safety Data Sheets (SDS) are located in the DMF warehouse and the DMF shared drive. GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment EA-5: Evacuations EA-7: Medical Response EA-9: Radiation Release Response EA-11: Spill Response – Laboratory Setting SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added references to locations of SDS and

DMF policies, plans, and training on Hazardous materials. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


39


Safe Operating Procedures: Hostile Irate Customers Hazard Review Physical Violence and Injury Concealed Weapons Verbal Abuse Thrown Objects Environmental Conditions Office Environment

1. Remain calm. Use calm voice to respond to the individual. 2. Where possible, keep your desk, workstation, or chair between you and the

individual. 3. Use any ‘Violence In the Workplace’, and/or other training, to attempt to diffuse

the situation. 4. Avoid an argument or physical confrontation with the individual(s). 5. Contact your supervisor immediately and request assistance. 6. Request law enforcement assistance if the situation escalates into a dangerous

condition or if any apparent physical danger is present. 8. Ensure that others in surrounding areas are immediately notified of the situation. 9. Maintain visual contact with hostile party from a safe distance. 10. Always remember to Retreat; Request help, and to Regroup when necessary. 11. Follow established security guidelines for your facility. 12. Review and become familiar with the DEQ Safety Policy on Violence in the Workplace. (http://portal.ncdenr.org/c/document_library/get_file?uuid=db3cac02-ff81-4826-b3d9-dbe4436e4374&groupId=38331)

http://portal.ncdenr.org/c/document_library/get_file?uuid=db3cac02-ff81-4826-b3d9-dbe4436e4374&groupId=38331

http://portal.ncdenr.org/c/document_library/get_file?uuid=db3cac02-ff81-4826-b3d9-dbe4436e4374&groupId=38331


40

Field Situations 1. Prior to going on-site, review the SOP for the activity you will be conducting and

note any SOPs regarding hostile or irate customers. Check available records to see if any prior activities or visits met with a hostile or aggravated reaction. Where a known potential exists, take someone with you.

2. If warranted, request local law enforcement to accompany you. 3. Remain calm. Use a calm voice to respond to the individual. 4. Where possible, keep a nonthreatening item between you and the individual. 5. Use any Violence In the Workplace, and other training, to attempt to diffuse the

situation. 6. Avoid an argument or physical confrontation with the individual(s). 7. Contact your supervisor as soon as possible, and request guidance. 8. Back away from the situation and leave the scene if possible. 9. Request law enforcement assistance if the situation escalates into a dangerous

condition or if any apparent physical danger is present. 10. Ensure that others in surrounding areas are immediately notified of the situation. 11. Maintain visual contact with hostile party from a safe distance. 12. Always remember to Retreat; Request help and to Regroup when necessary. 13. Review and become familiar with the DEQ Safety Policy on ‘Violence in the Workplace’. See

http://www.enr.state.nc.us/Safety/SafetyTraining/SafetyCoursesonlinelist.html#Workplace_Violence

14. DEQ Law Enforcement personnel- follow established protocols and subject

confrontation training and techniques. Related SOPs / Documents: LE-5: Investigations FO-14: Inspections EA-7: Medical Responses


41

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added reference for website on violence in the

workplace December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


42


Safe Operating Procedures: Hot Weather Safety Hazard Review Sun Exposure Heat Exhaustion Drinking Water 1. Supervisors should schedule heaviest work during the cooler morning hours

whenever possible. 2. All employees who have not been working in a hot environment must adjust to the

heat before expecting to be fully productive (5-7 days).

3. Employees should drink 2 cups of water before beginning work. Additional 2-4 cups should be taken during each hour of work.

4. Employees must begin drinking fluids before they feel thirsty to avoid heat related problems.

5. Employees should not take salt tablets but should get extra salt through their normal meals.

6. Light meals are better than fatty foods as they are easier on the digestive system.

7. Frequent, short breaks in the shade are better than infrequent, long ones.

8. Employees should wear the proper clothing such as loosely woven cotton shirts, sunglasses, sweatbands, and the proper footwear.

9. Supervisors should ensure that each crew has adequate water and that employees are allowed enough break time for drinking purposes.

10. Employees must remember that a lack of sleep, obesity, alcohol use, and similar factors can increase the risk of heat related injuries.

11. Utilize sun screen when exposed to the sun or its rays. 12. Where practical and available, use temporary shading structures to minimize

exposure time.


43

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-23: Poisonous Snakes, Insects, and Plants GN-24: Sun Exposure FO-1: Aerial Tree Operations FO-15: Litter Pickup LE-4: Intracoastal and Oceanic Waterway Patrols Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Reworded #3. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


44


Safe Operating Procedures: Housekeeping and Sanitation Hazard Review Slip, Trip, and Falls Hazardous Materials Office Machinery Mold and Mildew Wet Weather Electrical Cords 1. Good housekeeping and sanitation is important for maintaining a safe and healthy

workplace.

2. Each employee is responsible for maintaining a clean and sanitary workplace.

3. All materials must be properly stored with stock being placed neatly in racks or bins wherever possible.

4. Clear all floors and walkways of tripping hazards on a regular basis. Aisles must be kept clear of obstructions.

5. Maintain all floors, decks, and working surfaces in non-slippery condition by removing spills as soon as possible. Any non-slip material should be inspected on a regular basis for wear.

6. Place trash in proper receptacle. Do not throw it on the floor or ground.

7. Provide a waste receptacle that is in good condition and appropriate for the type of waste material.

8. Clean all machinery regularly and keep floor free of shavings, excess oil, and pieces of stock.

9. Oily waste, rags, or other flammable material shall only be stored in the proper metal receptacles.

10. Materials shall not be stored where they block access to fixed ladders, stairways, electrical switch boxes, firefighting or other rescue equipment.

11. Hand tools should be neatly stored in a designated place.

12. Food or beverages should not be consumed in any area exposed to toxic materials or infectious agents.


45

13. Keep air, hydraulic lines, and electrical cords away from walkways, aisle ways, and paths.

14. Provide adequate fresh air flow in work area. 15. Follow proper safety procedure for storing power tools and equipment. 16. During inclement weather, be aware of and remove the hazards associated with

wet floors. 17. Store lab chemicals in proper containers and cabinets. 18. Wash hands with soap and water, or a waterless cleanser, after leaving the work

area to eat, drink, or smoke. 19. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) will be available and reviewed for all chemicals in use

for housekeeping and sanitation. 20. Be aware and use blood borne pathogen universal protocols where conditions and

hazards apply.

21. Shields and guards will be provided on grinders, air compressors, and other belt driven equipment in accordance with applicable regulations. Machines with removed or improperly functioning guards or shields shall not be operated.

22. Ample space for each employee to work safely and to achieve a sound footing shall be provided.

23. Ample light for the work to be performed will be provided.

24. Any person while working in shop area shall wear steel toe shoes.

25. Maintain all air, hydraulic lines, and electrical cords in good repair.

Related SOPs / Documents: Located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website: DMF Bloodborne Pathogen Exposure Control Plan GN-6: Exposure to Blood or Bodily Fluids (Bloodborne Pathogens) GN-8: First Aid GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-15: Housekeeping and Sanitation – Mold and Mildew GN-19: Office Machine and Equipment Safety


46

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Referenced Blood borne pathogens. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


47


Safe Operating Procedures: Housekeeping and Sanitation – Mold and Mildew Hazard Review Allergic Reactions Molds Ventilation Humidity Condensation Water Accumulation 1. Potential health effects and symptoms associated with mold exposures include

allergic reactions, asthma, and other respiratory complaints. Molds can be found almost anywhere; they can grow on virtually any substance, providing moisture is present. There are molds that can grow on wood, paper, carpet, and foods.

2. There is no practical way to eliminate all mold and mold spores in the indoor

environment; the way to control indoor mold growth is to control moisture. Fix the source of the water problem or leak to prevent mold growth.

3. Reduce indoor humidity (to 30-60% ) to decrease mold growth by: venting

bathrooms, dryers, and other moisture-generating sources to the outside; using air conditioners and de-humidifiers; increasing ventilation; and using exhaust fans whenever cooking, dishwashing, and cleaning.

4. Clean and dry any damp or wet building materials and furnishings within 24-48

hours to prevent mold growth.

5. Clean mold off hard surfaces with water and detergent, and dry completely. Absorbent materials such as ceiling tiles, that are moldy, may need to be replaced.

6. Prevent condensation: Reduce the potential for condensation on cold surfaces

(i.e., windows, piping, exterior walls, roof, or floors) by adding insulation.

7. In areas where there is a perpetual moisture problem, do not install carpeting (i.e., by drinking fountains, by classroom sinks, or on concrete floors with leaks or frequent condensation).

8. As suggested by the EPA, if heating/ventilation/air conditioning (HVAC) system

may be contaminated with mold, (consult EPA's guide Should You Have the Air Ducts in Your Home Cleaned? before taking further action). The EPA specifically states “Do not run the HVAC system if you know or suspect that it is contaminated with mold - it could spread mold throughout the building”.


48

9. Mold may hidden in back side of dry wall, wallpaper, or paneling, the top

side of ceiling tiles, the underside of carpets and pads, etc. Other possible locations of hidden mold include areas inside walls around pipes (with leaking or condensing pipes), the surface of walls behind furniture (where condensation forms), inside ductwork, and in roof materials above ceiling tiles (due to roof leaks or insufficient insulation). If you believe that you may have a hidden mold problem, hire an experienced professional. As an example, removal of wallpaper can lead to a massive release of spores if there is mold growing on the underside of the paper. A professional would know how to handle this.

The above statements of cleanup are directly from the EPA’s web site on mold and mold cleanup. Related SOPs / Documents GN-8: First Aid GN-11: Hazardous Materials (Jobsite) GN-14: Housecleaning and Sanitation Effective Date:



49


Safe Operating Procedures: Inclement Weather Conditions Hazard Review Exposure to Temperature Extremes Falling Objects Slick Road Conditions Downed or Low Hanging Power Lines Low Hanging Tree Limbs Downed Trees Flooding Conditions and Roadways Freezing Rain Slips and Falls Other Vehicles and Pedestrians 1. Avoid getting out during inclement weather. 2. Always wear appropriate footwear for slippery conditions and try to avoid icy areas

whenever possible. 3. Always use caution or avoid walking under trees, power lines and any type of

overhead structure that has ice buildup. 4. Never cross or go near downed power lines even if you believe power is off to the

lines. Avoid walking or driving under or near low hanging power lines. 5. Always wear appropriate clothing to ensure warmth, preferably in multilayers. 6. Avoid driving on snowy and icy roads, if at all possible. 7. If driving is necessary, reduce speed to help retain control of the vehicle. 8. Four wheel drive vehicles should be used if they are available. 9. Always keep emergency safety supplies in your vehicle such as blankets, flares,

sand or litter for traction, and some form of communication in case you become stranded.

10. Always use caution when entering intersections to ensure other vehicles are able

to stop. 11. Always pay close attention to the location of pedestrians to avoid hitting them if

they should fall or your vehicle slides. 12. When driving or walking, avoid crossing roads and roadways with moving water

from sudden rainfall. Even small amounts of water can move a large vehicle.


50

Related SOPs / Documents GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-26: Vehicle Operation GN-27: Wet Weather LE-9: Marine Vessel Operation – Patrol Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and Revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


51


Safe Operating Procedures: Lifting Hazard Review Slips, Trips, and Falls Back Strains Pinch Points 1. Before lifting the load, think of alternate means of moving the object (push, pull,

roll, pour, or pump).

2. Have firm footing and make sure the standing surface is not slippery.

3. Determine the best way to hold the load using any handles, gripping areas, or special lifting tools. Get a firm grip on the load.

4. Keep your back straight by tucking your chin in.

5. Tighten your stomach muscles and lift with your legs.

6. Lift the load slowly. DO NOT JERK!

7. Hold the load as close to the body as possible. Be sure you position the load close to the body before lifting.

8. Do not twist during your lift or when moving the load. Turn with your feet, not with your back.

9. Set the load down gently. Use your legs and keep your back as straight as possible.

10. Be sure your fingers are out of the way when putting the load down and when moving the load through tight spaces.

11. Don't try to be a superman. Work within your own strength parameters. Ask for help if you need it and use mechanical means wherever it's available.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-1: Accident and Injury Response GN-8: First Aid GN-18: Office Machine and Equipment Safety


52

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added Pinch Points under Hazard Review. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


53


Safe Operating Procedures: Noise Hazards Hazard Review Hearing Loss Background

The auditory system (hearing) consists of the transmission of sound through four separate mediums: air, solid, liquid, and neuro-electrical. These mediums operate in the three areas of the ear called the (a) outer ear, (b) middle ear, and (c) inner ear. Each plays a unique role.

a. The outer ear is the visible part of the ear. The major function is cosmetic and serves as a transmitter of sound waves.

b. The middle ear begins at the eardrum. Sound waves complete the course in the air and begin to path through the solid medium of the middle ear (mechanical transmission of sound). The eardrum vibrates according to the incoming sound waves and these vibrations are passed through the bones of the middle ear, which if working properly, vibrate freely, setting up a vibration at the oval window that begins the pathway through the inner ear.

c. The inner ear is the sensory organ for hearing and balance. It is filled with fluid, which is the third medium for sound transmission. Sound waves or vibrations from the oval window set up pressure waves in the fluid of the inner ear. These waves distort the basilar membrane of the inner ear. This chain reaction causes a shearing action between the membrane and the hair cells. This stimulation sets up a neuro-electrical transmission between the hair cells and individual nerve fibers. The nerve fibers unite and form the cochlear branch of the auditory nerve to the brain.

Damage to hearing may result either from extremely intense noise over a short period

of time (acoustic trauma) or being subjected to less intense, but still harmful, levels of noise over extended periods of time (noise induced). In the early stages of noise induced hearing loss, the hair cells have the ability to recover some, or all, function. The unprotected employee may notice a change in hearing when leaving the workplace, but after a period of rest, hearing returns to normal or near normal levels (Temporary Threshold Shift). If the employee continues to be unprotected, the temporary shift will gradually become a Permanent Threshold Shift as more and more hair cells and nerve fibers are destroyed.


54

Hearing Loss Prevention Requirements

The following describes the organization and operation of the hearing conservation program at the North Carolina Division of Marine Fisheries (NCDMF). The main objective of this program is to prevent employee hearing loss caused by noise exposure on the job. Occupational health standards require ear protection from excessive exposure to noise1. An employee must wear hearing protection whenever the noise level exceeds 85 dBA in an 8-hour time-weighted average. There is evidence that such noise levels can cause hearing loss. Conservation of employee hearing is accomplished through a combination of the following efforts:

• Identifying of high-noise areas and equipment at DMF and in the field. • Providing employee education about the effects of noise and ways to preserve

hearing. • Using personal hearing protectors (plugs and muffs).

1. Hearing protectors are needed to reduce the amount of noise that reaches the

inner ear because of the lack of technical knowledge and extreme cost of reducing noise at its source to within safe levels. When the exposure level exceeds 85 dBA in an 8-hour time-weighted average and engineering controls are unable to reduce it to acceptable levels, hearing protection must be worn. Protection must also be worn if there has been a significant shift in hearing.

2. Wear hearing protection in the following circumstances:

• Whenever the voice must be raised in order to be heard. • Wherever hearing protection requirements are posted. • When a hearing test shows hearing loss that may be work-related.

If in doubt about the noise levels in an area, ask your supervisor or DMF Safety Committee to take noise level measurements.

3. The NCDMF is responsible for:

• Identifying, recording, and posting high-noise levels. • Evaluating the program effectiveness

4. The Administrative staff, supervisors, and/or DMF Safety Committee are

responsible for: • Providing hearing conservation education. • Identifying employees who need ear protectors and hearing tests. • Coordinating audiometric testing. • Reviewing results with employees tested. • Scheduling employees for hearing tests. • Coordinating employee education. • Scheduling an annual training meeting on hearing conservation.

5. Supervisors and Program Managers are responsible for:


55

• Providing an assortment of ear protectors and fitting ear protectors. • Ensuring that ear protectors are available as needed. • Ensuring that team members and visitors wear protection correctly, and as

required. 6. The employee is responsible for:

• Maintaining the hearing protection in a clean working condition. • Using the hearing protection supplied in accordance with instructions and this

program. • Reporting a hearing protection problem to the supervisor and Section Chief. • Participating in hearing tests and training.

7. Each employee who may be exposed to noise levels greater than 85 dBA in an 8-

hour time-weighted average will be provided hearing protectors that fit properly and reduce exposures to acceptable levels. Hearing protectors must be worn by employees and visitors when in high noise areas. Every employee who may have to wear hearing protectors will be trained in the proper use and limitations. Each employee will be informed about the effects of noise on hearing and the steps needed to protect hearing.

8. Fit of hearing protection devices is the most important thing to consider when

choosing hearing protection. It must fit properly to be effective and comfortable to wear.

Common types of hearing protection are as follows:

• Ear muffs

Earmuffs with a snug headband require no special fitting to be effective, but if also wearing safety glasses or a hard hat, the acoustic seal will be affected.

• Ear plugs

Earplugs provide an acoustic seal inside the ear canal. To be effective, earplugs must be carefully selected and properly inserted.

Three basic types of earplugs are available: wearer-molded, pre-molded, and custom molded.

Wearer molded – These cylinder-shaped plugs expand after being inserted to fit the contours of the ear canal. These are both effective and comfortable for most people because wearer-molded plugs are self-fitting.

Pre-molded – These are pliable, cylinder-shaped, plastic inserts with one or more flange or ‘fins’ that improve the acoustic seal. This type of plug is the most difficult to fit properly and requires the most training for proper


56

use. Ear canals vary in size and shape, even in the same person, and sometimes, one size plug does not fit both ears. When properly sized and fitted, pre-molded earplugs can be effective and comfortable to wear.

Custom-molded – People with special needs may require custom-molded earplugs.

1Standard on Occupational Noise Exposure (Noise) (29 CFR 1910. 95). Related SOPs / Documents: GN-19: Office Machine and Equipment Safety GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment Effective Date:



57


Safe Operating Procedures: Office Machine and Equipment Safety Hazard Review Slips, Trips, and Falls Strains Hearing damage Bodily Injury Electrocution

1. Office machines, particularly data processing machines, have many hazards such

as moving belts, rollers, gears, etc., which are to be adequately guarded before being placed in service. Normally, guards are installed by the manufacturer as standard equipment. If not, these are to be installed locally by a trained equipment installer or DMF staff before the machine is placed in operation.

2. Each equipment operator is to read all manuals for each individual piece of equipment to review the manufacturer’s safety guidelines before initial use.

3. Each employee is to obtain training on each piece of equipment before initial use through reading equipment manuals and/or requesting training from the equipment manager, DMF, and/or vendor.

4. Switches to turn on and off equipment are to be provided, either in the equipment or in the cords, so that it is not necessary to pull the plugs to shut off the power. To remove a plug from an outlet, take a firm grip on and pull the plug itself. Never pull a plug out by the cord.

5. Electrically operated machines, if not double insulated, are to be equipped with a three-conductor cord and grounded. Do not modify plugs to connect to an ungrounded circuit.

6. Unplug all electrically operated equipment prior to attempting to clear a jam, to make an adjustment, to alter a malfunctioning part, before cleaning, adjusting, or applying flammable solutions. If a guard is removed to clean or repair parts, replace it before testing the equipment and returning the machine to service.

7. When making any adjustment to a printer connected to a computer, first turn it off.

8. Do not remove protective guards, open protective hoods, open side doors, or remove side panels from machines while in operation.


58

9. Through periodic maintenance checks, ensure that hinges and latches at hold, protective guards, hoods, door, and panels in place are in safe working condition. If such guards are found defective, repair immediately.

10. When machines have exposed moving parts due to necessity, do not wear dangling jewelry and loose clothing that could become entangled in the moving parts.

11. Do not place objects on top of machines. Vibration from the machine during operation could cause the object to fall off and hit someone.

12. Keep liquids away from electrically operated equipment to avoid bodily injury and electrical shock.

13. When maintenance personnel are working on equipment, do not attempt to help move the machine. Engaging in such activity could cause muscle strain.

14. While working on office equipment concentrate on that activity.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-5: Equipment Mounting and Dismounting GN-8: First Aid GN-18: Noise Hazards GN-20: Office Safety / Office Lavatory Area JA-15: Mechanic Operations Specific SOP’s for Self-Propelled Equipment (SP) or Tools and Accessories (TA)

Effective Date:



59


Safe Operating Procedures: Office Safety/Office Lavatory Area Hazard Review Workstation Design Material Storage and Handling Pinch Points Lifting Slip, Trip, and Fall Hazards Low Level Illumination 1. Perform a Hazard Risk Assessment (located on NCDMF Intranet: DMF Hazard

Assessment and PPE Program).

2. Know where building emergency exits are located. These areas should not be used for storage or be locked. Access ways should be kept clear at all times. Walkways within the office should be open, clear from obstruction, and not restricted by stacked boxes or garbage.

3. Electrical cords, computer, communication and phone lines must be secured to prevent tripping. Carpet and desk mats must be secured to prevent tripping or falling.

4. File Drawers should be closed immediately after use so no one can run into or trip over them. Utilize space saver folders to eliminate the need to keep drawers open when reviewing a file. Only one drawer should be opened at a time to prevent the cabinet from tipping forward. Use caution when closing drawers. When possible, file cabinets should be permanently secured to wall area.

5. Avoid handling supplies more than once by putting materials in their stored location upon receiving them.

6. Always use proper lifting techniques. Use mechanical lifting devices and/or ask for assistance when moving heavy and/or bulky items.

7. Never walk with items stacked so high that your vision is obstructed. Stack items in such a manner that they are stable.

8. Be aware of and keep hands and fingers out of pinch points throughout the office, especially desk drawers, file cabinets, and stacked materials.

9. Eating, drinking, or smoking should be avoided around office equipment and computer terminals. Paper clips and staples should be used with caution around


60

copying equipment and keyboards.

10. Be aware of stress and strain associated with the use of video display terminals and poorly arranged workstations. Arrange your workstation so that excessive reaching and poor posture is eliminated. Your arms and shoulders should be at a rest position and your wrist should not rest against the edge of desk.

11. Office equipment such as chairs and desks that are broken and are a safety

hazard should be labeled as "Broken, Do Not Use" and removed from the area until they are repaired or replaced.

12. To prevent slips on wet floor surfaces, facility entrances with smooth tile or

concrete flooring shall be covered with an absorbent mat that has a non-skid backing. Use signs or cones to alert others of wet floor surfaces. Any wet areas found on floors shall be cleaned up immediately. Employees should be reminded to consider that soles with some tread offer better traction during wet weather.

13. Smoke only in designated areas. Extinguish smoking materials in a proper

receptacle.

Office/Building Lavatory Area 1. Be aware of and avoid any water on the floor. 2. Report water overflows and leaks that can create wet bathroom floor to the

individual responsible for notifying building/facility maintenance. 3. Report water in hallways to the individual responsible for notifying building/facility

maintenance. 4. Place warning/wet floor signs or block the area around the spill. 5. For self-contained offices, mop up spills and if possible, shut off the water supply

valve of the leaking toilet/sink and report the leak. 6. Avoid touching exposed outlets. 7. Report missing and extinguished light bulbs to the individual responsible for

notifying building/facility maintenance.


61

Related SOPs / Documents: NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website GN-3: Computer Data Entry GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-18: Noise hazards GN-19: Office Machine and Equipment Safety GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment (Law Enforcement)

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added reference to NCDMF Hazard

Assessment and PPE program. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


62


Safe Operating Procedures: Personal Protective Equipment Hazard Review Personal Safety Inclement Weather Slips, Trips, and Falls Geographic Safety Traffic Patterns Water Safety Sun Exposure The following are guidelines/requirements for the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). It is not possible to list every instance where PPE is required so it shall be the Supervisor's responsibility to exercise prudent judgment to determine if additional protective equipment is necessary and to ensure that the appropriate equipment is worn. The failure to wear appropriate PPE could result in disciplinary action. *Please refer to the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information. Specific NCDMF section policies regarding personal protective equipment requirements are included at the end of GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment. Hard hats shall be worn:

• When there is a clear and present danger of falling objects, which may cause injury.

• When exposed (or reasonably expected to be exposed) to falling or flying material.

• When exposed to overhead electrical conductors. • At the direction of the supervisor.

Orange caps shall be worn when flagging traffic except where hard hats with orange covers shall be worn. Safety vests or orange shirts shall be worn:

• When exposed to moving traffic or equipment. • At the direction of the supervisor. • When operating equipment without an enclosed cab, and by employees working

within the right-of-way. • Orange shirts must be supplemented with vests for nighttime operations. • Reflective vests shall be worn for all nighttime operations on the right-of way.


63

• During hunting season when working in or around fields and woods. High visibility vests shall be worn for regular shift nighttime operations. Safety glasses shall be worn:

• Whenever there is risk of injury to the eye such as: grinding, drilling, or sawing. • When operating various power tools or machines (e.g., weed eaters, lawnmowers,

woodworking tools, power or concrete saws, rock drills, chippers, jackhammers, etc.) which may throw particles.

• At the direction of the supervisor. • By any person in a shop area outside of designated aisles or marked areas. • When jump-starting a battery.

Safety goggles shall be worn:

• When their use is more appropriate than that of safety glasses (as determined by the supervisor).

• Whenever there is a need to protect the eye from dust, sawdust, and mist (e.g., during sandblasting or when using a chainsaw) that can enter or blow into an employee's eye even though he or she is wearing safety glasses.

• Whenever there is a danger of a foreign object entering through the side of the glasses.

Face shields shall be worn:

• When there is danger of splashing chemicals or other substances that may cause injury to the face or neck area (grinding, drilling, etc.).

• Whenever, in the judgment of the supervisor, their use is more appropriate than other eye protection.

• When removing or installing a battery. Work gloves should be worn:

• During any operation where there is a risk of abrasion, laceration, burns, blisters or puncture to the hands. Typical Operations include:

Hot mix paving or patching Fence and guardrail repair Handling, cleaning, dissecting Fish Sign repair Using shovels, picks, etc. Handling lumber Tree trimming and related activities Sharpening tools Operating chain saws, weed eaters or other gas-powered tools Welding and grinding Loading or unloading transport trucks or vans, tanker or distributor


64

Foot protection must be worn:

• By all employees except those who do not have regular exposure to hazardous conditions (e.g., office personnel). Foot protection includes safety steel-toed shoes, toecaps, or special orthopedic steel-toed shoes and must meet ANSI Z41.1. If an employee, due to health reasons or physical abnormalities cannot wear safety steel-toed shoes then toecaps shall be worn. If an employee, due to health reasons or physical abnormalities cannot wear toecaps, then special orthopedic steel-toed shoes constructed under the supervision of a physician shall be worn. If an employee, due to health reasons or physical abnormalities, cannot wear special orthopedic steel-toed shoes, then efforts will be made to move the employee to a position with no exposure to foot hazards.

Special impermeable gloves shall be worn:

• When working with hazardous chemicals or as directed by the Safety Data Sheets (SDS).

Coveralls or long-sleeved shirts should be worn:

• When welding or cutting. • When exposed to poison oak, ivy or sumac. • When exposed to hot materials while hot mix patching or paving, crack sealing or

placing thermoplastic markings. Rubber boots shall be worn:

• When required by the Safety Data Sheets (SDS). • When mixing and applying certain pesticides.

Fall protection devices (approved belt and lanyard or harness) shall be worn:

• When in the bucket of a traffic truck. • While working on unguarded work platforms where the fall would be more than six

feet. Respirator protection shall be worn: (filters/cartridge, supplied air, SCBA, etc.)

• When required by the product label or the Safety Data Sheets (SDS). • When mixing and applying certain herbicides and pesticides or feeds. • When welding or cutting on galvanized metals. • When determined by the supervisor. • When spray painting.


65

Hearing protection must be worn:

• Whenever the noise levels in the work environment exceed 90 dba. (The noise level can be determined by the Loss Control Engineer) Examples include:

Sandblasting Chain saws and weed eaters Jackhammers Concrete saw Pile drivers Mowing Certain Mechanical Equipment All types of heavy equipment (dozers, loaders, graders, mixers, etc.) may require hearing protection. This equipment is included in the ongoing testing by the Safety Office and employees will be advised on an individual basis. Floatation vests or life jackets, including float coats, shall be worn:

• When working over or near water, where the danger of drowning exists, all jackets or vests shall be inspected for defects that would alter the strength of buoyancy. Defective units shall not be used.

• All jackets or vests shall be U.S. Coast Guard approved. • All personnel working on the water from November 1 through April 30 will be

issued one type III USCG approved float coat and/or floatation coveralls. Please refer to the section’s policy for float coat use.

• Employees working during November through April in open boats will be issued floatation coveralls, if requested. Other employees already issued float coats may option for floatation coveralls at the time of float coat replacement. Employees issued floatation coveralls may retain float coats.

Clothing that may NOT be appropriate for use:

• Shorts (unless approved by supervisor) • Tank tops that expose bare shoulders • Sandals or canvas shoes

Related SOPs / Documents: DMF Dressing Appropriately for Public Service: DMF Policy Manual\ ADM 17 Dressing Appropriately for Public Service DMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment-Law Enforcement GN-24: Sun Exposure


66

LE-9: Marine Vessel Operation (Patrol) SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat SP-9: Marine Vessel – Research Boat (Certified & Non Certified) FO-24: Personal Floatation Devices (PFD) FO-4: Dissecting Fish

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Added information on float coats, floatation coveralls and

immersion suits to be consistent with other DMF policies; Revised to new format.

July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added reference to NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program.

December 2015 Reviewed and revised. Added section policies. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS. January 2017 Reviewed and revised section on floatation devices.


67

General Safety Policies (GN–21A) - Habitat and Enhancement

Safe Operating Procedures: Personal Protective Equipment Habitat & Enhancement PFD Requirements

• Underway

1. While underway all persons on board shall wear some type PFD 2. Exception: not required while in the cabin but must be readily available (not

stowed) • At idle speeds

1. PFD is not required to be worn at idle speed but must be on deck and accessible on smaller boats (example: 25’ Parker)

2. A throwable PFD will be readily available at idle speeds (not stowed) • At anchor or drifting

1. PFD is not required to be worn but must be accessible 2. A throwable PFD will be readily available (not stowed)

• Large vessels (West Bay / Shell Point etc.) 1. While on deck, underway or working onsite a PFD shall be worn at all

times. (work vest / inflatable / float coat) • While operating a boat alone

1. While operating a vessel alone a PFD will be worn at all times 2. The use of kill switch lanyards is required on all boats while underway,

regardless of the number of people onboard. The lanyard may be removed during slow speed and when approaching a dock or similar circumstances. Each boat should be equipped with two kill switch lanyards. They should be tested periodically as well.

• From November 30th to April 30th 1. During these cold weather months a Float Coat/Anti-exposure coveralls

shall be worn at all times. Exception: while in the cabin of the larger vessels.

Effective Date

Versions Revisions December 2015 Added to the NCDMF Safety Manual GN-21 May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS. January 2017 Reviewed and revised


68

General Safety Policies (GN–21B) - Shellfish Sanitation and Recreational Water Quality

Safe Operating Procedures: Personal Protective Equipment Shellfish Sanitation and Recreational Water Quality (SSRWQ) Personal Floatation Device and Boat Safety Primary Responsibility: Section Chief

Subordinate Responsibility: As Assigned

Purpose: To provide additional safety measures for staff when boating. SSRWQ field staff are often required to conduct sampling activities in boats, in remote locations and often operating alone. The DMF Safety Manual identifies PFD requirements in several sections. The most comprehensive section is GN 21 Safe Operating Procedures: Personal Protective Equipment. This Section requires the use of PFDs when staff “when working over or near water, where the danger of drowning exists. This policy supplements GN 21 requirements for SSRWQ staff operating in boats.

Operational Procedures:

PFD Use: According to the US Coast Guard, 9 out of 10 drownings occur in inland waters, most within a few feet of safety. Most of the victims owned PFDs, but they died without them. A wearable PFD can save your life, if you wear it. At a minimum, US Coast Guard approved PFDs shall be worn by all staff during the following conditions during sampling:

1. At all times when the operator is working alone 2. When the vessel is underway 3. When you are working over the side of the boat during operations 4. When operating in open sound, ocean or rough conditions

Float coats with beavertails shall be worn in all the above conditions, from November 1 through April 30. An exception to cold weather gear can be made on unseasonably warm days where wearing the float coat can cause overheating. In this instance, another PFD may be substituted. The float coat or coverall must still be carried on the vessel during this time.

Kill Switch Lanyards: The use of kill switch lanyards is required on all boats while underway, regardless of the number of people onboard. The lanyard may be removed during slow speed and when approaching a dock or similar circumstances. Each boat should be equipped with two kill switch lanyards. They should be tested periodically as well.


69

PFD Care and Maintenance: PFDs represent a sizeable investment overall and the following steps should be followed to maintain them in good condition:

1. Inflatable PFDs shall not be stored for extended periods in the truck. Excessive heat can cause premature dry rot and failure. Keep these PFDs in a cool dry place.

2. Don't put heavy objects on your PFD or use it for a kneeling pad or boat fender. PFDs lose buoyancy when crushed.

3. Rinse with fresh water if covered in salt spray and let your PFD drip dry thoroughly before putting it away. Always stow it in a well-ventilated place.

4. Don't leave your PFD on board for long periods when the boat is not in use. 5. Test inflatable PFDs at least annually.

Implementation

Title of Responsible Person Action

Section Chief Implementation of policy Supervisors Ensure proper care and use

Effective Date

Versions Revisions 7/25/2011 4/13/2015 December 2015 Added to the NCDMF Safety Manual GN-21 May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS. January 2017 Reviewed and revised. Edited Purpose on page 68.


70

Shellfish Sanitation and Recreational Water Quality (SSRWQ) Personal Locator Beacon Use

Title of Policy or Procedure: Personal Locator Beacon (PLB) Use

Purpose: To define roles and responsibilities for use of PLBs

Primary Responsibility: Section Chief

Subordinate Responsibility: As Assigned

Purpose: To provide additional safety measures for staff when boating. SSRWQ field staff is often required to conduct sampling activities in boats, in remote locations and often operating alone. When activated, the ACR Personal Locator Beacons send out a distress signal along with your GPS coordinates. This can greatly improve the chance of a successful rescue.

Operational Procedures: All field staff are assigned a specific PLB which is registered in their name under the Division of Marine Fisheries. The ACR PLBs are designed to be worn, along with a PFD, and will clip to a belt, or can be kept in a pocket while conducting field activities. Unlike an EPIRB, they must be manually deployed. Upon receipt of your assigned PLBs staff should read and thoroughly understand the instructions.

At least one PLB will be REQUIRED to be carried under any of the following conditions:

• Any time you are operating a vessel alone.

• From November 1st through April 30 (regardless of how many on boat).

• Any time you are operating in the ocean.

• Anytime you are operating more than 3 miles from land.

PLBs are not required to be carried during other times but it is recommended for all sampling. Supervisors should check to ensure PLBs are properly cared for and in use.

Notification/Float Plan: Because each PLB is assigned to an individual, it is important that you notify someone in your office of your destination and when you expect to return. If a non-assigned person needs to use a PLB then his/her information is also given to the office personal who has the float plan.


71

Registration and Renewals of PLB: Registration will be renewed on a Section level every two years. When the renewal is complete you will be given a renewal sticker to affix to the back of the PLB.

Preventing False Alerts:

A false alert is any activation of a beacon that does not result from a situation of grave and imminent danger. Do not store PLBs so that other gear is in contact with the keypad. This can accidentally turn the unit on and activate the beacon. If you activate a unit accidentally, immediately notify DMF communications so that rescue authorities can be notified of a false alert.

Implementation


Section Chief Implementation of policy Supervisors Ensure proper care and use

Effective Date

Versions Revisions 8/15/2013 4/13/2015 December 2015 Added to NCDMF Safety Manual GN-21 May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS. January 2017 Reviewed and revised. Rewording of Float Plan.


72

General Safety Policies (GN–21C) - Protected Resources

Safe Operating Procedures: Personal Protective Equipment Protected Resources Personal Floatation Device, Observer Safety, and Cold Water Safety Marine Observer Safety 1. Ask the Captain if there is anything to be aware of regarding safety issues prior to

getting underway.

2. Explain to the Captain your objectives for collecting biological data and ask where the safest location on the vessel would be for sampling.

3. Wear non-slip footwear at all times while on the vessel and near/on the boat ramp/dock areas.

4. Carry a Personal Flotation Device (PFD) and wear at all times while on the decks of vessels. All non-section personnel must comply with section policy when either underway on fisherman's vessels or section vessels by wearing an appropriate PFD.

5. Carry a Personal Locator Beacon (PLB) and wear at all times while on vessels.

6. Be aware of straps, buckles, or pull tabs on PFDs to avoid getting them caught in

any type of gear or mechanical devices.

7. Beware of lines and nets on board the vessel and stay clear of them.

8. Wear button-less clothing and be aware of anything on your clothing that could possibly get caught in any type of gear or mechanical devices.

9. Remove all jewelry including jewelry that may be covered by clothing and/or gear 10. Be familiar with the fishing vessel and area observing in and be able to navigate

area. This includes being familiar with the VHF radio and flares on the vessel in case of emergency.

11. Be Certified in CPR and First Aid. 12. Notify supervisor of any minor or major injuries immediately.


73

13. Be aware of the location of firefighting equipment, PFD's, flares, throwable PFDs,

operation of winches, operation of net reels (or any other mechanical devices), and all safety matters during first hours of cruise.

14. Review all guidelines pertaining to the vessel class and size.

15. Review this SOP at least semi-annually. Personal Flotation Devices 1. All boats must carry one wearable Personal Flotation Device (PFD) (Type I, II, II or V) for

each person onboard. Inflatable PFDs are not recognized as wearable when not in use.

2. All PFDs must be Coast Guard approved.

3. All PFDs must be readily accessible. 4. PFDs shall be worn at all times on the decks of vessels but are not required to be worn in

the cabin of larger vessels during inactive work periods. For open deck vessels, PFDs shall be worn at all times.

5. All PFDs must be in good and serviceable condition, properly adjusted, and checked prior to boarding a vessel each time

6. All PFDs must be the appropriate size for the intended user.

7. All boats must have at least one readily accessible throwable PFD.

8. Cold weather flotation suits shall be available during cold weather vessel operation.

Cold Weather Safety 1. All personnel working on the water from November 1 through April 30 will be

issued a type III USCG approved float and/or floatation coveralls. For float coats equipped with an extended hypothermia protection (beavertail), it is highly recommended that employees don the beavertail portion of the float coat while the vessel is underway when the water temperature is 60oF or less.


floatation coveralls, if requested. Other employees already issued float coats may option for floatation coveralls at the time of float coat replacement. Employees issued floatation coveralls may retain float coats.


74

Effective Date

Versions Revisions December 2015 Added to the NCDMF Safety Manual GN-21 May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS. January 217 Review and revised. Changes made to Cold Weather Safety.


75

General Safety Policies (GN–21D) - Fisheries Management

Safe Operating Procedures: Personal Protective Equipment Fisheries Management Personal Floatation Device 1. All boat must carry one wearable Personal Floatation Device (PFD) (Type I, II, II or V) for each person onboard. Inflatable PFDs are not recognized as wearable when not in use.


3. All PFDs must be readily accessible.

4. All PFDs must be in good and serviceable condition.



7. PFDs must be worn at all times when the Bessel is underway (on a plane). PFDs are not required at idle, slow speeds, or while deploying/retrieving gear. When operating electrofishing vessel, PFDs must be worn at all times when electrofishing is being conducting.

8. PFD’s must be worn at all times between sunset and sunrise unless deploying/retrieving gear.

9. PFDs must be worn at all times while on deck as an observer on a non-DMF vessel. Employees must take their Division issued PFDs while observing on a non-DMF vessel.

10. Cold weather Floatation suits should be available during cold weather vessel operation.

Effective Date

Versions Revisions May 2016 Added to the NCDMF Safety Manual GN-21 May 2016 Reviewed and revised.


76


Safe Operating Procedures: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement Hazard Review Hazardous Materials (bodily fluids, chemicals, etc) Cuts Slips, Trips, and Falls Noise Weapons (knives, firearms) Traffic Fire Eye injury Drowning / Hypothermia The following are guidelines/requirements for the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). It is not possible to list every instance where PPE is required so it shall be the Supervisor's responsibility to exercise prudent judgment to determine if additional protective equipment is necessary and to ensure that the appropriate equipment is worn. The failure to wear appropriate PPE could result in disciplinary action. Please refer to the NCDMF Hazard Assessment Program for more comprehensive information. Law Enforcement activities by type of equipment used. At the beginning of each shift officer must check to ensure the following is equipped and each item functional: Vehicle:

• HAZMAT gear (including suit, mask, gloves) to be used in the event of possible contamination from bodily fluids.

• Decontamination bottle (water / bleach mix) available and to be used if contacted with bodily fluids.

• Bulletproof vest to be used at the direction of supervisor or event deemed appropriate by officer.

• Nylon restraints / extra handcuffs available and to be used if need arises to properly restrain arrestee(s).

• Flashlight charged and functioning to be used when needed for vision. • First aid kit properly stocked and ready in case of emergency use.


77

• Fire extinguisher charged in event of fire. • Rubber gloves to be used to collect evidence or prevent skin damage from

substances or animals. • Reflective vests to be worn if directing traffic, at anytime outside vehicle on the

roadway, or at the direction of supervisor. • CPR mask to be used in case of performing CPR. • Rain gear clean and ready to be used when needed. • Bug spray to be used when needed. • Sun screen to be used when needed. • Throw bag readily available if needed to assist subject in water. • Radio operational for communications between officers and dispatchers.

Duty belt:

• Issued weapon, CEW, loaded, charged, cleaned and properly seated in holster. • Spare ammo magazines loaded and properly seated in holders. • Portable Radio charged and used for communications. • Handcuffs clean and free properly seated in holder. • OC spray full, spray head clean and properly seated in holder. • Collapsible baton working and properly seated in holder.

All items above are to be used consistent with Marine Patrol training and policy. Vessel:

• First aid kit stocked and ready in case of emergency use. • Portable toilet to be used when needed. Contents to be disposed of at proper

disposal point. • Fire extinguisher charged in event of fire. • Proper floatation devices with signal mirror and strobe light (lifejackets, float

coats, throw device, raft, etc.) o All personnel regularly working on vessels especially during the

winter months shall have a Personal Locator Beacon (PLB) and/or an Emergency Position Indication Radio Beacon (EPIRB).

• Flare kit within useable dates as follows:

o Coastal Waters: 3 parachute flares, 3 hand held flares, 3 smoke signals (1 distress flag may be substituted for the 3 smoke signals) or approved equivalent flare kits.

o Federal Waters: 3-50 nautical miles offshore: 3 parachute flares, 6 hand held flares, 3 smoke signals. Note: Distress signals must be stored in watertight containers.

• Rain gear clean and ready to be used as needed. • Anti – fatigue mats placed in front of console.


78

• Appropriate gloves to be used for inspection or type of enforcement performed. • Sun screen to be used as needed. • Bug spray to be used as needed. • Throttle kill device – Lanyard or other such device capable of stopping the engine

in case of operator overboard. Vessel operators are required to attach their vessel’s kill switch lanyard to their person while operating above idle speed. Officers are allowed to operate vessels without having lanyards attached at idle speed or while stopped in order to perform inspections and other duties safely. It may be removed for immediate officer safety or for enforcement actions.

Aircraft:

• Helmet or headsets worn while aircraft in operation. • Proper floatation devices with signal mirror and strobe light (lifejackets, float coats,

raft) • First aid kit stocked and ready in case of emergency use. • Flare kit or emergency survival kit within useable dates onboard. • Proper breathing devices / mask / eye and ear protection to be used when

performing maintenance. • Proper checklist used for aircraft flown.

Firearms Training

• Ear protection must be worn upon instructions from Instructor. • Safety glasses must be worn upon instructions from Instructor. • First aid kit available in case of emergency. • Radio communication available in case of emergency. • Proper weapons and ammunition for training schedule.

Related SOPs / Documents: DMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-21: Personal Protective gear LE-9: Marine Vessel Operation (Patrol) SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat SP-9: Marine Vessel – Research Boat (Certified & Non Certified) FO-24: Personal Floatation Devices (PFD)


79

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Added information on float coats and immersion suits to be

consistent with other DMF policies; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added reference to NCDMF Hazard

Assessment and PPE Program. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS. January 2017 Reviewed and revised.


80


Safe Operating Procedures: Poisonous Snakes, Insects and Plants Hazard Review Wet Weather Domestic and Wild Animals Geographical Hazards Poisonous Snakes, Insect Bites Poisonous Plants Ticks Like most accidents and injuries, prevention is important in controlling hazards from poisonous snakes, insects, and plants. Therefore, each employee should review the work activities planned to determine what exposures might exist. Efforts should then be made to minimize situations that might result in a snakebite, insect sting or exposure to poisonous plants. To help minimize attraction of snakes and insects, employees should also avoid wearing bright clothes, perfumes, after shaves, etc. When scheduling work in a known infested area, a First Aid kit should be readily available. Snakes 1. Employees should wear work boots, long pants, and long sleeved shirts when

going into wooded areas and habitats conducive to snakes. 2. Employees should be trained in how to identify poisonous snakes

3. Employees should make as much noise as possible when approaching a possible

snake area to give the snake time to leave.

4. Employees working in vegetative areas should be equipped with a bush ax for clearing underbrush and for protection.

5. Employees should avoid reaching or stepping into and over hidden and obscured areas.

6. If a snakebite should occur, the employee should:

a) Remain as calm as possible. b) Move away from the snake. c) Apply a constricting bandage (not tourniquet) between the wound and

heart. A finger should be able to pass under it. Apply ice to bite area, if available.


81

d) Allow a fellow worker to transport him/her to closest medical facility. e) If possible, kill snake and carry to medical facility for identification.

7. Under no circumstances should incisions and suction be used to treat a snakebite unless:

a) The victim is over 1.5 hours from medical assistance, and b) The person administering first aid has received advanced training in medical assistance such as First Responder, EMT, etc. and has the appropriate and proper First Aid approved equipment to do so.

Insect Stings Employees should: 1. Wear appropriate clothing.

2. Avoid areas where stinging insects might be located whenever possible.

3. Schedule work in infested areas during the cool months.

4. Avoid high smelling after-shaves, colognes, etc., that may attract insects. 5. Be aware of known allergic reactions that you or a co-worker may have to insect

stings.

6. Use available insect repellents (Wasp Spray and Flying Insect). Use available insect repellents (Available commercially or from the NCDOT, product: Wasp Spray DOT # 34-02250 and Flying Insect Spray DOT # 34-01825).

7. If a sting does occur, any stinger should be removed with a tweezers or fingernail. The area should then be treated with Sting Kill Swabs (Available commercially or from DOT # 34-01850) and/or Hydrocortisone (Available commercially or through DOT # 34-02350).

Ticks Ticks are especially important because of the possibility of Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever or Lyme Disease. To minimize exposure, employees should follow these guidelines: 1. Wear appropriate clothing when working in wooded areas. Light colors make it

easier to spot ticks.


82

2. Tape trouser legs closed around ankles.

3. Check yourself at least twice a day, paying particular attention to the hair, neck, and groin area.

4. Use the available Tick Repellent. (Available commercially or from the NCDOT, product # 34-02050)

5. Use a tick removal tool to remove attached ticks. If no tool is available, utilize

tweezers. Ensure that you remove the tick's embedded head from the skin. Do not use petroleum based liquids to remove the tick.

6. Notify your supervisor if a tick is found and request that the date and condition (i.e., attached? crawling?) be noted for future reference. (If possible, retain engorged ticks and place in a container for identification of the tick type by a preferred provider.)

7. Call your preferred provider if fever, chills, headaches or muscle aches develop within 3-10 days after exposure. In some cases, a rash may develop on the wrists and ankles 1-3 days after the fever begins.

Poisonous Plants The typical employee has exposure to at least three types of poisonous plants: poison oak, poison ivy, and poison sumac. Reactions to these plants range from mild (very little or none) to severe (rash and blisters). Employees who have no reaction may not have become sensitized, but once they are, future exposures can result in an allergic reaction. To avoid problems with poisonous plants, employees should: 1. Avoid working in severely infested areas if at all possible. (Learn what the plants

look like.)

2. Wear long sleeve shirts, long pants, and work gloves. If you are performing clearing activities with either hand (e.g., bush axes, machetes, etc.) or powered tools use eye goggles/safety glasses to prevent poisonous plants from entering your eyes.

3. Use silicone protective or other barrier creams where available.

4. Use TECNU Poison Ivy Wash (Available commercially or from the NCDOT, product # 34-01610) on any place that may have been exposed. In some cases, even 24 hours after exposure may help.


83

5. Avoid working around burn piles that could have poisonous plants. Inhalation of smoke with poisonous plant oils can be extremely dangerous.

6. Be sure that any clothes or shoes that may have been exposed receive a thorough washing. Residual oils on clothing or shoes could cause a reaction days later.

7. Avoid rubbing your eyes if you have been in contact with poisonous plants.

8. If a severe reaction develops, contact your preferred provider for possible

treatments. If you do not know the name of your preferred provider, contact the Workers' Compensation clerk or Safety Officer.

9. Be aware of any previous allergic reactions to these plants and take extra precaution to avoid exposure.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-4: Domestic and Wild Animals GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-27: Wet Weather Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Removed reference regarding Epi-pen. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


84


Safe Operating Procedures: Sun Exposure Hazard Review Sunburn Heat Exhaustion Personal Protective Equipment Information for both on and off the job. 1. By far, the most common cause of skin cancer is overexposure to the sun. Ninety

percent of all skin cancers occur on parts of the body that usually are not covered by clothing.

2. Sunburn can occur during any time of the year. To avoid sunburn, wear hats with

wide brims and use sunscreen with a Sun Protective Factor (SPF) rating of 15 or higher. Premature aging of the skin also occurs with prolonged sun exposure.

3. People who sunburn easily and have fair skin with red or blond hair are most prone to develop skin cancer. The amount of time spent in the sun also affects a person's risk of skin cancer.

4. To prevent skin cancer:

a. Cover up with a wide-brimmed hat and a bandanna for your neck. Wear long-sleeved shirts and pants that the sun cannot penetrate.

b. Use sunscreens to help prevent skin cancer as well as premature aging of your skin. Use a Sun Protective Factor (SPF) rating of 15 or higher. Women may receive added protection by using tinted opaque cosmetic foundation along with a sunscreen. Apply sunscreen at least an hour before going into the sun and again after swimming or perspiring a lot. Do not use indoor sunlamps, tanning parlors, or tanning pills.

c. You can still get burned on a cloudy day. Try to stay out of the direct sun at midday, because sunrays are the strongest between 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Beware of high altitudes - where there is less atmosphere to filter out the ultraviolet rays. Skiers should remember that snow reflects the sun's rays, too.

5. Know your skin. Whatever your skin type, do a monthly self-examination of your

skin to note any moles, blemishes, or birthmarks. Check them once a month and


85

if you notice any changes in size, shape, or color, or if a sore does not heal, see your physician without delay.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment Effective Date:



86


Safe Operating Procedures: Tail Gate Safety Meetings Hazard Review First Aid Slips, Trip, and Falls Weather Conditions Geographic Hazards Vehicle Operation Safety 1. Tailgate safety meetings shall be held at the beginning of each work period

(normally in the morning before leaving the yard or work staging area) and as conditions change from job site to job site.

2. The crew leader or the lead individual for the crew shall conduct these meetings.

3. Describe the work that is likely to be performed to the crew.

4. Review and discuss with the crew all safe operating procedures (SOPs) that relate to the work being performed.

5. Describe and /or show any planned work zone/traffic control set-up that will be

used while performing the work. 6. Review each person’s responsibility with the crew regarding any traffic control set-

up (e.g. sign installation, etc.) 7. Review the traffic control devices you plan to take to the site and make sure you

have what you need to properly install the traffic control set-up. If not, contact your supervisor to secure the necessary devices (Resources include NC DOT and NC DOC).

8. Document what traffic control set-up was used (including any sign types used and

sign locations) and how it was installed. This is especially important if an accident occurs.

9. If the job requires installing major traffic control set-ups that you are unfamiliar

with, you may need to consult with your Division Safety Consultant, an ITRE consultant, a local NCDOT County Maintenance Engineer and others with more work zone traffic experience.


87

Work Zone Checklist

Work Zone Crew Leader Name _________________________________ Worksite Location _____________________ Date __________________

Yes No N/A

1. Do you have the appropriate number and size of message signs that are clean and legible for today's work activity? o o

2. Do you have the appropriate number and size of cones or drums for today's work activity? o o

3. Do you have the appropriate number of vests, orange hats, stop/slow paddles and trained flaggers for your operation? o o

4. Do you have all other needed traffic control devices for today's work activity? List ________________________________________________________________________________________________________

o o

5. Have you reviewed the traffic control set-up with the crew? o o 6. Have you reviewed related SOP's with the crew? o o


88

Related SOPs / Documents: MF-4: Pre-Operational Safety Meetings GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement GN-27: Wet Weather FO-SOP’s: Field Operations Safe Operating Procedures Effective Date:



89


Safe Operating Procedures: Vehicle Operation and Towing Hazard Review Hot and Cold Weather Conditions Vehicle Safety 1. All drivers shall be properly licensed. 2. Supervisors shall verify that drivers are capable and qualified on each type of

vehicle before allowing the vehicle to be operated or towed.

3. Drivers shall be familiar with operator's manual and perform a pre-operational check of their vehicle prior to using. (This includes, but is not limited to: functionality of windshield wipers, head lights, brake lights, and any signs of leaks, towing packages, chains, hitches, ball mounts)

4. Drivers should attend and complete a driver improvement course offered by the

state DMV.

5. The DEQ vehicle safety policy requires all employees who routinely drive state vehicles to enroll in a Vehicle Safety Program.

6. All employees who are assigned a vehicle or ever drive a state vehicle (even a few time a year), must take the one (1) hour safety awareness training course on traffic safety and safe driver/defensive driving techniques within 30 days of hire.

7. No vehicle shall be operated or towed in an unsafe condition. Report any unsafe condition of the vehicle to the individual responsible for initiating or making repairs.

8. Drivers and passengers are required to wear seat belts in state vehicles.

9. All loose material such as papers, books, tools, radios, and brief cases shall be secured to avoid material falling into the floorboard.

10. Drive defensively, observe speed limits, and obey all traffic laws when operating vehicles.


90

11. Plan ahead to minimize or eliminate the need for backing. Always check to the rear before backing.

12. Choose safest location possible to park vehicles. Avoid parking in other vehicle's blind spots.

13. Keep windshield, windshield wipers, side windows, and mirrors clean.

14. Clean headlights, taillights, and emergency light covers.

15. Remove key from unattended vehicles.

16. Vehicle should not be left running when unattended. If it is necessary to leave a manual transmission vehicle running while unattended (to power warning lights, etc.), the vehicle must be properly secured with wheel chocks in front and back on the same tire.

17. Follow the specific SOPs for vehicle type used as noted in the Workplace Safety

Manual.

18. Follow the DMF Guide to Boat Towing Components and Capacity which is included below.


91

DMF Guide to Boat Towing Components and Capacity In the past several years DMF staff has been involved in accidents or near accidents that directly or indirectly were the result of deficiencies relating to towing hitches, tongue weights, or towing capacity. There is also some confusion in determining the legal and safe towing capacity of a vehicle. The following guide, while a review for most field staff, provides general guidelines and information on towing components and determining the towing capacity for your vehicles. Specialized heavy towing equipment such as that used by the Habitat Enhancement Section is not covered in this guide. Hitches: When it comes to towing boats, DMF vehicles primarily use receiver-type hitches, although there are still a few bumper hitches around. Receiver hitches have a square “receiver” tube with a standard diameter of 1 ¼” to 2” (they can go larger), are classified I, II, or III, IV, etc., and can accept ball or draw bar mounts, distribution mounts, etc (Fig.1). Receiver hitches are mounted to the frame of the vehicle and can be configured as weight distributing or weight carrying (Fig. 2 & 3). Weight distributing hitches are used with a special receiver hitch, load bars and chains and are designed to distribute the tongue weight among the vehicle axles and trailer axles. Because they distribute the weight of the trailer over a larger area, they are rated for greater towing capacity. Weight carrying hitches are designed to carry the gross trailer weight through the tongue weight (TW) of the trailer. Almost all of the DMF trucks and trailers towing boats are configured to operate in the weight carrying mode.

Figure 1: Receiver Hitch Figure 2: Weight Distributing (WD Hitch Ball Mount)

Figure 3: Weight Carrying (Draw Bar Mount)

Factors in Considering Towing Capacity: Many people assume that the listed towing capacity for the vehicle is what it can tow. While true in principle, the actual legal and safe towing capacity is determined by a number of factors and can seem a complex process. Before we discuss that, let’s look at some terms that we will use later on: GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. This is the maximum safe weight of your vehicle. Exceeding this weight puts the transmission, axles, engine, and probably most important the brakes, beyond their designed safe limit. GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating. This is the maximum safe weight of your combined vehicle and trailer. It includes everything you have packed in your car and everything you have loaded or mounted on your boat. Exceeding this rating puts similar stresses on the vehicle with even more emphasis on braking.


92

GCW: Gross Combination Weight. This is the combined actual weight of the vehicle and the trailer, loaded. This weight cannot exceed the GCWR. GAWR: Gross Axle Weight Rating. Usually given as 2 numbers. This is the maximum weight that can be placed on your front or rear wheels. Exceeding this can cause handling issues. GTW: Gross trailer weight. This is the weight of the trailer, the boat, motor, gas, equipment, etc. Tongue Weight: This is the weight of the coupler on the ball when the trailer is fully loaded and level. Factors that determine towing capacity include: the manufacturers ratings above for vehicle and trailer, hitch capacity, how the weight is carried (weight carrying or distributing), ball mount or draw bar capacity and the ball capacity, hitch pin capacity and tongue weight. Determining Tongue Weight: As a general rule, the tongue weight should be at least 10% of the Gross Trailer Weight and should not exceed 15% of the Gross Trailer Weight. Not enough tongue weight can result in poor handling or even violent trailer movement (fishtailing). Too much tongue weight will make the vehicle work much harder to tow and many affect front end handling. The DMF Facilities Maintenance Section has a tongue weight scale and can assist you in determining the proper tongue weight for your situation. Most trailer winch stands can be adjusted to move forward or back to adjust the tongue weight. Any time a boat or trailer is replaced the proper tongue weight should be determined and measured. Determining Trailer Weight: Trailer weight can be determined by looking at manufacturer’s specifications for the trailer and motor(s). Many trailers have this information on a label or stamped into the trailer. You can also go to a landfill, the state ports and for a small fee weigh your trailer. Remember this weight is the fully loaded trailer. This includes the motor(s), fuel, equipment and gear, added T-tops or accessories, etc. Gasoline weighs approximately 6.2 lbs. per gallon. (Some DMF boats can carry over 1,000 lbs. of fuel!) Determining Towing Capacity of Your Vehicle: Now that we are familiar with all the terms, let’s look at how the towing capacity is determined. Towing capacity is a “WEAK LINK” system. The weakest link in the system determines the legal and safe capacity. In order to determine towing capacity we need to determine the weak link in our system. The order of these is not important, but you should look at all of the factors when initially determining the towing capacity of your vehicle. For this example our vehicle is a 2003 ¾ ton Chevy Suburban 4WD with a 6.0 Liter V8 as shown by the arrows. First we need the manufactures capacity for trailer weight and GCWR, (owner manual). On our example we can see the maximum trailer weight is 9,600 lbs. and the GCWR is 16,000 lbs.


93

We also need to know the GVWR and the GAWR for our vehicle. This is either in the manual or on the inside of the door. For this model the GVWR is 8,600 lb. and the real axle GAWR is 5,500 lb.

Now we need to know some information about the other parts of the towing package. Below is the capacity information on the Receiver Hitch mounted to our Suburban. You can see that it is rated to tow up to a 12,000 pound trailer. However, that is the rating with a weight distributing configuration. We have a weight carrying configuration with a ball mount. So the maximum trailer weight is 5,000 lbs. It also lists the maximum TW at 600 lbs.


94

Next we need to look at the capacity of the Draw Bar or Ball Mount that slides into the receiver. This information is usually stamped somewhere on the mount. The maximum capacity for this mount is 6,000 pounds with a maximum tongue weight of 600 lbs.

Our hitch pin is also an important component. These pins vary in shear strength but are typically between 10,000 and 15,000 lbs. However, back and forth movement over time can cause grooving and wear that can alter the shear strength. Check them for wear at the points shown below. Buy high quality hitch pins.

Wear points Finally our towing ball capacity must be determined. This ball has a capacity of 6,000 pounds.

So our towing factors were as follows:


95

Gross Comb. Weight Rating (GCWR)

16,000 lbs.

Maximum Trailer Weight (from manual)

9,600 lbs.

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)

8,600 lbs.

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) - rear

5,500 lbs.

Receiver Hitch Capacity (weight carrying)

5,000 lbs. 600 lbs. Tongue Weight

Ball Mount (Draw Bar) Capacity 6,000 lbs. 600 lbs. Tongue Weight Hitch Pin. Good Condition, no wear

10,000 lbs.

Ball 6,000 lbs. In our example you can legally and safely tow a trailer with a Gross Trailer Weight that is 5,000 lbs or less with a tongue weight of 600 lbs or less. Although our Suburban is rated to tow much more, the towing equipment and weight carrying configuration legally and safely limit this vehicle to tow 5,000 pounds. In this instance the receiver hitch is the “weak link” that limits the towing capacity. While it is rare that the GCWR or GAWR are exceeded, it is important to consider when first determining your towing capacity. It is possible to overload the truck (GVWR) and exceed the GCWR. This is why you don’t see loaded dump trucks towing equipment down the road. The attached Vehicle Towing Capacity sheet is an example of how you might keep a record of your vehicles towing capacity.(Attachment) Trailer Tire Condition In addition to proper inflation and load rating, the overall condition of the trailer tires should be addressed during your pre-tow safety check. Because trailers often do not get a lot of mileage it is easy for tires to become damaged or dry-rotted long before the tread is worn down. Catastrophic accidents can result from a blown trailer tire at speed on the highway. Learn to prevent these by a close inspection of your trailer tires.


96

These two photos above show unsafe and obvious dry rotting and cracking on the sidewall of a tire. This can cause tire blowout especially on a loaded trailer.

This tire shows uneven wear and could be problematic. The chart above right from Boat US shows common wear patterns and causes. Any of these should be corrected to prevent premature tire failure. Old tires often show little visible damage or wear if they have a limited road time. However old tires can “time out” and become less resilient and be at a greater risk of failure. You can check the age of your trailer tires by looking at the last four numbers of the DOT number on the sidewall. In the photo below the number “4508” indicates that this tire was made in the 45th week of 2008. It is important to check tires closely after five or six years of age.

We appreciate your time in reviewing this information and hope it was helpful either as a review or perhaps new information. Please keep these factors in mind when towing, ordering towing vehicles or selecting a towing package for your towing situation. Remember other factors impact safe towing practices including trailer and vehicle maintenance, brakes, safety chains, tie downs, lighting and wiring, tire pressure and operator awareness and following distance. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-27: Wet Weather GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control


97

Effective Date:



98


Safe Operating Procedures: Wet Weather Hazard Review Slips, Trips, and Falls Wet Weather Conditions Driving Conditions Building issues:

1. Supervisors should be aware and alert to wet floor hazards in their area.

2. Nonskid door mats should be located inside doorways and along the length way of entrance ways and corridors.

3. Wet floor signs or cones should be placed at entrance-ways during times of

inclement weather. 4. Housekeeping and custodial crews shall inspect entrances and remove water

accumulation throughout the work day. 5. Door mats should be periodically examined for saturation. 6. Umbrella and wet apparel should be stored in enclosed containers and away from

door and entrance ways 7. Handrails accessible along steps. 8. Report and document in writing leaks found around doors, windows, and other

locations to the building maintenance staff and building owner

Driving issues: 1. Adjust travel times and travel speed to road conditions. 2. Ensure adequate visibility by keeping windshield wipers at optimum capacity. 3. Use headlights on overcast and rainy days. If wipers are in use, state law requires

daytime running lights or headlights to be on. 4. Do not take street vehicles off road during wet weather conditions. Use off road

vehicles where available.


99

5. Listen for updated weather conditions and take appropriate precautions to ensure safe arrival at your destination.

6. Ensure tires are in good condition. Related SOPs / Documents: The Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) can be found on the US Department of Transportation website under North Carolina. GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-20: Office safety/Office Lavatory Area Effective Date:



100


Safe Operating Procedures: Work Zone Safety / Traffic Control Hazard Review Slips, Trips, and Falls Personal Protective Equipment Flagging Traffic Geographic Hazards DEQ works at many different locations with a variety of exposure to the traveling public, as well as off-site traffic. Utilize this SOP in accordance with your work site location. 1. Review and follow Part VI of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices

(MUTCD). 2. For typical daytime operations, a Work Zone Safety Handbook can be used. 3. Employees must wear Safety Vests while working in the right of way and near

travel lanes. Reflective safety vests must be worn during diminished lighting conditions and during nighttime work.

4. Before going to the work site:

a. Know that if the conditions warrant, you will need to have a traffic control

plan. b. Load needed traffic control devices and check their condition. c. Make sure employees have any personal protective equipment that

may be needed.

5. Park in areas that:

a. Provide safe entry and exit to the work area. b. Do not create potential conflicts with other vehicles/equipment operating in the work area. c. Provide maximum protection for getting in and out of the vehicle. d. Are as far away from the travel lane as possible.

6. All vehicles/equipment in the work zone should be parked on the same side of the road.

7. Employees should work facing traffic. If this is not practical, a spotter should be

provided.


101

8. Employees should be alert to the job site hazards and should identify appropriate escape routes.

9. Strobe lights shall be available and used on vehicles parked in the right of way or

close to travel lanes. They should also be utilized for any vehicle parked in or entering an active construction site.

10. Work zones should be inspected frequently to ensure that warning and

communicative devices are still in place and operational and that traffic is adequately flowing. When assessing the work zone setup, look at it from the driver’s viewpoint and make corrections as necessary.

11. Remove traffic control devices in a timely manner and in a manner that provides

worker's with the most protection. 12. Signs should not be left out during lunch or overnight, unless necessary. 13. Be alert to wide or oversized loads progressing through work zones. They can

knock over the signs. 14. If possible, avoid work during peak hours on high volume traffic routes. 15. Do not leave equipment, such as tripods, unattended when positioned adjacent to

the travel lanes. 16. If flaggers are used, they must be properly trained and equipped. Related SOPs / Documents: The Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) can be found on the US Department of Transportation website under North Carolina. GN-9: Flagging Traffic GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions Effective Date:



102


Safe Operating Procedures: Personal Locator Beacon (PLB) and Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) Hazard Review Personal Safety Inclement Weather Water Safety Geographic Safety Traffic Patterns Cold Weather Sun Exposure Slips, Trips, and Falls Boating The following are guidelines/requirements for the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). It is not possible to list every instance where PPE is required so it shall be the Supervisor's responsibility to exercise prudent judgment to determine if additional protective equipment is necessary and to ensure that the appropriate equipment is worn. The failure to wear appropriate PPE could result in disciplinary action. *Please refer to the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information. Specific NCDMF section policies regarding personal protective equipment requirements are included at the end of GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment. Purpose: DMF staff work in boats or on foot in remote locations often in adverse conditions and at night. The use of PLBs and EPIRBs can facilitate a more rapid and directed rescue response in the event of an emergency. This response may be the difference between life and death in some situations, particularly in colder weather. However, proper registration and contact information is vital in ensuring that PLB and EPIRB responses are properly directed and coordinated. Also, having a float or boating plan in place identifies what and where field staff are deployed and whether or not locator beacon activation is an actionable event. This policy outlines requirements that will standardize these procedures throughout the Division of Marine Fisheries.

Differences between PLBs and EPIRBs: While both rescue locators operate on a 406MHz frequency, there are differences between the units that should be considered prior to purchasing. For vessels operations, particularly in offshore environments, the EPIRB should be the primary locator device and PLBs used as secondary devices.


103

Registered to the person. Can be used on water or land Not required to float. Floating versions only Floats in an upright position to transmit. float so it can be retrieved if dropped. Needs Designed to perform best while floating. to be attached high on a PFD or held out of the water for best transmission Minimum 24 hour transmission down to -4°F. Minimum 48 hour transmission down to -4°F. Longer transmission in higher temperatures Longer transmission in higher temperatures Either automatically activates when out of its Manually activated bracket and in the water (Type 1), or manually activated in or out of bracket (Type II) Not required. Some models have flashing Required to have a strobe light LED strobes Worn or carried on a person Mounted on a bracket or carried in a ditch bag

How they work: Once deployed (turned on) both locator beacons transmit a distress signal or "beep" on the 406MHz frequency. The 406MHz frequency is a worldwide dedicated emergency frequency and is detected by a network of low-earth and geosynchronous satellites known as the Cospas-Sarsat system. The distress signal is then relayed to Search and Rescue along with the beacon Unique Identification Number and on most models sold today, the GPS location of the beacon. The GPS acquisition of satellites is the reason PLBs must see the sky and be attached on a PFD or held out of the water for best performance. Many units also have a different frequency that assists SAR units to home in on the beacon position when they are close to a beacon's location. According to ACR, a leading manufacturer of locater beacons, over 28,000 lives have been saved by this system.

I. Unit Registration

Registration is required every two years for both PLBs and EPIRBs. Registration is completed using the United States 406 MHz Beacon Database Registration System operated by NOAA. The web address is https://beaconregistration.noaa.gov/rgdb/ and requires setting up a password. Once entered into the system you can register new PLBs and EPIRBs, make changes to contact information or assignments.

Registration must be completed as outlined in this section to ensure consistency in primary and secondary contact information for DMF staff. This will minimize confusion and lost time trying to contact individuals in the event of an emergency. It will also minimize "false alarm" rescue deployments in the event of a unit malfunction. Such rescue efforts may unnecessarily endanger staff.


104

• There are separate registration forms for the PLB and EPIRB. Make sure you are using the correct form.

Registration Guidelines:

• Beacon ID- This will be the unique 15 digit identifier number • Fill in manufacturer and model number. EPIRBs will be either a Category I

or II type. Category I units automatically deploy and Category II units must be manually deployed. All PLB units are manually deployed.

• Owner/Operator Information - o NC Division of Marine Fisheries o Section Name o Mailing address of your office. (The Morehead City Central District Office

should use the DMF HQ address)

o Telephone: • Work- (252) 726-7021 • Work- Your Section number during business hours

• General Use Data - (PLBs Only) o Usage - Government Non-military o Specific Usage - Other o Type - Boat for most uses but if other specify o Additional Data- Assigned to specific person or section information

• Vessel Information (EPIRBs Only) o Usage- Government Non-military o Type- Power, Pleasure Craft o Vessel Name- Official RN name or Section name with description. o Vessel Color- as requested o Survival Craft(s) on Vessel- as requested o SVDR- Yes or no depending on your model o Radio Equipment- Check all that apply o Vessel Telephone Numbers- Write in applicable numbers and include cell

phone numbers o Federal or State Registration Number- as requested o Length Overall - as requested o Capacity- number listed on vessel USCG plaque or standard crew o Homeport- As requested

• Emergency Contact Information o Name of Primary 24 Hour Contact:

• NC Division of Marine Fisheries Communication (252) 726-7021, Work

o Name of Alternate 24 Hour Contact:


105

• Marine Patrol District Captain for your area (xxx) xxx-xxxx • Sgt. Carter Witten, Central District MP (xxx) xxx-xxxx • Your Section Chief (xxx) xxx-xxxx

After submitting your registration you will receive a completed registration form from NOAA and a label with proof of registration, the 15 digit ID for your PLB or EPIRB and an expiration date. Put the label on the PLB or EPIRB unit.

II. PLB/EPIRB Information Notebook for DMF Communications Office Each Section should put together two binder style notebooks. One to be submitted to DMF Communications in Morehead City and the other kept at the Section or regional location with the following information:

• A list of Section Chief and secondary contacts with work, home and cell phone

numbers. • Each Section location (Morehead City, Wilmington, Washington, Elizabeth City,

and Manteo) should be listed in a separate tab and provide the following: • A copy of each PLB or EPIRB registration sheet • A list of vessels with permanently assigned EPIRBs and detailed description of

those vessels • A list of all personnel either directly or indirectly assigned PLBs or EPIRBs with

work phone, home phone, cell phone and home address. • Designated Section or Office staff assigned to ensure maintenance and registration on PLB and EPIRB units. • Any pertinent additional information.

Ill. Operational Use of PLBs

To be determined by Section

• Beacons can be assigned to an individual or used by a pool of individuals. In either situation it is very important to be able to match the PLB Unique Identification Number with the employee who has the unit. This can be done with a sign out sheet, through the float plan, etc.

IV. Operational Use of EPIRBs

To be determined by Section

V. Registration Renewals and Information Edits

Each Section shall designate at least one person to be responsible for ensuring registrations for all PLB and EPIRB units are renewed. Renewals are required every


106

two years. When registrations are renewed it is this person's responsibility to update as required information in the PLB/EPIRB Information Notebook for DMF Communications. This person must also ensure that contact information is current and up to date so that DMF Communications has accurate information in the event of an emergency.

VI. Maintenance of PLB/EPIRB Units

Insert Manufacturers recommendations here for your particular units.

VII. Preventing False Alerts

A false alert is any activation of a beacon that does not result from a situation of grave and imminent danger. Do not store PLBs so that other gear is in contact with the keypad. This can accidentally turn the unit on and activate the beacon. Make sure all assigned staff are trained to use their PLBs or EPIRBs (see part VIII). This is especially the case if they are not assigned to a specific person. Number or identify each PLB so that a person checking one out matches the Unique Identifier Number of the Unit so that you can verify to SAR units an actual emergency with the beacon. Finally, while proper registration does not reduce false alerts, situations can be resolved quickly if registration has taken place and contact numbers are correct and up-to-date. If you activate a unit accidentally, immediately notify DMF communications so that rescue authorities can be notified of a false alert.

VIII. Staff Training and Drills

Each Section should conduct, at a minimum, annual tabletop training exercises with all staff that are issued PLBs or EPIRBs. Training should include unit operation, maintenance checks, preventing false alerts, and Section use requirements. More comprehensive training should be done if possible.

IX. Float Plan Development and Activation

It is strongly suggested that Sections develop formal float plans for all field staff. There are many examples of float plans available free on the internet. The USCG float plan can be found at http://www.floatplancentral.org/download/USCGFioatPian.pdf Float plans should include at a minimum the following information:

• Personnel including cell phone and other contact information

http://www.floatplancentral.org/download/USCGFioatPian.pdf


107

• Float plan administrator- i.e. the person who will be responsible for reporting to emergency personnel if you are overdue

• Destination or trip that is planned • Boat, trailer and tow vehicle description including license plate info • Fisherman boat make, and associated information for fishery dependent

surveys and observer coverage • Launch location or associated driver for drop-off and pick-up deployments • When you intend to be back • Number to call to cancel float plan • Time when float plan administrator should issue overdue status for plan • Emergency contact numbers

Upon request, DMF Communications will handle float plan activation and cancellation during working hours and especially during non-working hours, nights, weekends and holidays.

Staff is reminded to please cancel the float plan as soon as you return to shore or trailer the boat. Also, please call the float plan administrator if anything in your float plan will change. Examples would include: later return time, different launch site, change in towing vehicle, etc.

Related SOPs / Documents: NCDMF website “Inside Fisheries”: Incident/Injury & Workers Compensation Process Memo and forms. MF-8: Incident Investigation GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-3: Computer Data Entry GN-8: First Aid GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment-Law Enforcement GN-27: Wet Weather LE-9: Marine Vessel Operation (Patrol) SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat SP-9: Marine Vessel – Research Boat (Certified & Non Certified) FO-24: Personal Floatation Devices (PFD)


Section Chief Implementation of policy

Supervisors Ensure proper care and use


108

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions August 15, 2013 Created April 13, 2015 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. Added as a new General Safety Policy to the

2015 DMF Safety Manual as GN-29 May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


109

Shellfish Sanitation and Recreational Water Quality (SSRWO) Personal Locator Beacon (PLB) Use

Purpose: To provide additional safety measures for staff when boating. SSRWQ field staff is often required to conduct sampling activities in boats, in remote locations and often operating alone. When activated, the ACR Personal Locator Beacons send out a distress signal along with your GPS coordinates. This can greatly improve the chance of a successful rescue.

Primary Responsibility: Section Chief

Operational Procedures: All field staff are assigned a specific PLB which is registered in their name under the Division of Marine Fisheries. The ACR PLBs are designed to be worn, along with a PFD, and will clip to a belt, or can be kept in a pocket while conducting field activities. Unlike an EPIRB, they must be manually deployed. Upon receipt of your assigned PLBs staff should read and thoroughly understand the instructions.

1. At least one PLB will be REQUIRED to be carried under any of the following conditions:

• Any time you are operating a vessel alone.

• From November 1st through April 30 (regardless of how many on boat).

• Any time you are operating in the ocean.

• Anytime you are operating more than 3 miles from land.

2. PLBs are not required to be carried during other times but it is recommended for all sampling.

3. Supervisors should check to ensure PLBs are properly cared for and in use.

4. Notification/Float Plan: Because each PLB is assigned to an individual, it is important that you notify someone in your office of your destination and when you expect to return.

5. If a non-assigned person needs to use a PLB then please note that with the person the float plan is filed at your office.

6. Registration and Renewals of PLB: Registration will be renewed on a Section level every two years. When the renewal is complete you will be given a renewal sticker to affix to the back of the PLB.

7. Preventing False Alarms: A false alert is any activation of a beacon that does not result from a situation of grave and imminent danger.


110

8. Do not store PLBs so that other gear is in contact with the keypad. This can accidentally turn the unit on and activate the beacon. If you activate a unit accidentally, immediately notify DMF communications so that rescue authorities can be notified of a false alert.

Related SOPs / Documents: NCDMF website “Inside Fisheries”: Incident/Injury & Workers Compensation Process Memo and forms. MF-8: Incident Investigation GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-3: Computer Data Entry GN-8: First Aid GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment-Law Enforcement GN-27: Wet Weather LE-9: Marine Vessel Operation (Patrol) SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat SP-9: Marine Vessel – Research Boat (Certified & Non Certified) FO-24: Personal Floatation Devices (PFD)


Section Chief Implementation of policy

Supervisors Ensure proper care and use

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions August 15, 2013 Created April 13, 2015 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. Added as a new General Safety Policy to the

2015 DMF Safety Manual as GN-29 May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


111


Job Activities (Work Sites, Workshops, Maintenance Shops) Safe Operating

Procedures (SOP)

(DEQ Safety Manual Chapter 26A)


112

Job Activities Policies (JA-1)

Safe Operating Procedures: Abrasive and Water Blast Cleaning Hazard Review Noise Debris Hazard to Eyes and Uncovered Skin Pinching and Cutting Crushing Caustic or Volatile Hydrocarbon Liquids Lifting Slip, Trip and Fall Noxious or Irritating Fumes Burns High Pressure Water High Pressure Air or Liquids Moving Equipment 1. Know and follow the manufacturer’s procedure for operation of this equipment.

2. Review Safe Operating Procedures for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks.

3. Wear appropriate and all personal protective equipment (PPE) as determined by a PPE hazard assessment and supervisor. A long sleeve shirt, gloves, and proper eye protection are examples of some of the PPE necessary for this operation.

4. Check for fluid leaks at the fitting area before the equipment is put into use.

5. Check the trigger lock, and tighten thread connections before each operation. If the trigger lock is faulty or damaged, do not use the spray gun.

6. Check for worn, damaged, perforated, or weakened hoses before using the equipment. If any defects are found, the unit shall be taken out of service until the equipment unit can perform repairs.

7. Shield work area or exclude unprotected personnel from air or water-borne debris.

8. Determine safe routing for electrical cords, air lines, and hoses to prevent tripping hazards and unnecessary exposure to ruptured lines.

9. When this equipment is in operation, the operator and persons surrounding the work area must wear hard hat and safety glasses.

10. Ensure that the wash down nozzle is always pointed away from another person.


113

11. Keep hand and body parts away from the spray nozzle tip.

12. Always use two hands and have a secure body stance during spraying operations.

13. Use the lowest rated operating pressure to get the job done and never exceed the maximum rated operation pressure.

14. Never use the spray gun without the spray nozzle or tip installed.

15. Equipment shall be de-pressurized before leaving it unattended.

16. Keep the trigger handle clean and dry to allow for positive grip.

17. Use heat resistant gloves and avoid touching metal parts of the gun when spraying hot liquids; otherwise severe injury can occur.

18. DE-ENERGIZE all equipment by shutting it off, setting the trigger in the locked position and drain the fluid in the hose and gun before attempting to remove the spray nozzle or tip.

19. Where differences in elevation exist, wash out driveway pipes from the low to the high end.

20. If used in a potentially explosive or flammable environment, proper ventilation must be provided and the gun must be properly grounded.

21. In case of skin penetration from the spray, immediately contact your supervisor. Always seek medical assistance if skin penetration from the spray occurs.

22. Only the maintenance/equipment shop is authorized to perform maintenance repairs on this equipment.

23. Review and follow the SOP for Trailers and Towed Equipment (Chapter – 27B).

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-SOP’s: General Safety Policies Safe Operation Procedures GN-8: First Aid GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SA-8: High Pressure Hoses SP-2: Crane Dragline


114

SP-3: Forklift SP-4: Heavy Equipment SP-12: Truck, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanics, Field Operations and Maintenance, Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer

Effective Date:



115


Safe Operating Procedures: Boiler Operations Hazard Review Noise Flying Debris Moving Equipment Noxious Fumes Lifting Confined Spaces Slip, Trip and Fall High Temperatures Flying Objects Dark Work Areas Flammable Materials Rotating Machinery High Pressures Pinch Points 1. Review Safe Operating Procedures for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operating checks. 2. Conduct a hazard assessment. Take action to reduce or minimize hazards.

Determine the need to implement DEQ Confined Space Policy and practices. *Please refer to the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information.

3. Wear appropriate personal equipment consistent with the hazard, and as directed by your supervisor.

4. Be aware of loose or slippery materials, tripping hazards and other obstructions.

Take appropriate measures to eliminate these conditions. 5. Determine routing for electrical cords and equipment lines to avoid tripping

hazards. 6. Ensure GFCI outlet is used for portable electrical supply. If no GFCI outlet is

available, utilize a portable GFCI protector/strip that is Underwriter Laboratories (UL) approved for commercial use. For portable GFCI devices, plug the equipment/tool directly into the portable GFCI device.

7. Proper lifting techniques shall be used. Get help or use equipment if necessary. 8. Ensure adequate ventilation. 9. Be aware of first aid kit, fire extinguishers, alarm, and hose locations. Check

routinely to make sure they are working properly. Follow good housekeeping practices to reduce risk of fires, slipping and tripping.


116

10. Ensure ready access to and operating conditions of eye washers and emergency showers in case of exposure to skin and eye irritants.

11. Be particularly aware of wet stains on insulation, piping and associated joints that

may indicate a small leak that could become a major steam leak. 12. Correct fuel leaks immediately, securing boilers or other heat sources as

appropriate Related SOPs / Documents: NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website General Safety Policies Safe Operating Procedures: GN-1: Accident and Injury Response GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards

GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-17: Lifting JA-3: Electrical Installation/Repairs JA-9: Hydraulic System Repairs JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops JA-15: Mechanic Operations SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-10: Lockout/Tagout

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added reference to NCDMF Hazard

Assessment and PPE program. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


117


Safe Operating Procedures: Electrical Installation/Repairs Hazard Review Electrical Shock Overhead Loads Confined Space Slip, Trip and Fall Poisonous Plants/Snakes/Insects Lifting Crushing or Pinching Injuries Moving Traffic and Equipment 1. Do not attempt to make any electrical repairs unless qualified or properly

supervised. 2. Review Safe Operating Procedures for job required. 3. Review plans to determine electrical hazards and use lockout/tagout practices to

protect yourself and others.

4. Locate all utilities in and near the work site.

5. Evaluate site and follow excavation and trenching guidelines for buried cable repairs.

6. Avoid walking and working under suspended loads.

7. Use proper lifting or pulling techniques. Get help or use equipment if necessary.

8. Be aware of crushing or pinching hazards in jointing pipe and conduit.

9. Rubber boots may be needed in wet ditches.

10. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard.

11. Employees must use extreme caution to stay clear of moving equipment.

12. Establish eye contact with operator before approaching equipment.

13. Use proper tools for the work required.

14. Be aware of loose material, excavation drop-off, tripping hazards, uneven ground, and other obstructions.


118

15. Allow ample workspace for each employee.

16. Park in areas that provide safe entrance and exit of work areas.

17. Locate and use all electrical lockout devices and tags properly.

18. Locate all fire extinguisher and first aid kits at each job site. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-17: Lifting SA-10: Lockout/Tagout TA-10: Generator TA-12: Hand Tools (Landscape and Ground Maintenance) TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) TA-18: Ladder Effective Date:



119


Safe Operating Procedures: Equipment / Automotive Painting Hazard Review Noxious Fumes Fire Skin disorders High Pressures Hazardous Chemicals and Solvents 1. Review Safe Operating Procedures for applicable equipment and materials

safety data sheets for recommended safe handling of materials to be used. Make sure that Safety Data Sheets (SDSs) are readily accessible to work area.

2. In case of spills or leaks, secure ignition sources. Scoop materials into proper

containers for disposal. Keep on hand inert absorbent aid, such as oil dry or rags.

3. Store dirty rags in properly marked containers. Minimize trash build-up. Empty containers frequently.

4. Dispose of waste in appropriate containers and in accordance with federal, state and local regulations.

5. Store paints and other flammable materials in appropriate cabinets or containers. Keep away from heat and provide adequate ventilation. Open only enough materials and supplies to perform job at hand.

6. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment. The use of over garments, gloves, creams, etc. is recommended to reduce damage to skin. Eye protection in required.

7. Know overexposure effects and emergency first aid procedures.

8. Ensure that safety equipment is within reach and in proper working order. Eyewashes, fire extinguishers, and a first-aid kit must also be available.

9. Use only proper equipment and maintain it in accordance with recommended procedures.

10. Assure that fittings and connections are kept tight and that air hoses and pressure hoses aren't frayed or leaking. Ensure that air pressure is regulated,


120

applying only enough pressure to operate the equipment being utilized such as spray gun, pressure pot spray apparatus, sanders and grinders.

11. Maintain proper exhaust and airflow within spray booth; monitor air flow meters.

12. Ensure that all spray booth safety features are operable and that spray booth warning bell is functional.

13. Keep exhaust filters changed as required or necessary. Keep paint overspray build-up to a minimum by frequently changing paper on spray booth floor. Keep filters on inlet side of booth changed.

14. Use only properly fitted, approved respirators. When using a positive pressure air supplied respirator, assure that hood and hoses are free of tears and breaks and that air pump inlet filter is frequently inspected and changed as needed.

15. Maintain proper warning signs in the paint shop. Signs informing of paint spraying operations, flammability dangers, no smoking and no open flames should be located both inside as well as outside the paint area. "No parking" signs should be posted and enforced at the entrance and exit to ensure they are not blocked.

16. When working alone in the spray booth, there should be another worker nearby to provide assistance in the event of an emergency.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-13: Hot Weather safety GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-5: Equipment Body Repair

JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops JA-15: Mechanic Operations FO-28: Shipyard Painting FO-30: Structural Steel Painting SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SA-8: High Pressure Hoses


121

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS. May 2016 Reviewed and revised.


122


Safe Operating Procedures: Equipment Body Repair Hazard Review Toxic Fumes Cuts and Pinch Points Slips, Trips, & Falls Cuts, Pinch Points Solvents & Reactive Materials Skin Disorders 1. Review Safe Operating Procedures for applicable equipment. 2. Review Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for material to be used.

3. In the event of spills, extinguish all sources of flame and ignition, absorb spill with

inert material such as vermiculite or sand, sweep up, and collect in container for disposal as solid waste.

4. Extinguish open flames when using plastic body fillers. 5. Thoroughly wash any skin with soap and water that has been exposed to harmful

solvents or other materials. 6. Use safety glasses, face shields, and respiratory equipment as required. 7. Assure ventilation adequate to draw dust and fumes away from work area. 8. Dispose of waste and scrap in accordance with policy and regulations. 9. Take special precaution to avoid cuts to hands and fingers caused by burrs and

sharp edges on metal parts. 10. Assure shields and guards are in place on all machinery. 11. Use only approved jacks and jack stands and assure they are rated for the load

to be lifted. 12. Maintain a neat, clean, and orderly work place. 13. Use only known and fresh dated chemicals and materials. 14. Ensure all electrical or mechanical equipment is in good repair prior to use.


123

15. Lockout/tagout damaged equipment and report all malfunctioning equipment to supervisor.

16. Proper lifting techniques shall be used. Get help or use equipment if necessary. 17. Review this SOP on an annual basis at a minimum. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-7: Hoisting/Jacking JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops JA-15: Mechanic Operations JA-16: Metal Cleaning, Mechanical/ Abrasive JA-20: Sandblasting SA-10: Lockout/Tagout TA-12: Hand Tools (Landscape and Ground Maintenance) TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual)

Effective Date:



124


Safe Operating Practices: Fuel Station Operation Hazard Review Spills, Fuel leaks Smoking Leaving Fuel Hose in Vehicles Toxic Fumes Static Discharges Moving Vehicles & Equipment 1. Drive up to the dispensers with filler cap adjacent to dispenser and leave enough

room to get fuel safely. Do not drive over hose. 2. Turn off engine. 3. Extinguish all smoking material before arriving at fuel station.

4. Remove gas cap from vehicle and remove hose from fuel station. 5. Stay with dispenser until tank is filled. 6. Return dispensing hose to its proper rest and replace gas cap. 7. Watch for other traffic; do not back away from fuel dispenser.

8. Check for adequate clearance on all sides and traffic in all directions before

moving away from fuel dispenser. 9. Fire extinguishers should be prominently displayed, marked, and periodically

checked for sufficient charge 10. Warning, NFPA decals, and symbols should be displayed on each dispenser. If

not practical to place on all dispensers, they shall be conspicuously placed close to the fuel dispenser. Emergency fuel shut off switches shall be prominently marked.

11. Use specifically designed oil absorption materials to clean up spills. Do not rinse

and wash away. 12. To reduce static discharge, do not get back in passenger compartment during

fueling and do not use cell phone during fueling.


125

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanics, Field Operations and Maintenance, Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer Effective Date:



126


Safe Operating Procedures: Hoisting / Jacking Hazard Review Crushing Injuries Slip, Trip and Fall Back Injuries Lifting Lock out/Tag out 1. Use proper safe lifting techniques.

2. Ensure chain hoist or jack is rated for weight being lifted. Operate with safe

limits.

3. Assure hoist dollies and beams are rated correctly for shop use and are properly maintained.

4. Assure that the hoist chain and hook are within the allowed wear tolerance as required by OSHA and that the hook is in compliance with a safety latch.

5. Use an approved web or chain sling to hold load.

6. Never get under load being raised or suspended.

7. Assure that area around lift is clear of personnel and obstacles.

8. Ensure that a floor lift is safe to operate and properly maintained. 9. Observe for any leaks when using a hydraulic lift. If leaks are noted, do not use

the lift and report the leak to the appropriate individual for repair. Lock out the lift to prevent others from using it.

10. Place vehicles on lift using proper procedures to locate lift brackets under vehicle.

11. Closely monitor vehicle as it is being raised and assure that it is stable on lift.

12. Lock safety rod into place under lift to prevent the lift from leaking down.

13. When lowering lift, assure that area around lift is clear and safety rod is removed. When lift is down, properly secure all lift brackets.


127

14. Move vehicle from lift area when completed.

15. After the vehicle is raised, place garage stands under the vehicle to provide safe support. Never depend on the floor jack to hold up the load.

16. When work is complete, remove stands, lower the floor jack and secure it in the designated storage area.

17. Block wheels when using above ground lift or when only one end of a vehicle is being lifted.

18. Review this SOP on an annual basis. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting GN-19: Office Machine and Equipment Safety JA-5: Equipment Body Repair JA-15: Mechanic Operations SA-11: Rigging TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:



128


Safe Operating Procedures: Hose Crimp Machine Hazard Review Cuts, Bruises and Blisters Eye Injury Pinching and Crushing Injuries Electrical Shock Hazard High Pressure Fluid 1. Make sure work area is clean and clear of all hazards.

2. Ensure machine is oiled and that regular preventative maintenances are

performed.

3. Wear eye protection.

4. Keeps hands out from under ram at all times.

5. Wear leather gloves when using skiving tools.

6. Keep bottom of die-cage clean.

7. Never re-use any component. Use new components (i.e., hoses, ferrules and stems).

8. Use a magnet to insert proper die halves, one at a time, into base ring.

9. Ensure proper setting of Digital Readout Pressure.

10. Use proper die and hose assembly components. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-1: Accident and Injury Response GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation SA-8: High Pressure Hoses SA-10: Lockout/Tagout JA-9: Hydraulic System Repairs JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops (General) TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual)


129

Effective Date:



130


Safe Operating Procedures: Hydraulic System Repairs Hazard Review High Pressures Slips, Trips, and Falls Infection From Oil Penetration Skin Abrasions High Temperatures Inhalation of Volatile Compounds Lifting Crushing Injuries Skin Contact with Hazardous Chemicals 1. Work on a hydraulic system only after you are fully trained.

2. Thoroughly review the equipment operating manuals before beginning work. Ask

questions about anything you do not fully understand.

3. Maintain a clean work area free of slipping hazards and debris.

4. Use all required safety equipment as directed by your supervisor. 5. Always use safety glasses or goggles consistent with the hazard. 6. Utilize adequate ventilation where required by conditions. 7. Block, secure or lower to the ground all components that may move, rotate, or

fall.

8. Relieve system pressures and use lockout/tagout processes prior to performing the work. Check for damaged hoses and connectors. (Note: Some systems use accumulators that store pressure. Identify the system before working on it.)

9. Use extreme caution when disconnecting hydraulic lines. Severe burns from hot fluid can result.

10. Use test equipment designed for higher pressures than the system being repaired. Use of gauges, lines, connectors, etc., designed for lower pressures can result in bursting or equipment damage. Start with high pressure gauges and work down. (Note: A good rule is to use equipment rated at twice what is expected. Example: For a 2500 psi system, use a 5000 psi gauge.)

11. DO NOT USE HANDS OR FINGERS to find leaks. Fluid under high pressure can be injected into skin causing extreme injury and serious infection


131

12. Clean up spills immediately. Hydraulic fluid is an oily substance that can cause slipping, falling and resulting injuries.

13. Do not work under equipment/apparatus being supported by hydraulics. Stops, safety pins, etc. must be in place prior to beginning repairs.

14. Review Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all chemicals used. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting SA-8: High Pressure Hoses SA-10: Lockout/Tagout JA-12: Maintenance and Repairs Shops (General) JA-15: Mechanic Operations FO-21: Marine Vessel Field Maintenance TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


132


Safe Operating Procedures: Information Technology LAN Room and IT Lab (DEQ IT) Hazard Review Slips, Trips, Falls Glare Lifting Cramped Working spaces Exposed Computer Wiring Illumination Levels 1. Conduct hazard review and identify potential hazards.

2. Take steps to eliminate hazards.

3. Identify and eliminate or guard against collision hazards due to cramped spaces.

4. Train personnel in proper lifting techniques. Use mechanical aids for lifting heavy

items where necessary and available. 5. Be aware of loose items in work area. 6. Where feasible, utilize elevated floor or wiring conduits to eliminate exposed

wires. 7. Obtain professional advice on making the office ergonomically correct.

8. Utilize appropriate housekeeping practices to minimize clutter and dust and

maximize organization. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting GN-19: Office Machine and Equipment Safety GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment


133

Effective Date:



134


Safe Operating Procedures: Lifting/Fleeting Vessels Hazard Review Moving Machinery Parts Slip, Trip and Fall Lifting Moving Equipment Suspended Loads Material Under Stress Crushing Injuries Adverse Weather Conditions Drowning/Hypothermia Falling Objects 1. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard,

including life vests, hard hats, safety glasses, gloves, and safety shoes. Ensure that life rings are readily available.

2. Stay clear of all open gears, cables, and moving equipment.

3. Never use more than two turns on the capstan. Do not use excessive pull and keep clear of loose ends and bights in rope.

4. Be aware of loose objects, slippery deck, tripping hazards, and uneven docking.

5. If a crane, loader or forklift is used, have a signal person involved in the operation. ONLY LICENSED PERSONNEL SHALL OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT.

6. All operations shall be under the direction of the Dock master, who shall ensure that the Synchrolift is in a safe operating condition.

7. Warning sirens will be sounded prior to Synchrolift operation. Employees shall stand clear of winches and platform when alarm sounds.

8. Use proper lifting techniques when positioning blocks.

9. No unauthorized person shall be allowed in lift house during operation. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting


135

JA-5: Equipment Body Repair JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops (General) JA-15: Mechanic Operations SA-11: Rigging SP-2: Crane/Dragline SP-3: Forklift TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:



136


Safe Operating Procedures: Loading / Unloading Freight Hazard Review

Lifting Slip, Trip and Fall Unknown or Mislabeled Container Contents

Crushing Injuries Heat Stress 1. Ensure that all trucks or trailers are securely chocked prior to entering with a

forklift.

2. Ensure that the hydraulic dock levelers are properly positioned on the bed of the trailer to allow for safe entry.

3. Forklift speeds must be at a minimum to avoid damage to trailers and material. When ramps are wet or icy, special attention is required to avoid slipping or sliding. Use deicer if ice is present.

4. Care must be taken to avoid hitting pedestrians who may be in the work area.

5. When loading trailers, ensure that materials on pallets are secured with stretch wrap and properly loaded to avoid shifting while being transported. Use chains or straps to guard against shifting.

6. All heavy pallets should be placed in the front of the trailer to avoid being thrown forward during quick stops.

7. All hazardous material must be properly marked and placards displayed on the trailer to indicate hazardous contents.

8. Be aware of and know how to obtain Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for any

hazardous material/chemicals being handled.

9. All forklift operators must be qualified and approved prior to loading or unloading any trailers.

10. Do not load pallets or hand trucks in a manner that blocks vision when moving loads.


137

11. Stack pallets during offloading process in such a manner to avoid the creation of

additional safety hazards to yourself and to others Related SOPs / Documents: GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-5: Equipment Mounting and Dismounting GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials JA-22: Warehouse SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SP-3: Forklift SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanics, Field Operations and Maintenance, Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer Effective Date:



138


Safe Operating Procedures: Maintenance and Repair Shops (General) Hazard Review Hazardous Materials Slip, Trip and Fall Sharp Edged Tools Moving Equipment/Vehicles Improperly Stacked Material Noise Flammable Materials Confined Spaces High Pressure Hoses Dark Work Areas Electrical Shock Lifting Pinch Points Pressurized Containers Sparking Carbon Monoxide Caustic/Volatile Hydrocarbon Liquids Solvents 1. Wear personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard and as directed

by your supervisor.

2. Be aware of the wide variety of chemicals, cleaning agents, degreasers, paints thinners and other combustible materials used in the shops. Read and follow warning labels on containers and on Safety Data Sheets (SDS), to ensure materials are handled and stored properly.

3. Be familiar with the Hazard Communication Plan and Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website. Notify the supervisor if a hazardous substance is spilled. Follow proper procedure for cleanup.

4. Be aware of first aid kit, fire extinguishers, alarm, and hose locations. Check routinely to make sure they are working properly. Follow good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fires.

5. Material handling equipment (forklifts, cranes, etc.) shall be operated in a safe manner, as established in applicable training programs and manufacturer's guideline. Pedestrians should be alert for moving equipment within and adjacent to shops.

6. Proper lifting techniques shall be used. Get help or use lifting equipment if necessary.

7. Be aware of loose or slippery materials, tripping hazards and other obstructions. Take appropriate measures to eliminate these conditions.


139

8. Determine routing for electrical cords and equipment lines to avoid tripping hazards.

9. Ensure that proper and adequate ventilation is available and used for those processes that require it.

10. Utilize portable, non-sparking lights when working on vehicle engines and areas

where hydrocarbon vapors may be present.

11. Ensure ready access to and operating conditions of eye washers and emergency showers in case of exposure to skin and eye irritants.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-4: Equipment / Automotive Painting JA-5: Equipment Body Repair JA-7: Hoisting/Jacking JA-9: Hydraulic System Repairs JA-11: Lifting/Fleeting Vessels

JA-12: Loading/Unloading Freight JA-21: Tire Repair JA-23: Welding, Arc JA-24: Welding, Oxy-Acetylene Cutting SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SA-8: High Pressure Hoses SP-3: Forklift TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual)

Please refer to the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information. Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Referenced in #3 and in Related Documents

the NCDMF Hazard Communication Plan. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


140


Safe Operating Procedures: Marine Maintenance Facility Hazard Review Noise Temperature Extremes Electrical Shock Hot Surfaces Moving Machinery Parts Slip, Trip and Fall Fire Hazardous Materials Pressurized System

1. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Eye protection, rubber gloves, and apron shall be worn when working on batteries.

2. Inspect eyewash stations and emergency showers for proper working order on a weekly basis.

3. Take extra precautions to prevent heat stress when working in extremely hot temperatures. Leave building if necessary. Drink plenty of fluids.

4. Always stand on rubber padding when working around electrical transfer and

monitoring systems. Keep floors dry, especially near electrical equipment. 5. Be alert for sprayed fuel, lube oil, or engine cooling water from pressurized

systems. In case of fire, shut off equipment immediately. If conditions permit, shift power to another generator. Activate fire alarm system.

6. Be aware of fire extinguishers, alarm and hose locations. Check routinely to

make sure they are working properly. Follow good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fires.

7. Avoid contact with engine manifolds, turbines, piping, etc., which build up high

temperatures that can cause severe burns. 8. Standby diesel generators and air compressors start and stop automatically; stay

clear unless the equipment is de-energized, locked and tagged out. 9. Periodically observe all equipment for malfunctions, and be alert for loose

electrical connections which may be indicated by spattering (hissing) noises, arcing and burn marks.


141

10. Utilize all guards and safety devices on woodworking and metal working equipment. (see OSHA 1910 subpart O)

11. Ensure adequate lighting is available for the task to be done. 12. Utilize the parts washer according to the manufactures instructions. Dispose of

waste produces from the parts washer in an approved method. 13. Properly store all chemicals and flammable in approved storage cabinets or other

approved method. 14. Equipment shall be operated in a safe manner as established in applicable

training programs and manufacturer's guidelines. 15. Be aware of loose or slippery materials, tripping hazards and other obstructions.

Take appropriate measures to eliminate them. 16. Review Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for each chemical used.

Related SOPs GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-3: Electrical Installation /Repairs SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SA-8: High Pressure hoses SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SA-11: Rigging TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:

Versions Revisions July 2010 Included in DMF Safety Manual July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


142


Safe Operating Procedures: Mechanic Operations Hazard Review Cuts, Bruises and Blisters Flying Metal Particles Pinching and Crushing Injuries Lifting Eye Injury Noise Levels Explosion Solvents Slips, Trips, and Falls Fire Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) 1. Make sure work area is clean and clear of all hazards.

2. Clean up spills as soon as they happen.

3. Use and keep in good shape all applicable safety equipment.

4. Use caution when moving equipment into or out of a shop. Use a spotter when

necessary.

5. Locate such items as fire extinguishers and eye wash stations so you can find them in the event of an emergency.

6. Use lockout tag-out on equipment that is not to be started or moved.

7. Always use the proper tools for the job. See your supervisor for any special tools.

8. Inspect drop cords routinely. See your supervisor for repair or replacement if needed.

9. Always use OSHA approved chains or slings and inspect before use.

10. Make sure hoist is in good operating condition. Report any defects to your supervisor or safety officer.

11. Use extreme caution when working around cranes. Use proper hand signals so you can communicate with the operator.

12. Do not get under any object being lifted by crane or hoist.


143

13. Do not charge batteries within 18" of floor.

14. Always inspect the area around you to make sure you have a clear path so you can get out of the way in an emergency.

15. Never get under any equipment supported only by a jack. Always use the proper stands.

16. Make sure the full weight is resting on the stand and the equipment is secure.

17. Use only jacks that are in good condition and proper tonnage for your application. Report any defective jack or stands to your supervisor. Do not use them.

18. Use personal protective equipment.

19. No smoking in shop or while repairing equipment. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-4: Equipment / Automotive Painting JA-5: Equipment Body Repair JA-7: Hoisting/Jacking JA-9: Hydraulic System Repairs JA-11: Lifting/Fleeting Vessels JA-12: Loading/Unloading Freight JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops (general)

JA-16: Metal Cleaning, Mechanical / Abrasive JA-17: Metal Removing by Machine JA-21: Tire Repair JA-23: Welding, Arc JA-24: Welding, Oxy-Acetylene Cutting SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SA-8: High Pressure Hoses SA-9: Jump Starting SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SP-3: Forklift TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual)

Effective Date:



144


Safe Operating Procedures: Metal Cleaning, Mechanical / Abrasive Hazard Review Flying Particles Power Tool Operation Noise Pinching & Cutting Caustic or Volatile Hydraulic Liquids Crushing Noxious or Irritating Fumes Burns Lifting Moving Equipment Cuts and Abrasions Slip, Trip and Fall Pressurized Hoses Electrical Shock 1. Be familiar with first aid kits, fire extinguishers in the work area and check regularly

for proper operation.

2. Review Safe Operating Procedures for hand tools-chippers and grinders (See TA-13).

3. Route for electrical cords or air lines to prevent tripping hazards.

4. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment including hard hats, long sleeve shirts, gloves, and masks.

5. Shield work area or exclude unprotected personnel from high velocity flying debris.

6. Hazardous wastes and cleaning chemicals are to be stored and disposed of only in accordance with approved procedures.

7. Ensure that adequate ventilation is provided when working in confined spaces.

8. Ensure that work area is free of combustible materials, liquids and gases.

9. Review Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all chemicals used. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-17: Metal Removing by Machine


145

TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage

Effective Date:



146


Safe Operating Procedures: Metal Removing by Machine (Drills, Mills, Lathes, and Grinders of All Types) Hazard Review Eye Injuries Pinch Points Slip, Trip and Fall Electric Shock Solvents Noise Cuts and Abrasions Kickback Sparks/Fire Hazard 1. Only operate any metal removal machine until you have been fully instructed on the

machine's set-up, controls, safety devices, and proper operation.

2. Never operate a machine in this category wearing loose fitting clothes, long sleeve shirts with cuffs either unbuttoned or not rolled up above the elbow, a necktie, rings, or jewelry. Long hair should be restrained.

3. Safety glasses are required of any person in proximity of metal removing machinery as defined by the yellow aisle markings.

4. When using hand tools to adjust or tighten machine parts or tools, be sure the machine is in the off position, the spindle is completely stopped, and that you have sound footing and good balance.

5. Be certain that all guards, including those around revolving/rotating parts (including drill press chuck area) and shields are in place and functioning. (See OSHA 1910 Subpart O)

6. Use machine only in a manner for which it was designed and as intended by the manufacturer; do not overload a machine.

7. Proper lifting techniques shall be used. Get help or use equipment if necessary.

8. Maintain a neat, orderly work area; place all scrap in proper containers periodically

to avoid dangerous build-ups around rotating machines or where they represent a tripping hazard.

9. Shut down all machines when they will be unattended. 10. Do not carry on conversations with your back to a machine in operation.


147

11. Repair and maintenance service of these machines shall only be conducted by authorized personnel using appropriate lockout/tagout processes.


13. Be sure that cutting tools are sharp, properly adjusted and fully tightened before turning on the machine.

14. Review Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all chemicals used. 15. To avoid a spark hazard and resulting fire, keep flammable materials away from the

equipment. 16. Review this SOP on an annual basis at a minimum. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-7: Hoisting/Jacking JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops (general) JA-15: Mechanic Operations SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SA-11: Rigging TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS


148


Safe Operating Procedures: Pipefitting, Shop/Vessel Hazard Review Noise Hazardous Materials Explosive Atmospheres Confined Spaces Poor Visibility Lifting Temperature Extremes Pressurized Systems Oxygen Deficient Atmospheres Ventilation Burns 1. Conduct a hazard assessment prior to beginning the work. Wear appropriate

personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Proper equipment shall be used to protect against contaminants, eye injury, and hearing loss.

2. Confined spaces must be well ventilated prior to entry and checked by a certified competent person. Never enter a confined space without a standby observer.

3. Be aware of the safety precautions regarding handling of hazardous materials. Ensure MSD units are pumped out, flushed, and well ventilated prior to work. A "Certified Competent Person" must test the affected space for hydrogen sulfide and explosive vapors.

4. Electrical equipment, including lighting, pumps, switches, power tools, and automatic starting machinery, should be checked for defects. Use Lockout/Tagout procedures as appropriate.

5. Be aware of fire extinguishers, alarm and hose locations. Check routinely to make sure they are working properly.

6. Follow good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of slips, trips, and fall

hazards, and fires.

7. Know the causes and symptoms of heat stress and respond accordingly.

8. Check pressurized piping, hoses, tanks, steering systems, etc., for unsafe conditions prior to work. De-energize, de-pressurize and/or exercise systems prior to repair. If in doubt, consult supervisor.

9. Ensure chain hoist, lifting devices and other rigging equipment are in good operating condition prior to use. Return defective equipment for repair.

10. Read and comply with Facility Safety Manual and other pertinent instructions.


149

11. Read product labels, Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and manufacturers labels before handling chemicals. Hazardous materials should be properly stored and must be in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines.

12. Be aware of loose or slippery materials, tripping hazards and other obstructions.

Take appropriate measures to eliminate them.


14. Use appropriate supplemental lighting when working in dark, poorly lighted and/or limited workspaces.

15. Take extra precautions to prevent heat and cold stress when working in extremely hot or cold temperatures.

Related SOPs / Documents: Located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website:

NCDMF Lockout and Tagout Program and Plan GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-23: Welding, Arc JA-24: Welding, Oxy-Acetylene Cutting SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-8: High Pressure Hoses SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SA-11: Rigging TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Referenced NCDMF Lockout/Tagout Program

and Plan December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS


150


Safe Operating Procedures: Plumbing Operations Hazard Review Trench Collapse Burns Lifting Confined Spaces Crushing Injuries Hazardous or Noxious Fumes Moving Equipment Pinch Points Chemicals Electrical Hazards Noise Slip, Trip, and Fall OUTSIDE: 1. Determine any traffic control needs and use the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control

Devices (MUTCD) and Work Zone Safety Handbook to establish any traffic control.

2. For underground access to outside supply and waste lines, evaluate the site and follow Excavation, Trenching, and Shoring Standards. Ensure use of proper equipment and procedures in excavating and shoring of any trench.

3. Establish eye contact with operator before approaching any equipment.

4. Use proper techniques in lifting pipes; use equipment or more help if needed. 5. Wear personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard or as directed by

your supervisor. 6. Ensure required protective equipment is in working order and accessible at the job

site. 7. Use correct tools and equipment designed for the job. 8. Ensure a clear work area and use extreme caution in and around the area. 9. Use extreme caution in the removal of steam lines. Discharge all pressure and

drain lines before opening. 10. Safety glasses must be worn during any soldering, cutting or threading operation. INSIDE: 1. Conduct hazard assessment and initiate steps to eliminate or reduce any hazards.


151

2. For access to supply and waste lines, evaluate the site for entry points. Assess the area for any Confined Space issues and follow Confined Space practices where applicable.

3. Ensure the use of proper equipment and procedures for accessing pipes behind walls.

4. Use proper techniques in lifting pipes; use equipment or more help if needed. 5. Wear personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard or as directed by

your supervisor. 6. Ensure required protective equipment is in working order and accessible at the job

site. 7. Use correct tools and equipment designed for the job. 8. Ensure a clear work area and use extreme caution in and around the area. 9. Use extreme caution in the removal and repair of steam lines. Discharge all

pressure and drain lines before opening. If insulating material is around steam lines, ensure that they do not contain asbestos prior to initiating the work.

10. Utilize lockout/tagout processes for pipes under pressure. 11. Safety glasses must be worn during any soldering, cutting, or threading operation. 12. To avoid spills and potential water related hazards, shut down the main valves

where water pipe replacement is being conducted. Related SOPs / Documents: The Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) can be found on the US Department of Transportation website under North Carolina. GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-8: High Pressure Hoses SA-11: Rigging


152

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. . Referenced MUTCD location on DOT

website. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS


153


Safe Operating Procedures: Sandblasting Hazard Review Flying Particles Dust Lifting Hazardous Material Moving Traffic High Pressure Hoses Sand Reservoir and Hose Assembly 1. Review Safe Operating Procedures for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks.

2. Check all fittings for leaks and alignments.

3. Muffler should be attached to compressor to reduce blowback noise.

4. Check position of all valves before activating blaster. Nozzle should have a "Dead Man" shutoff valve.

5. Drain water from the separator.

6. Stand clear and do not face sand reservoir after filling. Be careful not to overfill.

7. Keep unauthorized personnel out of immediate sandblast area.

8. Check blasting hoses for rips, tears and soft spots. Do not use defective hoses.

9. Check nozzle shutoff mechanism prior to use and check nozzle for wear.

10. Do not allow vehicles to run over hoses. Avoid kinks and sharp turns in hoses.

11. Avoid dragging hoses over concrete or any surface that could induce wear. Sandblasting Hood 1. Adjust helmet headband and chin strap to proper size. Clean and disinfect hood

before use.

2. Make sure hood-skirting is fitted down over shoulder and snaps are fastened.

3. The waist belt for the air hose should be worn outside of skirting to allow easy adjustment.


154

4. Check the air supply system.

5. Long sleeve shirts, safety glasses, safety shoes, and hearing protection are required.

6. A positive pressure air hood is required. The supplied air must be at least Grade D breathable air.

7. Grade D air has the following characteristics:

• Oxygen content from 19.5 to 23.5 percent • Condensed oil at 5 mg/m3 • Carbon monoxide (CO) not to exceed 10 parts per million (ppm) • Carbon monoxide (CO) not to exceed 10 parts per million (ppm) • Carbon dioxide (CO2) not to exceed 1000 (ppm) • No odor

Hazardous Material Note: When red lead is encountered or is suspected in removal operation, stop immediately and consult supervisor. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-19: Office Machine and Equipment Safety GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-1: Abrasive and Waterblast Cleaning SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SA-11: Rigging TA-1: Air Compressor

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS


155


Safe Operating Procedures: Tire Repair Hazard Review Lifting Crushing Injuries Slip, Trip and Fall Explosions Noise Pinching Injuries Flying Debris Chemicals 1. The employee must not service any rim or wheel unless the employee has been

instructed in correct procedures of mounting, demounting and servicing activities for tires and rims and the safe operating precautions for the type of wheel being serviced.

2. The employee must wear eye and foot protection.

3. The tire must be completely deflated by removing the valve core before a rim wheel is removed from the axle.

4. An approved rubber lubricant must be applied to the bead and rim mounting surfaces when assembling the wheel and inflating the tire. Never use any flammable material, soap or grease to seat tires.

5. If a tire on a vehicle is under inflated but has more than 80 percent of the recommended pressure, the tire may be inflated while the rim wheel is on the vehicle, provided remote control inflation equipment is used, and no employee remains in the trajectory area during inflation. When 80% or less of the pressure remains, the repair must be handled by a trained tire mechanic.

6. The tire shall be inflated outside a restraining device only to a pressure sufficient to force the tire bead onto the rim ledge and create an airtight seal. (Not to exceed 10 psi.)

7. Whenever a rim wheel is in a restraining device, the employee must not rest or lean against the restraining device. Always stand to the side.

8. After inflation, the tire and wheel must be inspected while still within the restraining device to make sure that they are properly seated and locked. If further adjustment is necessary, the tire must be deflated by removing the valve core before the adjustment is made.


156

9. Do not attempt to correct the seating of side and lock rings by hammering, striking, or forcing the components while the tire is pressurized.

10. Cracked, broken, bent, or otherwise damaged wheel components must not be reworked, welded, brazed, or otherwise heated. Heat must not be applied to any wheel.

11. After repairs or installation of tire or rim, place tire in safety cage and inflate to maximum inflation pressure. Then deflate to 20 PSI before removing from cage.

12. Stored mounted tires should not exceed 20 PSI.

13. Fully inflated, multi-piece wheels must not be transported except in a restraining device.

14. For additional information consult the following: Hand and Power Tools, OSHA 3080; OSHA Reg. 1910.17; National Rim & Wheel W-770; OSHA Pamphlet 3086; OSHA Rim Wheel Characteristics located on OSHA website: www.osha.gov

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops (General) SA-8: High Pressure Hoses TA-1: Air Compressor Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Referenced OSHA website December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS


157


Safe Operating Procedures: Warehouse Hazard Review Hazardous Materials Slip, Trip and Fall Fire Improperly Stacked Material Moving Equipment 1. Wear personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Steel-toe shoes

are required. 2. Be aware of the wide variety of chemicals, cleaning agents, degreasers, paints,

thinners, and other combustible materials stored in the warehouse. Read and follow warning labels on containers and on Safety Data Sheets (SDS), ensuring materials are handled and stored properly.

3. Be familiar with the Hazard Communication Plan and Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website. Notify the supervisor if a hazardous substance is spilled. Follow proper procedure for cleanup.

4. Be aware of fire extinguishers, alarm and hose locations. Check routinely to make sure they are working properly. Follow good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fires.

5. Material handling equipment (forklifts, pallet truck, etc.) shall be operated in a safe manner, as established in applicable training programs and manufacturer's guidelines. Pedestrians should be alert for moving forklifts when approaching blind corners.

6. Material shall be stacked properly for safe and efficient retrieval. Keep heavier materials near floor. Stack items so that they do not extend into aisles. Be sure bin items do not extend into walkways and that bin drawers are not left open.

7. Be alert for materials that may have been stored improperly and take steps to correct any deficiencies.

8. Proper lifting techniques shall be used. Get help or use lifting equipment where your lifting capacity is exceeded.

9. Be aware of loose or slippery materials, tripping hazards, and other obstructions.

Take appropriate measures to eliminate them.


158

10. If ladder is used, follow standard operating procedures and manufacturer's recommendations.

11. Properly sign all fire exits, consistent with OSHA 1910.37 Maintenance, Safeguards, and Operational Features for Exit Routes located on the OSHA website at www.osha.gov.

12. Ensure that eyewash stations are labeled and in operating order. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops (General) JA-12: Loading and Unloading Freight SA-8: High Pressure Hoses SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage TA-1: Air Compressor TA-18: Ladder Please refer to the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information. Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Referenced NCDMF Hazard Assessment and

PPE Program and Maintenance safeguards on the OSHA website. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


159


Safe Operating Procedures: Arc Welding Hazard Review Ultraviolet Burns To Eyes and Skin Fire Slip, Trip and Fall Debris To Eyes and Exposed Skin Hot Metal Spatter Overhead Loads Cuts and Pinches Lifting Electrical Shock 1. Do not attempt to use welding equipment until properly trained. 2. Remove and lockout/tagout damaged equipment and report them to the appropriate

individual for repair. Refer to the NCDMF Lockout and Tagout Program and Plan located on the NCDMF website Inside Fisheries.

3. Welding machine shall be equipped with a power disconnect switch which is conveniently located at or near the machine.

4. Protect yourself and others from flying objects. Make sure your own eyes and eyes of others are protected when chipping slag, etc.

5. Be sure the welding area has a good safe floor. Concrete or masonry is recommended. The floor should not be wood, plastic tile or carpeted.

6. Keep combustible or flammable materials at a safe distance (at least 35 feet). Avoid having oily rags, paper, or other similar combustible materials in welding, cutting, or brazing area.

7. Do not use gloves or other clothing that contains oil and grease. 8. Do wear appropriate gloves such as insulated work gloves.

9. Always be sure your machine is properly grounded.

10. The polarity switch must never be changed while machine is under load. Wait until

the machine is idling and the circuit is open.

11. Protect others with a screen and yourself with a protective welding helmet. Flying sparks are a danger to your eyes. Arc rays can also cause painful burns to yourself and onlookers.

12. Keep a fire extinguisher handy at all times.


160

13. Avoid damp areas and keep the hands and clothing dry at all times. Dampness on the body may cause an electrical shock.

14. Never strike an arc on a compressed cylinder or tank, even if empty, that has contained combustible material even if it is empty.

15. Suitable spark shield must be used around welding equipment in flash welding.

16. Keep the non-insulated portion of the electrode holder from touching the welding ground when the current is on. Failure to do this will cause a flash.

17. Keep welding cables dry and free from oil and grease and uncoil cable to remove loops and tangles.

18. Weld in open area. If welding is to be done in a confined area, provide an adequate exhaust fan system and ventilation.

19. Dress properly with flame resistant clothing. Protect all areas of body from arc burns.

20. Be sure all power wiring is correctly installed and maintained. Don't overload the welding cables.

21. Do not operate power tools off generator/welder while it is being used for welding.

22. For additional information consult the following: American Welding Society (AWS) Specifications & Safe Practice Codes at http://www.aws.org/technical/facts/index.html

Related SOPs / Documents: Located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website: NCDMF Lockout and Tagout Program and Plan American Welding Society Fact Sheets located at www.aws.org GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid JA-24: Welding, Oxy-Acetylene Cutting GN-10: Geographic Hazards FO-29: Structural Steel Fabrication GN-11: Hazardous Materials SA-5: Confined Space Entry GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops (General)


161

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added new references to American Welding

Society and NCDMF Lockout/tagout plan and programs. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


162


Safe Operating Procedures: Oxy - Acetylene Cutting/Welding Hazard Review Lifting Debris In Eyes Fire Burns To Eyes and Exposed Skin Burning Clothes Explosion Pinching, Cutting and Crushing Confined Space Toxic Fumes 1. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on the use of this

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated. 2. Operators shall attend and pass an appropriate welding training course prior to work

assignment. Do not attempt to use the oxy-acetylene cutting equipment until you have been trained to do so and are authorized by your supervisor.

3. Avoid exposing cylinder to excess heat.

4. Always wear approved safety equipment: gloves, welding goggles/glasses, shoes, helmets, etc.

5. Check work area for flammable materials and keep fire extinguishers nearby.

6. Keep oil and grease away from and off of hoses, cylinder, regulator, and all fittings.

7. Never use oxygen as a substitute for compressed air or feed into a confined space.

8. Keep an adequate space between your work and the cylinders.

9. Acetylene should never be used above 15 PSI.

10. Use a striker to light the torch, not matches or lighters. Do not re-light the torch from hot metal.

11. Light the acetylene gas before opening the oxygen valve.

12. Use correct pressures and tip sizes.

13. Never wrap hose or hang torch around cylinder valves or regulators. 14. Hoses should have check valves in correct position.


163

15. Have good ventilation while cutting. Respiratory equipment may be required. If so, prior to use the operator must receive training in the type of respiratory protection to be used.

16. Never cut or weld on any container that has held flammable substance without consulting and following American Welding Society standards and DEQ Safety Policy.

17. Keep hoses away from sparks, hot metal, sharp surfaces, and from being run over by heavy equipment.

18. Always stand to one side of an oxy-acetylene outfit when turning on the cylinders.

19. Never move a cylinder by dragging, sliding or rolling. Always use cylinder dollies, with chains, to move a cylinder.

20. Keep protective cap in place and avoid striking it against something that could

cause a spark.

21. Identify oxygen and acetylene tanks by labeling, not by color code alone. 22. Only store cylinders in an upright (vertical) position. 23. Store Acetylene and Oxygen Cylinders separately and at the minimum or greater

required distances from each other. (See OSHA 1910.253(b)(4)(iii) and 1926.350(a)(10)) located on the OSHA website: www.osha.gov .

24. Blow out cylinder valves before attaching regulator.

25. Release regulator screw before opening valve. Open cylinder valve slowly.

26. Do not allow cylinders to lie in a horizontal position.

27. Do not pick up cylinders using the valve protector cap.

28. Acetylene valve should not be opened more than one half turn. Oxygen valve should be fully opened when in use.

29. If the cylinder valves leak or function improperly, do not attempt to repair. Contact the supplier.

30. Cylinders shall be properly secured to prevent them from being tipped or knocked over.

31. Cylinders shall not be transported with gauges attached.

32. Release pressure on regulators when work is finished.


164

33. Light the acetylene gas before opening the oxygen valve. 34. Obtain all "hotwork" permits from your supervisor. 35. At a minimum, annually review this SOP and the DEQ Safety Policy on welding. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops (General) JA-23: Welding, Arc FO-29: Structural Steel Fabrication SA-5: Confined Space Entry Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Referenced OSHA Website. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


165


Safe Operating Procedures: Wood Working Hazard Review Cuts Allergic Reaction Splinters Fire Flying Wood Chips or Parts Pinching/Crushing Injuries Eye Injury Dust Inhalation

1. Know and regularly review Safe Operating Procedures of each piece of equipment. 2. Do not use any equipment or perform any operation until fully trained and certified

by the supervisor.

3. Make sure work areas are clear and safe for work to be done.

4. Wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) consistent with the hazards. PPE may include safety shoes, eye and ear protection.

5. Make sure blade and wheel depth and thickness levels on machines, and machine guards are properly set as determined by the manufacture and any OSHA regulations for wood working equipment and machines. (OSHA 1910 Subpart O)

6. See that blades and knives are sharp and working properly.

7. Make sure all work surfaces are clear of scraps and obstructions.

8. Never operate equipment until guards are in place and operating properly. Never remove or bypass equipment guards.

9. Be aware of others around so that nothing is thrown from equipment that may cause injury.

10. Make sure on and off switches and emergency shutdown switches are in proper working condition.

11. Keep hands and clothing away from cutting surface.

12. Never adjust settings on machinery until switch is off and blades have ceased to rotate.

13. Where feasible, mark off "Safe Zone" areas with yellow lines around woodworking machinery and note that safety glasses are required inside those areas of the shop.


166

14. Use safe lifting practices.

15. Do not wear rings, ties, or loose fitting clothing when operating machinery. Long hair should be restrained.

16. Use respirators as dust conditions require.

17. Do not use any equipment or perform any operation until fully trained and certified by the supervisor.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment TA-8: Drill Press TA-11: Grinder, Bench TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:



167


Field Operations Safe Operating Procedures

(SOP)

(DEQ Safety Manual Chapter 26B)


168

Field Operations Policies (FO-1)

Safe Operating Procedures: Aerial Tree Operations

Hazard Review Electrical Shock or Electrocution Falls Unknown Site Hazards Loose/Broken Tree Limbs Cuts and Punctures Head Injury Vehicle and Pedestrian Traffic

1. Be familiar with the operating instructions set forth in the operator’s manual for the

particular equipment, tools and machines you are using and follow all manufacture guidelines.

2. Perform a check of the equipment before use to ensure that all parts are intact and

properly operating. 3. Inspect the area before climbing begins to see if there are any electrical lines or

hazards in the area. 4. Inspect the job site for any potential hazards like dead or broken limbs, hangers,

and dead trees in the area that could affect the work area on the tree being worked on.

5. Inspect the tree itself for obvious possible hazards including decay and/or root rot,

hollows, cracks, splits, cut roots, cankers, weak crotches, fungus/ mushrooms on trunk, roots, or any other problems.

6. Inspect the climbing equipment to ensure that it is in good working condition.

Immediately replace any worn or broken equipment. Lockout/tagout all defective equipment and do not use. (See Lockout/Tagout Program and Plan which are located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website.)

7. Inspect the Bucket truck or aerial lift device prior to use to see that it is in safe

working order, replace or have fixed any worn or broken equipment and lockout/tagout the damaged equipment and do not use until fixed.

8. Make sure that you have 2 points of attachment and 3 points of contact while in the

tree. If using an aerial device make sure fall protection is worn and a proper point of attachment is used while working aloft.

9. Make sure that you have and are wearing all the proper PPE for the job activity 10. Make sure that the chainsaw is maintained in proper working order and that all

safety features are working.


169

11. Always have a second person on the ground when performing aerial tree work in

case of emergency and to direct traffic/ pedestrian’s access, clear the ground of removed limbs. Keep ropes and equipment from being fouled by debris.

Related SOPs / Documents: Located on NCDMF website Inside Fisheries:

NCDMF Lockout and Tagout Program and Plan GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment SA-10: Lockout/Tagout TA-5: Chain Saws TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) TA-19: Personal Lift Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Referenced NCDMF Lockout and Tagout

Program and Plan. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


170


Safe Operating Procedures: Concrete Maintenance Hazard Review Moving Traffic Moving Equipment Slip, Trip and Fall Noise Flying Particles Pinch Points Overcrowding of Workers Lifting Power Tool Operation Suspended Loads Temperature Extremes 1. Review Safe Operating Procedures for applicable equipment and tools. Perform

pre-operational checks of equipment. 2. Establish hand signals between the equipment operator and designated ground

crew members. 3. Determine the traffic control needs from the Work Zone Safety Handbook. 4. Store unused tools in a separate and accessible location. 5. Determine adequate signs for use to let the public and visitors know of closed

sidewalks and alternate routes. 6. Park in areas that provide safe entrance and exit of the work area and that do not

create potential conflicts with other vehicles/equipment operating in the work area. 7. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard and as

directed by supervisor. 8. Employees on foot must use extreme caution to stay clear of operating equipment.

Always establish eye contact with operator before approaching equipment. 9. Be aware of escape routes in case of emergency. It is a good practice to face

oncoming traffic while on foot. 10. Review Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for each material used. 11. Take extra precautions to prevent heat and cold stress when working in extremely

hot or cold temperatures. 12. Be aware of loose material, excavation drop-offs, tripping hazards, uneven ground,

and other obstructions.


171

13. Allow ample space for each employee to work safely. 14. Use proper lifting and handling techniques while breaking and loading old concrete. 15. Wear rubber boots and rubber gloves when working with fresh concrete. 16. Watch for flying sand and rock from sweeping operation and adjacent traffic. 17. Before backing, make sure area is clear and use an observer when available. 18. Be aware of flying debris, wind, moving traffic, jackhammers, saws, picks, etc. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control SP-4: Heavy Equipment SP-10: Tractors, Backhoe, and Loader, Crawler, and Mower TA-1: Air Compressor TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment Effective Date:



172


Safe Operating Procedures: Construction Safety Emphasis Areas Hazard Review Moving Equipment Slip, Trip and Fall Open Excavations Overhead Loads Explosives Traffic Hostile Irate Clients The purpose of this SOP is to identify imminent danger situations or hazardous operations occurring on construction projects. Contractors performing under construction contracts with DMF are required to comply with all provisions of the North Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry. The following safety emphasis areas must be especially noted and complied with by the on-site contractor(s) and those involved. . DEQ Employee Awareness

• DEQ employees who work on or around construction sites shall be made aware of these and any other division/office/program construction site specific plans and safety issues by their respective management.

Basic Precautionary Safety Measures for Construction Sites

• Conduct a hazard assessment upon arrival. • Ensure that you park in an area that minimizes the need to back. • Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard, i.e.,

visibility, noise, dust. • Avoid walking and working under suspended loads. Hard hats must be worn when

working in proximity to backhoes, cranes, excavators, etc. • Note changing conditions in the area around where you are working and adjust your

work as necessary. • Wear proper clothing consistent with the site conditions, weather and temperature.

Contractor Awareness • Contractor must be made aware of these safety emphasis areas by the on-site

engineer responsible for the overall project. Corrective Action

• For corrective action when the contractor is non-compliant in these safety areas, refer to the contract, and/or your division/office/program’s guidelines concerning what action you need to take to notify your management.


173

Other Pre-Cautionary Safety Measures

• Ensure signing and traffic control is in accordance with project traffic control plans. • Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard, i.e.,

visibility, noise, dust. • Avoid walking and working under suspended loads. Hard hats must be worn when

working around backhoes, cranes, excavators, etc. Safety Emphasis Areas Required Actions Fall Protection • Safety railing meeting the requirements of

1926.451 is required on all substructure and superstructure falsework more than 4' above the ground.

• On operations more than 6' above the ground such as setting of structural steel and setting of grades on structural members where the use of other fall protective measures is impractical, fall protection shall consist of the use of harnesses and lanyards. (Effective 1/1/98, safety belts can no longer be used as fall protection but can be used as positioning devices.)

Crane Safety • Lifting hooks shall be equipped with operable safety latches.

• All accessible areas within the swing area of the rotating superstructure of the crane shall be blocked out.

• When used to hoist personnel, cranes shall be equipped with controlled load lowering and a two block damage prevention devices.

Equipment • All equipment with an obstructed view to the rear shall be equipped with an audible backup alarm or shall utilize a "spotter" when operated in the reverse mode

Excavation Protective Systems • Protective systems meeting the requirements of 1926.652 shall be used on all excavations such as pipe trench (storm drain, under drain, and utility), undercut, drainage structure, manhole, foundation, and retaining wall.


174

Related SOPs / Documents: MF-7: Safety and Risk Management MF-8: Incident Investigation GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control FO-14: Inspections Effective Date:



175


Safe Operating Procedures: Crustacean Tagging Hazard Review Pinching From Crabs Rostrum Stabs from Shrimp Cuts Lifting Slips, Trips, Falls Infection 1. Wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) consistent with the

hazards. This includes thick Neoprene crab gloves when handling crabs to minimize injury from pinching and sharp points on carapace.

2. Be familiar with the operational procedures.

3. Properly secure crabs in container to prevent their crushing which creates slipping

and fall hazards. 4. Use hand sanitizer or 60% ethyl alcohol to clean any wounds inflicted by crabs or

shrimp.

5. Notify supervisor of any serious injuries. 6. Utilize sunscreen to avoid sunburn. Where appropriate, wear loose clothing to

prevent heat related illness.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation FO-17: Marine Life Research and Sampling SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat SP-9: Marine Vessel – Research Vessels (Certified and Non Certified) Effective Date:



176


Safe Operating Procedures: Demolition of Structure Activities and Inspection

Hazard Review Falling Objects Flying Objects Swing Objects Particles in Air Unknown Site Hazards 1. Review Safe Operating Practices for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks. 2. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with hazard. 3. Keep an escape route cleared in case of emergency. Document escape routes in

procedures and talk about them onsite during tailgate meetings. 4. Never demolish part of a structure that could cause another part to fall in an unsafe

manner. 5. Allow plenty of room for a person to work. 6. Avoid cutting one end of a structure allowing it to swing. 7. Keep areas and pathways where work is being done free from stumbling and falling

hazards. 8. Keep dust and trash to a minimum. 9. Ensure that an asbestos inspection is made when there is suspicion of asbestos in

the structure. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment SA-11: Rigging


177

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Reworded # 3. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


178


Safe Operating Procedures: Dissecting Fish, Crustaceans Hazard Review Biological Hazards Sharp Objects Infection Cuts, Scrapes and Punctures Chemical Exposure Lifting Slips, Trips, Falls Electric Shock Slippery Surfaces 1. Use appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) consistent with the hazard.

This includes, but is not limited to, eye protection and puncture and cut resistant gloves.

2. Use caution with knives, saws, scalpels, and forceps and always cut away from

your body. 3. Make sure knives, saws, and scalpels are sharp. 4. Use caution when handling fish. Use puncture resistance gloves to avoid cuts from

fish spines, teeth, and gill plates. 5. Proper lifting techniques shall be used. Get help or use equipment if necessary. 6. Provide adequate ventilation and use caution when preserving biological samples

with chemicals. 7. Be aware of slippery floors and dissecting tools from contact with fish body fluids

and tissue. 8. Use caution when operating any electrical equipment in wet environments. Ensure

that electrical equipment is properly grounded and utilize a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter power source.

9. Wash hands with soap or waterless cleanser upon completion of the task. 10. Clean and disinfect equipment after use. 11. Disinfect any minor cuts or injuries caused by handling fish. 12. Report any injuries at once to supervisor and safety officer. 13. Review this SOP on an annual basis.


179

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-4: Crustacean Tagging FO-17: Marine Life Research and Sampling Effective Date:



180


Safe Operating Procedures: Drift Removal Activities and Inspection Hazard Review Traffic Unstable Footing Swinging Objects Communication Difficulties Drowning Rigging Slips, Trips, Falls Crushing Hidden Hazards Water Vessel Cuts Biohazards High Heat and Humidity Swift Water and Currents Flooding Poisonous Snakes, Insects, Plants 1. Review Safe Operating Practices for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks. 2. Park in areas that: provide safe entrance and exit of the work area; do not create

potential conflicts with other vehicles and equipment operating in the work area. 3. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. 4. Avoid walking and working under suspended loads. 5. Employees on foot must use extreme caution to stay clear of operating equipment.

Always establish eye contact with the operator before approaching equipment. 6. Proper lifting techniques shall be used. Get help or use equipment if necessary. 7. Be aware of escape routes in case of emergency. 8. Be aware of loose materials, tripping hazards and unstable footing on brush, logs

and other drift material. Keep walk spaces and work areas free from loose materials or tools.

9. Be aware of health hazards associated with septic waste that may have entered the

waterway. 10. Allow ample space for each employee to work safely. Be aware of other employees

in the work areas. 11. Be aware of poisonous plants, insects and snakes. It is a good practice to wear

long sleeve shirts, gloves, and high-top boots when hazards cannot be avoided.


181

12. Review Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all hazardous materials being used and/or those that may be encountered.

13. Dispose of waste materials properly. Use gloves when handling treated lumber. 14. Be aware of pinch points and crushing hazards. 15. Employees should wash hands before eating, drinking or smoking. 16. Do not leave tools or materials in areas where vibration or wave action could cause

them to fall. 17. Maintain communications between employees at all times. 18. Be alert to swinging loads and loads suddenly being snatched due to tensile load

from cable and winch. 19. Be aware that swift-moving currents can cause a sudden increase in load on cable

and boom if attached to material that breaks free from the drift pile. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-8: First Aid GN-9: Flagging Traffic GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control JA-7: Hoisting/Jacking SA-11: Rigging SP-2: Crane/Dragline SP-10: Tractors, Backhoe and Loader, Crawler, Mower SP-16: Work Boat TA-13: Hand Tools (power and Manual) Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added Currents to Hazard Review List. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


182


Safe Operation Procedures: Electroshock Boat Operation Hazard Review Electrocution Burns Slips, Trips, and Falls Please refer to the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information. Specific NCDMF section policies regarding personal protective equipment requirements are included at the end of general safety policy GN-21. 1. Make sure everyone is familiar with the electro shocking processes and how the

safety pedals work. 2. Ensure emergency shutoff is working on generator.

3. Rubber boots should be worn at all times.

4. Rubber gloves should be worn at all times. 5. Keep hands and feet out of the water when current is running. 6. Confirm that individuals in the immediate area are clear prior to energizing the

electroshock equipment.

7. Beware of heat generated from generator. 8. Notify supervisor of any serious injuries.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-8: First Aid FO-17: Marine Life Research and Sampling SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat SP-9: Marine Vessels – Research Vessel (Certified & Non Certified)


183

Effective Date:



184


Safe Operating Procedures: Environmental Assessment Activities and Inspection Hazard Review Hazardous Materials Toxic Chemicals Uneven Terrain Unknown/Unlabeled Substances Traffic Overhead Loads Moving Equipment Slip, Trip, Fall Temperature Extremes Stockpile/Trench Collapse Confined Space Waterborne Reptiles Poisonous Insects, Plants, Snakes 1. All posted Safety Data Sheets (SDS) should be read and followed. 2. Wear appropriate personal protection equipment (PPE) consistent with the hazard.

Protective clothing, respirators, and other equipment may be required. 3. Avoid working under suspended loads. Wear hard hats around backhoes, cranes

and excavators. 4. Evaluate site and where applicable, follow Excavation, Trenching and Shoring

Standards. 5. All employees shall be trained in the proper procedures for handling hazardous

materials. 6. All employees must follow established procedures for entering confined spaces. 7. Beware of containers with unknown and/or unlabeled substances. Accidental

mixing of waste materials could cause a chemical reaction resulting in fire, explosion or atmospheric release of toxic vapors. Be alert for heat buildup, vapors, rumbling noises, leaks, dampness, unusual debris, and strange odors caused by airborne contaminants.

8. Park in areas that: provide safe entrance and exit of work area; do not create potential conflicts with other vehicles/equipment operating in the work area.

9. Employees on foot must use caution to stay clear of operating equipment. Always establish eye contact with the operator before approaching equipment.

10. Be aware of loose material, drop-off, tripping hazards, uneven ground, and other obstructions.


185

11. Take extra precautions to prevent heat and cold stress when working in extremely hot and cold temperatures.

12. Be aware of escape routes in case of emergency.

13. All work shall be performed in well-ventilated areas. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation EA-5: Evacuations SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage Effective Date:



186


Safe Operating Procedures: Fence Installation and Maintenance Hazard Review Moving Traffic Moving Equipment Slip, Trip and Fall Loose Wire and Fabric Ends Overcrowding of Workers Animals Poisonous Plants, Insects, Snakes 1. Review Safe Operating Practices for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks. 2. If the fence line has exposure to traffic, determine any traffic control needs from the

Work Zone Safety Handbook. Refer to US Department of Transportation website: www.usdot.gov

3. Park in areas that: provide safe entrance and exit of the work area; do not create potential conflicts with other vehicles and equipment operating in the work area; and provide maximum protection for workers getting in and out of the vehicles.


5. Be aware of escape routes in case of emergency. It is a good practice to work

facing oncoming traffic/equipment while on foot.

6. Employees on foot must use extreme caution to stay clear of operating equipment. Always establish eye contact with operator before approaching equipment.

7. Allow ample space for each employee to work safely.

8. Be alert to wire and posts that are under tension.

9. Be alert to sharp or jagged edges and splinters when handling fence posts and wire. Gloves are recommended.

10. Be aware of poisonous plants, insects, snakes, animals, animal waste products, and carcasses. It is a good practice to wear long sleeve shirts, gloves, and high-top boots when hazards cannot be avoided.

11. Employees should wash hands before eating, drinking or smoking.

http://www.usdot.gov/


187

12. Avoid walking and working under suspended loads. Wear hard hat when working around equipment.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-4: Domestic and Wild Animals GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-23: Poisonous Snakes, Insects, and Plants FO-11: Hand Removal of Vegetation FO-13: Inmate Labor SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SP-10: Tractors, Backhoe and Loader, Crawler, Mower SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanics, Field Operations and Maintenance, Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer TA-5: Chain Saw and All-Purpose Cut-Off Saw TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Referenced DOT website. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


188


Safe Operating Procedures: Hand Removal Of Vegetation During Activities and Inspection Hazard Review Chain Saws Sharp Edged Tools Slip, Trip and Fall Thorns Unwieldy Brush Utility Lines Overcrowding of Workers Moving Equipment Animals Poisonous Plants, Snakes, Insects 1. Review Safe Operating Practices for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks. 2. Determine if any traffic control needs are necessary. If so, utilize the Work Zone

Safety Handbook. 3. Park in areas that: provide safe entrance and exit to the work area. Do not create

potential conflicts with other vehicles and equipment operating in the work area and provide maximum protection for workers getting in and out of vehicles.

4. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Hearing, face and eye protection, and chaps are required when using chain saws or chippers. The use of worker leg protection is required when operating chain saw.

5. Cut and stack brush in pieces that are easily handled to avoid back injuries.

6. Utilize appropriate mechanical means when moving large quantities of brush.



9. Stay clear of equipment operating in your work area. Always establish eye contact with operator before approaching equipment.

10. Chain saw and chipper operators must be trained and qualified.

11. Use caution when handling tools with sharp edges. Gloves are required when sharpening tools.


189

12. Be aware of loose material, excavation drop-off, tripping hazards, uneven ground and other obstructions.

13. Do not cut limbs that may contact overhead utility lines. Observe and stay clear of overhead utilities.

14. Tree-trimming which would require climbing shall only be performed by a specialist or with the assistance of a bucket truck.

15. Use extreme care when cutting trees, brush, etc. that are under stress, e.g., ice conditions.

16. Use appropriate disposal procedures for removed vegetation. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-18: Noise Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-23: Poisonous Snakes, Insects, and Plants GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanics, Field Operations and Maintenance, Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer TA-5: Chain Saw and All-Purpose Cut-Off Saw Effective Date:



190


Safe Operating Procedures: Herbicide and Other Spraying Operations Hazard Review Moving Traffic Low/High Pressure Hoses Uneven Ground Slip, Trip and Fall Restricted-Use Chemicals Temperature Extremes Moving Equipment Poisonous Plants, Insects, Snakes Animals Vapors 1. Review Safe Operating Practices for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks. 2. Ensure that individuals applying pesticides have the proper license to do so. 3. Read product labels, Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and pest control recommendations

before handling chemicals. The documents are required to be at application site. 4. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard and as

directed by your supervisor. Wear all additional equipment required by chemical labeling and the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Impermeable gloves, boots, coveralls, and face shields are required when handling pesticides.

5. For vehicular applications, park in areas that provide safe entrance and exit of the work area; do not create potential conflicts with other vehicles and equipment operating in the work area; and provide maximum protection for workers getting in and out of the vehicles.

6. Where there is exposure to vehicular traffic, determine traffic control needs from the

MUTCD's Work Zone Safety Handbook.

7. Refer to instructions and labels for applying or mixing chemicals.

8. Make sure soap and water, or approved hand cleaners are available at work site.

9. Do not exceed recommended pressure for applicators, check for wear and tear on hoses, and make sure pressure regulator is working. Test pump and system and calibrate prior to adding chemicals.

10. Employees on foot must use extreme caution to stay clear of operating equipment. Always establish eye contact with operator before approaching equipment.


191


12. Take extra precautions to prevent heat and cold stress when working in extremely hot or cold temperatures.

13. When operating spray trucks off roadway, be aware of hidden objects in grass and unstable terrain.

14. Be aware of poisonous plants, insects, snakes, animals, and animal waste products and carcasses. It is a good practice to wear long sleeve shirts, gloves and high-top boots when hazards cannot be avoided.

15. Be aware of escape routes in case of emergency.

16. Before backing vehicle, make sure area is clear and use an observer when available.

17. Communicate with employees, visitors, and traffic about ongoing spray activities. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-18: Noise Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-23: Poisonous Snakes, Insects, and Plants GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SP-11: Tractor, Wheel SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanics, Field Operations and Maintenance, Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer Effective Date:



192


Safe Operating Procedures: Inmate Labor

Hazard Review

Poisonous Plants, Snakes and Insects Moving Traffic Hazardous Materials Moving Equipment Slip, Trip and Fall Temperature Extremes

1. Only employees who have been trained and designated by the N.C. Department of

Correction as a Custodial Agent should supervise inmates.

2. Community service personnel should be supervised only by employees who have been trained to do so.

3. Supervisors shall be made aware of and follow security requirements involving the

use of inmate/community service labor.

4. Inmate/community service personnel shall wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Hard hats, safety shoes, safety glasses and vests are typical of the required standard equipment for field work.

5. Determine if traffic control is necessary for the worksite. If so, establish one

consistent with your training and as noted in the MUTCD. (Traffic control needs for medium custody inmate labor operations is the responsibility of the N.C. Department of Correction.)

6. Inmates used as flaggers shall be trained in proper flagging procedures. They shall

also be required to wear inmate labeled safety vests and hard hats with orange covers.

7. Supervisors shall verify that inmates are capable and qualified on each type of

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated by them. 8. No inmate shall be allowed to ride anywhere except in the cab when the vehicle is

in motion, unless the vehicle is designed to accommodate an individual outside the cab.

9. Inmates/community service labor shall wear seat belts and/or shoulder harnesses

as provided. 10. When entering or exiting equipment, use steps and handholds provided. Do not

jump from vehicle.


193

11. Inmates shall be trained in the use of workshop tools and equipment before using them.

12. Inmates/Community Service personnel used for office settings and environments

shall be supervised at all times. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-23: Poisonous Snakes, Insects, and Plants GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanics, Field Operations and Maintenance, Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer TA-5: Chain Saw and All-Purpose Cut-Off Saw TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual)

Effective Date:



194


Safe Operating Procedures: Inspections Hazard Review Personal Protective Equipment Moving Equipment Slip, Trip and Fall Temperature Extremes Explosives Overhead Loads Poisonous Snakes/Plants/Insects Animals 1. Review Safe Operating Procedures for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks.

2. Check to ensure signing and traffic control is in accordance with project traffic control plans.

3. Park in areas that: provide safe entrance and exit of the area; do not create

potential conflicts with other vehicles and equipment operating in the work area; and provide maximum protection for workers getting in and out of the vehicles.

4. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard, i.e.,

visibility, noise, dust.

5. Avoid walking and working under suspended loads. Hard hats must be worn when working around backhoes, cranes, excavators, etc.

6. Be aware of guidelines for proper trenching and excavation. Do not enter areas

inadequately protected from cave-ins.

7. Be aware of contractor's timetable when he is using explosives. Review Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for concrete.

8. Employees on foot must use extreme caution to stay clear of operating equipment.

Always establish eye contact with operator before approaching equipment.


10. Be aware of loose material, excavation drop-off, tripping hazards, uneven ground, and other obstructions. Use caution on catwalks, beams, girders, and scaffolding. Use extra caution when walking on epoxy-coated steel.

11. Be aware of poisonous plants, insects, snakes, animals, animal waste products,

and carcasses. It is a good practice to wear long sleeve shirts, gloves and high-top boots when hazards cannot be avoided.


195

12. Take extra precautions to prevent heat and cold stress when working in extremely hot or cold temperatures. Reflection of sun from concrete intensifies force. Use proper sunscreen.

13. When performing inspection duties, note the location and proximity of construction

equipment. If working in equipment blind spots, make sure contractor's personnel know you are there.

Related SOPs / Documents:

GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control TA-22: Scaffolding Effective Date:



196


Safe Operating Procedures: Litter Pickup Hazard Review Moving Traffic Overcrowding of Workers Irate Customer Poisonous Plants/Insects/ Snakes Slip, Trip, and Fall Animals Unknown/Unlabeled Substances Hidden/Sharp or Broken Objects 1. Review Safe Operating Practices for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks. 2. If vehicular traffic in the area, determine the traffic control needs from the Work

Zone Safety Handbook. 3. Park in areas that provide safe entrance and exit of the work area; do not create


4. When the litter pickup activity is beside a roadway, the litter pickup vehicle shall be

located on the same side of the roadway as litter collection personnel and out of the travel lanes. For roadways, avoid crossing travel lanes for litter pickup where possible.

5. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. This

includes, but is not limited to, work gloves, safety glasses/goggles depending upon weather conditions, reflective vest when working on or near the shoulder of the road or around other equipment, litter pickup tool.

6. Take extra precautions to prevent heat and cold stress when working in extremely

hot or cold temperatures. 7. Be aware of poisonous plants, insects, snakes, animals, and animal waste products

and carcasses. It is a good practice to wear long sleeve shirts, gloves and high-top boots when hazards cannot be avoided.

8. Be aware of escape routes in case of emergency. It is a good practice to face

oncoming traffic while on foot. 9. Be aware of loose material, excavation drop-off, tripping hazards, uneven ground,

and other obstructions. 10. Allow ample space for each employee to work safely.


197

11. Place tools in safe position so that sharp points are not exposed. 12. Be aware of hidden obstructions that may have sharp edges and broken glass,

especially in grassy and picnic areas. 13. Properly identify material or object before handling. For unknown possible

hazardous materials notify proper authorities. 14. Use caution when handling trash bags containing broken or sharp objects 15. Place trash bags where they can be easily retrieved and clear of roadway traffic. 16. Use proper lifting techniques when loading trash bags. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanics, Field Operations and Maintenance, Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer Effective Date:



198


Safe Operating Procedures: Exhibit Maintenance - General Hazard Review Temperature Extremes Animals Uneven Ground Slip, Trip and Fall Electric Shock Cuts and Abrasions Poisonous Plants/ Insects/ Hand and Power Tools Crushing Injuries Exposure to Chemicals / Fertilizers 1. Review Safe Operating Practices for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks.

2. Conduct a hazard review just prior to beginning the work. Always ensure work area is clear of any hazards before beginning work. Note any moving equipment in use in the area and avoid working in or near it.

3. Ensure that all animals are secured off from the exhibit before entering.

4. Notify keepers before going into exhibit area, or before accessing exhibit rock

pockets/ planters.

5. Verify with keepers that all energized wires located in your work area of the exhibit are turned off and locked out or tagged out while you are working in the area.

6. Always wear appropriate safety equipment consistent with the hazards and for the

task being performed or equipment being operated (Safety shoes, hearing protection, gloves, eye protection, etc.). Wear leather gloves and shoes with good traction when accessing rock pockets/ planters. Impermeable gloves, boots, coveralls, and face shields are required when handling pesticides.

7. When climbing rocks or wall above six (6) feet, proper fall protection must be used.

Employees must be trained on fall protection techniques prior to being allowed to work above 6 feet.

8. Always work with a spotter when working on ladders or rocks.

9. When operating equipment in an exhibit, always be aware of others and your

surroundings.

10. Utilize two-way communication devices (i.e., radios, cell phone) when entering/exiting and working in exhibit areas.


199

11. Always keep walking area clear of trip hazards such as water hoses and tool.

12. Use caution when pruning to ensure all persons are clear before making cuts.

13. Use caution around electrical cords and outlets especially when watering and

pruning to prevent electrical shock.

14. Refer to instructions and labels for applying or mixing chemicals. Read product labels, Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and chemical and pesticide handling instructions before mixing or using. The documents are required to be readily available at the application site. All chemicals and fertilizers shall be stored, used and disposed of with caution and in accordance with the manufacturer’s directions to prevent exposure and contamination.

15. Ensure that individuals applying pesticides have the proper license to do so.

16. Make sure soap and water, or approved hand cleaners are available at work site.

17. Do not exceed recommended pressure for applicators, check for wear and tear on

hoses, and make sure pressure regulator is working. Test pump and system and calibrate prior to adding chemicals.


Always establish eye contact with operator before approaching equipment.


20. Take extra precautions to prevent heat and cold stress when working in extremely

hot or cold temperatures.


22. Be aware of escape routes in case of unexpected animal release.

23. Communicate with employees, visitors and traffic about ongoing spray activities.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage


200

TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) TA-18: Ladder Effective Date:



201


Safe Operation Procedures: Marine Life Research and Seafood House Sampling

Hazard Review Cuts/Scrapes Bites Adverse Weather Drowning Poisonous Plants/Animals Slip, Trip, and Fall Back Injuries Inclement Weather Punctures 1. Familiarize yourself with and follow safe boating operations. 2. Know the area and be cautious of where you are working. 3. Be aware of wet floors, lines, and nets onboard the vessel and stay clear of them. 4. Properly lift heavy equipment. Get help and use mechanical devices whenever

available for items too heavy for lifting. 5. Wear proper eye protection and sunscreen while on the water. 6. Beware of lines and nets on board the vessel and stay clear of them.

7. Wear clothing not susceptible to being caught in sampling gear. 8. Remove all jewelry. 9. Be familiar with finfish and shellfish that may yield potential hazards (stings, bites,

punctures). Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) or other devices to avoid direct contact when handling them.

10. Use caution when handling dangerous marine species like sharks, stingrays,

jellyfish, Portuguese man-of-war, lionfish, etc. Use protective gloves and clothing. 11. Know the day-to-day operations of seafood houses to avoid injury. 12. Be aware of wet floors. 13. Notify supervisor of any serious injuries. 14. Review this SOP at least annually.


202

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat SP-9: Marine Vessel – Research Vessels (Certified and Non Certifies) Effective Date:



203


Safe Operating Procedures: Marine Observer Safety Hazard Review Cold Weather Injury Hot Weather Injury Rigging Equipment Cuts Inclement Weather Slip, Trip, and Fall Drowning The following are guidelines/requirements for the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). It is not possible to list every instance where PPE is required so it shall be the Supervisor's responsibility to exercise prudent judgment to determine if additional protective equipment is necessary and to ensure that the appropriate equipment is worn. The failure to wear appropriate PPE could result in disciplinary action. *Please refer to GN-21 and GN-22 on personal protective equipment and the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information. Specific NCDMF sections’ PPE requirements follow GN-21. 1. Ask the Captain if there is anything to be aware of regarding safety issues prior to

getting underway.

2. Wear non-slip boots.

3. Carry a Personal Floatation Device (PFD) and wear at all times while on the water All non-section personnel must comply with section policy when either underway on fisherman's vessel or section vessels by wearing appropriate PFD.

4. Beware of lines and nets on board the vessel and stay clear of them.

5. Wear button-less clothing. 6. Remove all jewelry. 7. Be familiar with area observing in and be able to navigate area. 8. Be Certified in CPR and First Aid. 9. Notify supervisor of any injuries immediately.


204

10. Be aware of the location of firefighting equipment, PFD's, operation of winches, and all safety matters during first hours of cruise.

11. Review all guidelines pertaining to the vessel class and size. 12. Review this SOP at least annually.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-17: Marine Life Research and Sampling FO-22: Marine Vessel Shore Facilities FO-24: Personal Floatation Devices (PFD) SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat SP-9: Marine Vessel – Research Vessels (Certified and Non Certified) Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Moved #7 and made it Number 1. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. Additions to # 3 and 9. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


205


Safe Operating Procedures: Marine Vessel Emergency Signal Device Training Hazard Review Adverse Weather Man Overboard Hazardous Materials Flooding Fog/Smoke Boat Safety Outside Responders Inclement Weather Nighttime Response High Winds 1. The purpose of this training is to establish a unified method to train employees on

the proper handling and deploying of emergency signaling devices.

2. This training will be held during safety week of each year or as needed.

3. Review Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) for applicable tools, instruments, and equipment that you may use and perform pre-operational checks. Make sure all emergency and warning lighting is working.

4. Supervisors are to ensure that all employees who work on state owned boats/vessels are properly trained to deploy emergency signaling devices.

5. Prior to training, notify the US Coast Guard and local emergency authorities. 6. It is the responsibility of the employee/vessel operator to ensure that once training

has been attained that this training continues to be conducted on an annual basis.

7. Make sure all crewmembers are aware of the storage of these devices and that if expired, remove from service.

8. Make sure expiration date on flares is checked and time use has not elapsed. Important: All expired flares must be removed from all vessels.

9. Plan for adequate supervision at the worksite during training.

10. Determine traffic control needs from the Work Zone Safety Handbook.

11. Wear personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard and as directed by

your supervisor. Ensure that you are properly trained on the PPE you may use, prior to exposure to the hazard. PPE includes, but is not limited to, proper eye, foot, hand and body protection; appropriate respiratory and hearing protection where air contaminants and noise hazards exist.


206

12. Trainers can be employees with prior experience handling these type devices

especially; Marine Patrol Officers, former Coast Guard personnel or Boat Captains. The goal is to have a trainer in each section and satellite offices.


Always establish eye contact with the operator before approaching equipment. 14. Initial training will be performed at Morehead City by any of the above experienced

individuals. 15. Take extra precautions to prevent heat and cold stress when working in extremely

hot or cold conditions.

16. If you have any questions, contact your section’s safety representative or the Division Safety Coordinator.

17. This Document is to be reviewed annually. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-14: Inspections FO-18: Marine Observer Safety FO-20: Marine Vessel Emergency Signal Device - Disposal EA-10: Emergency Response Teams SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Added #17. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


207


Safe Operating Procedures: Marine Vessel Emergency Signal Device: Disposal of Flares Hazard Review Hazardous Materials High Winds Boat Safety 1. The purpose of this training is to establish a unified method throughout the division

for disposal of expired emergency signal devices.

2. From time to time the division finds itself in the position of having expired emergency signaling devices. These devices are classified as hazardous material and must be disposed of properly. In order to provide a standard procedure for disposing of the expired emergency signal devices, the following procedures shall be established.

3. This training will be held during safety week of each year or as needed.

4. Review Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) for applicable tools, instruments, and equipment that you may use and perform pre-operational checks. Make sure all emergency and warning lighting is working.

5. Supervisors are to conduct inspections to ensure employees are adhering to this policy.

6. It is the responsibility of the vessel operator to ensure that all emergency signaling devices are within the manufactured expiration date.

7. If expired, remove from vessel. Replace with new emergency signaling devices and store in a dry box to meet the minimal federal and state carriage requirements.

8. Important: All expired flares must be removed from all vessels.

9. Disposal of the expired emergency signaling devices must be delivered to Morehead City warehouse to ensure proper disposal.

10. The expired flares will be placed in a secure metal container separate from other hazardous materials and will be used for training purposes only.

11. Under no circumstances are emergency signal devices to be disposed of by placing them in any trash or dumpster.


208

12. Wear personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard and as directed by your supervisor. Ensure that you are properly trained on the PPE you may use, prior to exposure to the hazard. PPE includes, but is not limited to, proper eye, foot, hand and body protection; appropriate respiratory and hearing protection where air contaminants and noise hazards exist.

13. If you have any questions, contact your section’s safety representative or the Division Safety Coordinator.

14. This SOP is to be reviewed annually. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-14: Inspections FO-18: Marine Observer Safety FO-20: Marine Vessel Emergency Signal Device - Disposal EA-10: Emergency Response Teams SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage Effective Date:



209


Safe Operating Procedures: Marine Vessel Field Maintenance Hazard Review Trailers Lifting Welding/Cutting Hazardous Waste Hand Tools Air Compressor Vehicle Safety Sharp Edged Tools 1. The following equipment should be inspected prior to trailering: Trailer Wiring

Harness, Safety Chains, Lighting Plugs, Hitch Components, Breakaway Lever, Tire Pressure, Wheel Nut Torque, Exterior Lighting, Brake Lights, Blinkers, Coupler and Latch.


Hearing protection shall be worn in designated areas. 3. Don’t ever detach the trailer on a grade. 4. Confined spaces must be well ventilated prior to entry and assessed for

atmospheric hazards by a certified competent person. Never enter a confined space without a standby observer.

5. Be aware of loose objects, slippery decks, tripping hazards, uneven deck coamings,

"head-bangers" and other obstructions. Always use handrails when ascending or descending ladders.

6. Always stand on rubber padding when working around switch boxes and electrical

panels. Use and follow lockout/tagout procedures where conditions and policies dictate their use.

7. Read product labels, Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and manufacturer’s labels before

handling chemicals. Hazardous materials should be properly stored and must be in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines.

8. Proper lifting techniques shall be used. Get help or use equipment if necessary. 9. De-energize, de-pressurize systems prior to repair using lockout tagout procedures. 10. Accessory equipment (welders, forklifts, boom truck, and torches) shall be operated

in a safe manner as established in applicable training programs and manufacturer’s guidelines.


210

11. When using air tools and compressed air for cleaning, never bypass or alter the

pressure reducing system. 12. Check pressurized piping, hoses, tanks, steering systems, etc. for unsafe conditions

prior to work. 13. Use the right tool for the job. Replace worn or broken tools such as cracked

hammer handles and mushrooming chisel heads. Never surpass a pneumatic tool's recommended air pressure. Tools shall be kept sharp and handled in such a way that, if a slip occurs, the direction of force will be away from the body.

14. Be aware of fire extinguishers and PFD locations. Check routinely to make sure

that they are working properly. Follow good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fire.

15. When cleaning parts, use only approved cleaning materials in a well-ventilated

area. 16. Drivers shall perform a pre-operational check of their vehicle. Be familiar with

operator’s manual 17. To prevent slippage, tools shall be kept sharp and handled in such a way that, if a

slip occurs, the direction of force will be away from the body. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-26: Vehicle Operation JA-23: Welding, Arc FO-14: Inspections SA-8: High Pressure Hoses TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:



211


Safe Operating Procedures: Marine Vessel Shore Facilities Hazard Review Cold Weather Injury Hot Weather Injury Rigging Equipment Cuts Inclement Weather Slip, Trip, and Fall Drowning Electrocution/Electric Shock Oil Pollution Pinch Points Crushing Injuries Fire Lifting Flying Particles Hand and Power Tools Structural Failure (Load Capacity) 1. Be aware of hardware components that cut, crush, bend, shear, pinch, wrap, pull

and puncture. Such hazards are associated with components that move in circular, transverse (single direction), or reciprocating (back and forth) motion.

2. Read product labels, Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and manufacture’s labels before

handling chemicals. Hazardous materials should be properly stored and must be in accordance with manufacture’s guidelines.

3. Before using power tools, inspect for frayed or cut wiring, loose connections and

proper grounding.

4. Provide adequate ventilation when painting or when cleaning with chemicals.

5. Know where electrical shut off switches are located in case of an emergency. Know types of power sources available.

6. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with hazard.

7. If re-fueling operations are allowed make sure that provider has a contingence plan

in effect in case of an oil spillage.

8. Be aware of fire extinguishers, alarm and hose locations. Check routinely to make sure they are working properly.

9. Know and follow good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fires and slips,

trips, and falls. 10. Be aware of the location of life safety equipment at the shore facility.


212


12. As conditions warrant, wear rubber soled shoe wear and outerwear. 13. Know electrical requirements for your vessel as it relates to shore tie services. 14. Know the structure integrity (missing pilings/fender systems) of fueling facilities. 15. Ensure that your vessel is properly moored/secured in case of adverse weather

conditions and tidal differences. 16. Pay close attention to all signs and comply accordingly, particularly weight

limitations of facility. 17. Make sure vessel's overboard discharge are properly secured to prevent oil spills. 18. Have available oil boom in case of an oil spill and notify appropriate personnel in

case a spill occurs. 19. Make sure facility is properly secured after work hours and on holidays and

weekends to prevent unauthorized use. 20. Know where to secure shore power/water services at facility in case of an

emergency. 21. Notified proper authorities of any unauthorized use. 22. Inform facility manager of any discrepancies. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-6: Fuel Station Operation SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage


213

Effective Date:



214


Safe Operating Procedures: Personal Computer Repair and Maintenance (DEQ – ITS) Hazard Review Eye Injury Electric Shock Lifting Cuts Exposed Computer Wiring Slip, Trip, and Fall Cramped Working Spaces Strains from Reaching Non Hygienic Equipment Work Surfaces Safety is a key issue when working with computers. Many computers are damaged and people are injured by not using correct safety procedures when repairing computers. One should learn and implement safety at all times when working with computers. Also, for one to repair a computer, many times one must disassemble and reassemble the computer to perform the task. One should have a basic knowledge of computer disassembly and reassembly before attempting to solve internal computer problems. 1. Conduct Hazard Review and Identify Potential Hazards. Take steps to eliminate or

minimize the hazard. Please refer to the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information.

2. Use stepladder to reach high work locations. 3. Power off the server before working on it. Unplug the equipment from its power

supply, where feasible. 4. Utilize lockout-tagout practices consistent with DEQ safety policy on lockout-tagout. 5. Get assistance when lifting equipment onto the rack. 6. Use lifting device hand truck to move equipment. 7. Avoid working in cramped areas. When possible, relocate equipment that is closely

situated around the work area where the maintenance is to be performed. 8. Wear protective glasses, gloves and clothing consistent with the hazard or as

directed by your supervisor. 9. For unkempt and unclean equipment, utilize a liquid antiseptic on the equipment

prior to initiating the work.


215

10. Clean hands with waterless cleaner or soap and water after repairs. 11. Do not insert pencils or other implements in floppy disk drives, to avoid damage to

the drives. 12. Avoid blocking air vents to prevent overheating. 13. Position keyboards to prevent bumping or dropping them off the work surface. 14. Do not attempt to repair the monitor. Most manufacturers advise repair by

authorized service technicians only. 15. Use only a soft cloth for cleaning the monitor screen.

Electrostatic Discharge Electrostatic discharge ESD relates to static charges built up on the human body or clothes. During dry climates (or Santa Ana Wind Conditions), charges of several hundred volts can build up. When transferred to a vulnerable component like MOS (Metal Oxide Semi-conductor) or CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semi-conductor) may overcharge and therefore damage the component, sometimes not verifiable for several months. First BOND with the equipment before beginning work on any electronic ground system (A+ says - touch the metal (not coated metal) chassis nearest the power supply). Once bonded with the chassis, (discharging any static body charges to the metal chassis) you may touch any part or device in the system without fear of transferring ESD to components.

• To avoid ESD build-up, use wrist straps, shoe straps or ESD mats on/in the work area, always bond (discharge through a grounding system) prior to touching ESD sensitive components.

• When working on or around electrical equipment use common sense - not

horseplay.

• Locate the Electrical shutoff switch on each bench or common area before beginning work on electronic equipment.

• Never touch another person who is receiving an electric shock - FIRST SHUT

OFF PRIMARY POWER.

• If an electric shock should occur, treat for shock and fill out an accident report using I.E.I. procedures, regardless of how minor the accident.

• Electric shock as little as 20 milliamperes (20 thousandth’s of an ampere) can

kill if sustained by the heart.


216

• A five-volt power supply used in the computer is capable of delivering over 10 amperes of current; so don’t let the small number e.g. 5v fool you. 10 amperes is equivalent to 10,000 milliamperes or 500 times more deadly than the human heart can sustain for even a short period of time.

Notify supervisor of any serious injuries. Related SOPs / Documents: NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website. GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-3: Electrical Installations/Repairs Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Referenced NCDMF Hazard Assessment and

PPE Program. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


217


Safe Operating Procedures: Personal Floatation Devices Hazard Review Hypothermia Drowning Slips, Trips, and Falls The following are guidelines/requirements for the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). It is not possible to list every instance where PPE is required so it shall be the Supervisor's responsibility to exercise prudent judgment to determine if additional protective equipment is necessary and to ensure that the appropriate equipment is worn. The failure to wear appropriate PPE could result in disciplinary action. *Please refer to GN-21 and GN-22 on personal protective equipment and the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information. 1. All boat must carry one wearable Personal Floatation Device (PFD) (Type I, II, II or

V) for each person onboard. Inflatable PFDs are not recognized as wearable when not in use.


3. All PFDs must be readily accessible.

4. All PFDs must be in good and serviceable condition.



7. Cold weather Floatation suits should be available during cold weather vessel operation.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement


218

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. Additions made to #1. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


219


Safe Operating Procedures: Picnic Area Maintenance

Hazard Review Caustic Cleaning Agents Poisonous Plants/Insects/Snakes Slip, Trip and Fall Power Tool Operation Lifting Sharp Edged Tools Animals Hidden/Sharp or Broken Objects 1. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. This

includes, but is not limited to, rubber/latex gloves when using chemicals/cleaners, leather work gloves, and eye protection (glasses, goggles or face shield).

2. Be aware of poisonous plants, insects, snakes, animals, and animal waste products

and carcasses. It is a good practice to wear long sleeve shirts, gloves, and high-top boots when hazards cannot be avoided.

3. Be aware of loose or slippery materials, tripping hazards, and other obstructions.

Take appropriate measures to eliminate them. 4. Place tools in safe position so that sharp points are not exposed. 5. Be aware that there may be hidden obstructions with sharp edges and broken

glass, especially in grassy areas and trash receptacles. 6. Use caution when handling trash bags as they can contain broken or sharp

objects. 7. Proper lifting techniques shall be used. Get help or use equipment when item

exceeds your safe lifting capacity. 8. Review product labels and Safety Data Sheets (SDS) before using any caustic

cleaning or sanitizing chemicals. 9. Keep sidewalks and picnic area floors free from obstructions and ice and snow

during inclement weather. 10. Use appropriate warning signs when mopping, waxing floors, and hosing down the

picnic pad area.


220

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-23: Poisonous Snakes, Insects, and Plants SP-5: Lawn Mower TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:



221


Safe Operating Procedures: Planting and Plant Bed Maintenance Hazard Review Moving Traffic Moving Equipment Lifting Poisonous Plants/Insects/Snakes Temperature Extremes Flying Particles Restricted-Use Chemicals Uneven Ground Animals Overcrowding Of Workers 1. Review Safe Operating Practices for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks. 2. If exposed to moving traffic, determine traffic control needs from the Work Zone

Safety Handbook located on the US Department of Transportation website. 3. Park in areas that: provide safe entrance and exit of the work area; do not create


4. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) consistent with the hazard. 5. Employees on foot must use extreme caution to stay clear of operating equipment.

Always establish eye contact with operator before approaching equipment. 6. Proper lifting techniques shall be used. Get help or use equipment if necessary. 7. Be aware of escape routes in case of emergency. It is a good practice to face

oncoming traffic while on foot. 8. Be aware of loose material, excavation drop-off, tripping hazards, uneven ground,

and other obstructions. 9. Allow ample space for each employee to work safely. 10. Take extra precautions to prevent heat and cold stress when working in extremely

hot or cold temperatures. 11. Be aware of poisonous plants, insects, snakes, animals, animal waste products,

and carcasses. It is a good practice to wear long sleeve shirts, gloves, and high-top boots when hazards cannot be avoided.


222

12. Watch for flying sand, fertilizer and mulch during seeding and mulching operation. Be aware of wind direction and try to work upwind. Eye protection should be worn.

13. When operating trucks and other equipment off of the roadway, be aware that there

may be hidden objects in the grass and unstable terrain. 14. Read product labels, Safety Data Sheets (SDS), and pest control recommendation

before handling pesticides. The documents are required to be at application site. 15. Before backing, make sure area is clear and use an observer when available. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-5: Equipment Mounting and Dismounting GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-23: Poisonous Snakes, Insects, and Plants SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SP-5: Lawn Mower SP-11: Tractor, Wheel SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanic, Field Operations and Maintenance, Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Referenced DOT Website. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


223


Safe Operating Procedures: Rip Rap Installation

Hazard Review Heavy Materials Uneven and/or Unstable Footing Overcrowding of Workers Moving Equipment Poisonous Snakes/Plants/Insects Flying Particles Moving Traffic Animals 1. Review Safe Operating Procedures for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks.

2. Park in areas that: provide safe entrance and exit of the work area; do not create potential conflicts with other vehicles and equipment operating in the work area; and provide maximum protection for workers getting in and out of the vehicles.

3. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Hand, respiratory and eye protection may be required.

4. Be aware of escape routes in case of emergency. It is a good practice to work facing oncoming traffic while on foot.

5. Use proper lifting technique when moving rip rap. Get help if stones are too heavy.

6. Use gloves and handle carefully to avoid mashing fingers.

7. Watch for tripping hazards and slippery footing.

8. Allow ample space for each employee to work safely. 9. Employees on foot should stay out of the way of operating equipment until the area

is clear for handwork.


11. Watch for flying dust and fine particles when handling rip rap. Be aware of the wind direction and try to work upwind. Use eye protection when needed.

12. Rubber boots may be needed in wet ditches.


224

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-23: Poisonous Snakes, Insects, and Plants GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meeting TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanic, Field Operations and Maintenance, Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer Effective Date:



225


Safe Operating Procedures: Shipyard Painting / Marine Vessel Painting Hazard Review Noise Confined Spaces Pressurized Hoses Skin Irritation Toxic Chemicals Airless Sprayers Oxygen Deficient Atmospheres Temperature Extremes Poor Visibility Hazardous Materials Fume Solvents Slips, Trips, Falls Lifting 1. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Each

employee shall be fit-tested and instructed on the use and care of respirators. Proper protective equipment shall be worn to protect against contaminants.

2. Read product labels, Safety Data Sheets (SDS), and manufacturer’s labels before

handling chemicals. Hazardous materials should be properly stored and must be in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines.

3. Be aware of loose or slippery materials, tripping hazards, and other obstructions. Take appropriate measures to eliminate them.

4. Confined spaces must be marked. They must be well ventilated prior to entry and

checked by a certified competent person. Never enter a confined space without a standby observer. Review Confined Space SOP (SA-5).

5. Painting involves the use of high-pressure hoses that shall be inspected for defects before each use and replaced as necessary.

6. Always keep the tips of airless sprayers away from yourself or others since they can cause the injection of chemicals into the skin or eyes.

7. Accessory equipment (Man lifts, Scissors, lifts, etc.) shall be operated in a safe manner as established in applicable training programs and manufacturer's guidelines.

8. Use flashlights or appropriate supplemental lighting when working in dark, poorly lighted and/or limited work spaces


226

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-11: Hazardous Materials JA-11: Lifting/Fleeting Vessels JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops (General) JA-16: Mechanical/Abrasive Metal Cleaning JA-20: Sandblasting SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SA-8: High Pressure Hoses SA-11: Rigging TA-1: Air Compressor TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:



227


Safe Operating Procedures: Structural Steel Fabrication Hazard Review Toxic Chemicals Lifting Moving Traffic Scaffolding Utilities Noise Slip, Trip and Fall Hazardous Fumes Confined Spaces 1. Review Safe Operating Procedures for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks.

2. Determine the traffic control needs from the Work Zone Safety Handbook which is located on the US Department of Transportation website.

3. Park in areas that: provide safe entrance/exit of the work area; do not create potential conflicts with other vehicles/equipment operating in the work area; and provide maximum protection for workers getting in and out of the vehicles.

4. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Hard hats, safety shoes, safety glasses, and vests are standard required equipment.


6. Be aware of loose materials, tripping hazards, and other obstructions.


8. Be aware of poisonous plants, insects, and snakes. It is a good practice to wear long sleeve shirts, gloves, and high top boots when hazards cannot be avoided.

9. Keep walk spaces and work areas free of loose materials or tools.

10. Employees should be aware of the hazardous fumes created by welding and

cutting.

11. If working in a confined space, review and follow Safety Policy on Confined Spaces. (SA-5). Provide forced ventilation or other means to provide good air quality.

12. Review safe operating procedures for welding and cutting.


228

13. Avoid handling steel with bare hands. Steel could be hot from welding or cutting and steel slivers from drilling or other power tool cutting could puncture the skin.

14. Employees should wash hands before eating, drinking, or smoking. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-9: Flagging Traffic GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-28: Work Safety Zone and Traffic Safety JA-11: Lifting/Fleeting Vessels JA-23: Welding, Arc JA-24: Oxy-Acetylene Cutting/Welding FO-30: Structural Steel Painting SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage TA-9: Fume Hood TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) TA-22: Scaffolding Effective Date:



229


Safe Operating Procedures: Structural Steel Painting Activities and Inspection Hazard Review Toxic Chemicals Lifting Moving Traffic Scaffolding Utilities Noise Slip, Trip and Fall Confined Spaces Hazardous Fumes 1. Review Safe Operating Procedures for applicable equipment and perform pre-

operational checks.

2. Determine the traffic control needs from the Work Zone Safety Handbook located on the US Department of Transportation website.

3. Park in areas that: provide safe entrance/exit of the work area; do not create potential conflicts with other vehicles/equipment operating in the work area; and provide maximum protection for workers getting in and out of the vehicles.

4. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Hard hats, safety shoes, safety glasses, and vests are standard required equipment.

5. Avoid walking and working under suspended loads.


7. Be aware of loose materials, tripping hazards and other obstructions.


9. Locate all utilities in and near work site prior to commencing work.

10. Be aware of poisonous plants, insects, and snakes. It is a good practice to wear long sleeve shirts, gloves, and high top boots when hazards cannot be avoided.

11. Be alert to protruding nails or spikes in decks and rails.

12. Keep walk spaces and work areas free of loose materials or tools.

13. Review Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all hazardous materials being used or expected to encounter.


230

14. If working in a confined space, provide forced ventilation or use other measures to ensure good air quality.

15. Do not clean hands with pressurized air.

16. Take extra precautions to prevent heat and cold stress when working around extremely hot or cold temperatures.

17. Employees should wash hands before eating, drinking or smoking. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: First Aid GN-9: Flagging Traffic GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-28: Work Safety Zone and Traffic Safety JA-7: Hoisting/Jacking JA-11: Lifting/Fleeting Vessels FO-29: Structural Steel Fabrication SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage TA-1: Air Compressor TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) TA-22: Scaffolding Effective Date:



231


Field Law Enforcement Safe Operating Procedures (SOP)

(DEQ Safety Manual Chapter 26C)


232

Law Enforcement Policies (LE-1)

Safe Operating Procedures: Aerial Surveillance Hazard Review Inclement/Adverse Weather Drowning Cuts Microbursts Reduced Visibility Fatigue Suspect Shooting at Aircraft Confined Spaces Fuel Spills Uncharted Communication Towers Unfamiliar Airspace Slips, Trips, Falls 1. When aerial surveillance is lawfully required, pilots shall not fly lower than

necessary to properly identify activities, vessels, vehicles, locations, or persons engaged in, or suspected of involvement with the illegal activity.

2. Pilots shall not fly lower than necessary to locate missing persons, missing

equipment, or stolen items. 3. In no case shall pilots fly lower than 200 feet over persons or property in airplanes. 4. Helicopter pilots shall fly at an altitude and airspeed, which would allow avoidance

of obstacles on the surface. 5. Before conducting any flight, Pilots shall make sure the aircraft has enough fuel on

board to safely complete the mission and return to base. 6. Before conducting any flight, Pilots shall check weather conditions in the areas of

operation to ensure that the flight can be completed safely. 7. Pilots shall not attempt flight into adverse conditions. (ex. Storms, fog, poor visibility,

or high wind conditions) 8. Pilots shall exercise appropriate caution when operating in hazardous areas or

environments. Pilots shall constantly be alert for other aircraft, birds, or anything else that could constitute a hazard.

9. Before entering any restricted airspace, pilots must contact the proper controlling

agency for permission and traffic advisories. 10. When operating in the vicinity of airports, pilots shall maintain radio contact with a

controlling agency or make advisories at uncontrolled airports. 11. Anytime a pilot determines that a flight cannot be safely completed as planned, the

flight shall be terminated.


233

12. All pilots shall carefully monitor airspeed and wind direction during surveillance

operations to avoid a possible stall-spin situation. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-16: Inclement Weather Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-24: Sun Exposure SA-1: Aerial Assessment – Photography SA-2: Aerial Assessment and Surveillance SA-3: Aviation Activities – Fixed and Rotary Wing SA-4: Aviation Activities – Maintenance Effective Date:



234


Safe Operating Procedures: Firearms-General Hazard Review Death Accidental Gunshot Wounds Hearing loss Eye Injury Misfire Pinch Points Hearing Loss Damaged Equipment 1. All issued firearms should be kept secured (holster, racks, locked boxes, or

cabinets) except when used in the line of duty, for training purposes, or for maintenance or inspection purposes.

2. All issued firearms should be kept clean. Firearms should be frequently inspected

for cleanliness, damage, or deterioration due to exposure to the elements. 3. Ensure weapon is cleaned, maintained, and stored in a manner consistent with the

manufactures guidelines and division specific policies. 4. Prior to cleaning the weapon, open cylinder or chamber and inspect to verify they

are empty. 5. Be aware of, and avoid, pinch points when cleaning weapons. 6. Point weapon away from your body and others when cleaning. 7. Only clean, current issue ammunition shall be used in issued firearms. 8. Properly store and secure your weapon, consistent with training and division

specific policies while on and off duty. 9. During questioning of subjects, witnesses, keep your weapon out of their reach by

using proper interview stance. 10. If weapon damage occurs or is noticed, a division armorer shall immediately be

notified so that repairs can be made. 11. Clean, reload, and holster weapon in designated area before leaving firing range. 12. Use appropriate Personal Protective Equipment when practice firing the weapon

during on or off duty. Typically this will involve hearing and eye protection. 13. Ensure that adequate ventilation is available when firing indoors.


235

14. An officer who is assigned a weapon on a permanent basis should take appropriate steps to safely secure the weapon while he/she is off duty. (Ensure that the weapon is not left in a position that it can be accessed by non-authorized personnel, including the officer’s family and/or children).

15. Issued firearms shall not be repaired or modified in any way except by authorized

certified armorers. 16. Holsters, racks, or any other devices used to store or carry firearms should be

frequently inspected to ensure that the firearms can be safely carried or stored. 17. No one should ever handle or carry a firearm carelessly or in any manner that could

cause unintentional injury to another person or damage to property. Related SOPs / Documents: MARINE PATROL FIREARMS POLICY GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement LE-2: Firearm General Safety LE-3: Firearm Use LE-6: Law Enforcement Vehicle Emergency Responses LE-10: Training, In-Service LE-13: Weapons Training (Firearms)

Effective Date:



236


Safe Operating Procedures: Firearms Use (Handgun, Rifle, Shotgun) Hazard Review Gunshot Wound Hearing Loss Accidental Discharge Eye Injury Misfire Damaged Equipment Pinch Points Injury to Others Improper Storage 1. Understand the functioning of the firearm and its capability. 2. Always make certain that the firearm is in good working order. Follow the

manufactures instructions on maintenance and cleaning and your division's policies on cleaning and maintenance schedules.

3. Always treat firearms as if they are loaded. Never point the firearm, loaded or

unloaded, in the direction of an individual. Always point the firearm in a safe direction.

4. Only use firearms as authorized in your specific division's policies and practices. 5. In removing firearms from the holster or case, and when handling firearms, keep

your finger out of the trigger guard until you are ready to shoot. 6. Never use any firearm as a club or hammer. 7. Unload weapons and keep the action open prior to handing a firearm to another

individual. 8. Personally check any firearm handed to you to see if it is loaded or unloaded.

If loaded, use make-safe practices. 9. To avoid accidental discharge, do not throw or play with the weapon. Never lean

your firearm against a wall, tree or other object. Firearms that fall may accidentally discharge.

10. Always point your firearm in a safe direction when not taking aim. 11. Firearms are to be left in their cases unless there is a need to use

them. Unnecessary handling of any firearm increases the possibility of an accident. 12. Secure all firearms consistent with your training and division specific policies.


237

13. Do not use firearms if you are under the influence of prescription or over the counter

medicines that can impair your judgment or reaction time. Do not handle firearms if extremely fatigued.

Related SOPs / Documents: MARINE PATROL FIREARMS POLICY GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement LE-2: Firearm General Safety LE-6: Law Enforcement Vehicle Emergency Responses LE-10: Training, In-Service LE-13: Weapons Training (Firearms) TA-31: Weapons – Handguns

Effective Date:



238


Safe Operating Procedures: Intracoastal and Oceanic Waterway Patrols

Hazard Review Temperature Extremes Inclement Weather Entanglement Cuts Hypothermia Pinch Point Slip, Trip, and Fall Irate/Hostile Boater Drowning Rough Water Sea Conditions The following are guidelines/requirements for the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). It is not possible to list every instance where PPE is required so it shall be the Supervisor's responsibility to exercise prudent judgment to determine if additional protective equipment is necessary and to ensure that the appropriate equipment is worn. The failure to wear appropriate PPE could result in disciplinary action. *Please refer to GN-21 and GN-22 on personal protective equipment and the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information. 1. Supervisors shall verify that the operator is qualified to operate the particular vessel

and that new officers are qualified to operate the vessel through successful completion of the Field Training Officer (FTO) program.

2. Secure all loose items before getting underway. Stow lines in appropriate storage

areas. 3. Wear appropriate personal protective gear, i.e., personal floatation devices (PFD),

survival suit, consistent with the hazards and as established by division policies. PFDs must be worn at all times during vessel operation.

4. Be aware of loose objects, slippery decks, tripping hazards, and other obstructions.

Use care to avoid falls. 5. Confined spaces must be well ventilated prior to entry. 6. Make sure communication lines are established with central communications or

district office. Advise destination and who will be on board.


239

7. When underway, follow rules of waterways as set forth in federal and state regulations.

8. Use caution when pulling up alongside another vessel and preparing to board. Prior

to boarding any stopped vessel, notify the communication center of your destination, location, direction of travel, the subject vessel location, and its description. Take into consideration weather, sea conditions, size of vessel being boarded, and condition of vessel.

9. Use caution when stepping from one vessel to another. Use a designated individual

as a safety coordinator to help others return to vessel. 10. Make sure vessel is properly docked and tied off before departing. 11. Make sure vessel is properly docked and tied off before leaving the vessel. All

automatic pumps are checked to ensure they are working properly before leaving any unattended vessel in the water.

12. Utilize running lights at night, consistent with division and US Coast Guard policies. 13. Review this SOP on an annual basis. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement LE-5: Investigations LE-7: Marine Patrol Inspection Activities LE-9: Marine Vessel Operation – Patrol SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat SP-9: Marine vessel – (Certified and Non Certified)

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. Highlighted beginning statement included.

Addition to # 11. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


240


Safe Operating Procedures: Investigations

Hazard Review Struck By Vehicle Gunshot Wound Diseases/Blood Contamination Hazardous Materials Overhead Loads Assault Vicious Animal Fire and Explosion 1. An investigator shall be selected by the section chief to conduct safety

investigations in his/her section. The Deputy Director or his designee will handle all other division investigations.

2. Investigations shall be thorough and well documented. Documentation should be

legible and accurate. 3. Information obtained in the investigation shall not be released unless it is within the

guidelines of the public information act. 4. The investigator should use all documentation available such as Marine Patrol

incident reports, citizen complaints, and safety reports. 5. Once the investigator has completed the investigation, the section chief will review

the findings and may decide to resolve the issue since it could be a minor incident. 6. If the issues are not resolved, the section chief will review the investigation with the

Deputy Director to decide on the appropriate action. 7. Perform a Hazard Risk Assessment. Be observant; check traffic and vehicle

location before stopping a vehicle or vessel. 8. If shoreline or marine patrol, note any other activity in your area that could create a

hazard prior to initiating field interview. 9. Wear personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Weapons, baton,

respiratory, shoes, Kevlar vest, PFD, etc. 10. Where hazardous materials are involved, departmental and division policies

regarding radioactive materials and nuclear devices, toxic chemical spills, and/or rupture of natural gas pipelines should be strictly adhered to.

11. Use extreme caution when walking in unknown areas. Be aware of slip, trip and

foot puncture hazards.


241

12. Use a 3-point mount and dismount when climbing on or off SUV vehicles. 13. Use proper lifting techniques when moving objects. 14. When looking into/under vehicles, crouch with one knee down rather than bending

at the waist. 15. For investigations involving boats, ensure proper footing prior to boarding the

suspects boat. 16. Beware of poisonous plants, snakes and insects, as well as viscous animals. 17. Follow proper high risk arrest procedures. Related SOPs / Documents: MF-8: Incident Investigation GN-5: Equipment Mounting and Dismounting GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement GN-23: Poisonous Snakes, Insects, and Plants LE-7: Marine Patrol Inspection Activities LE-8: Marine Vessel Inspection/Examination LE-9: Marine Vessel Operation – Patrol SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage Effective Date:



242


Safe Operating Procedures: Law Enforcement Vehicle Emergency Response

Hazard Review Death/Serious Injury Equipment Failure Adverse Weather Conditions Vehicle Crash Traffic 1. Operators responding to emergency situations must drive with due regard for the

safety of all persons using the road and in a manner consistent with traffic and road conditions at the time.

2. Law Enforcement Officers shall use blue lights, siren, and headlights at all times

when engaged in emergency vehicle operations. 3. Seat belts will be worn during emergency response. 4. Doors shall be securely closed. 5. Windows should be in the closed position. 6. Vehicle shall be in operational order. Periodic inspection of the vehicle, consistent

with Division policies/guidelines shall be followed. 7. Emergency response will be terminated if the emergency response vehicle

experiences equipment failure. 8. All airbags will be in the on position. 9. Maintain communications with the appropriate individuals that can provide a quick

response by outside agencies when assistance is needed in dealing with irate people.

10. Review this SOP on an annual basis.

Related SOPs / Documents: MF-8: Incident Investigation GN-5: Equipment Mounting and Dismounting GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment


243

GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement LE-7: Marine Patrol Inspection Activities LE-8: Marine Vessel Inspection/Examination EA-6: Field Emergency Response Effective Date:



244


Safe Operating Procedures: Marine Patrol Inspection Activities Hazard Review Drowning Slips, Trips, and Falls Sea Conditions Inclement Weather Hypothermia Hypothermia Entanglement Cuts Temperature Extremes Irate / Hostile Boater 1. Supervisors shall verify that the operator is qualified to operate the particular vessel

and that new officers are qualified to operate the vessel through successful completion of the Field Training Officer (FTO) program.

2. Wear PPE consistent with the hazards and as established by division policies.

PFD's must be worn at all times during vessel operation. 3. Prior to boarding any stopped vessel, notify the communication center of your

destination, location, direction of travel, the subject vessel location and its description.

4. Adjust boarding methods consistent with weather and sea conditions. 5. Take care and properly secure your patrol vessel prior to boarding the other vessel. 6. Maintain contact with and monitor the position of the captain/crew of the vessel

being inspected throughout the process. 7. Immediately upon boarding, the officer shall establish clear communication and

state your intentions to the captain and crew of the vessel to be inspected. 8. Care must be used when boarding the vessel being inspected. A visual scan of the

boarding area for dangers such as hooks, knives, and weapons must be made. 9. Assess the crew's actions and mannerisms when boarding. Use caution while on

board and when in doubt about your personal safety, remove yourself from imminent danger and call for backup.



245

Related SOPs / Documents: MF-8: Incident Investigation GN-5: Equipment Mounting and Dismounting GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement LE-5: Inspection LE-8: Marine Vessel Inspection/Examination Effective Date:



246


Safe Operating Procedures: Marine Vessel Inspection/Examination (Marine Patrol) Hazard Review Drowning Trips and Falls Sea Conditions Inclement Weather Hypothermia Slips Entanglement 1. Communications must be notified with vessel location and description being

relayed. 2. Weather conditions must be taken into consideration prior to boarding. 3. Contact with the captain/crew of the vessel being inspected will be maintained

throughout the process. 4. Intention of the boarding officer must be clearly communicated to the captain and

crew onboard. 5. Care must be used when boarding the vessel being inspected. A visual scan of the

boarding area for dangers such as hooks, knives must be made. The crew’s mannerisms should be taken into consideration when boarding. When in doubt, back off and call for backup.

6. As the inspection is being conducted, caution must be observed and attention given

to the crew’s actions. 7. Before disembarking, any licenses or documentation will be returned to the captain

unless a violation dictates otherwise. Care must be taken when disembarking the vessel, keeping in mind wind and current activity.

8. Communications must be notified when clearing the vessel. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment


247

GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement LE-5: Inspection LE-9: Marine Vessel – Operation (Patrol) SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat Effective Date:



248


Safe Operating Procedures: Marine Vessel Operation – Marine Patrol Hazard Review Cold Weather Injury Hot Weather Injury Rigging Entanglement Cuts Poisonous Plants / Animals Pinch Point Slip, Trip, and Fall Drowning Sharks / Rays The following are guidelines/requirements for the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). It is not possible to list every instance where PPE is required so it shall be the Supervisor's responsibility to exercise prudent judgment to determine if additional protective equipment is necessary and to ensure that the appropriate equipment is worn. The failure to wear appropriate PPE could result in disciplinary action. *Please refer to GN-21 and GN-22 on personal protective equipment and the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information.

1. Supervisors shall verify that the operator is qualified to operate the particular vessel. New officers shall be qualified through the Field Training Officer (FTO) program.

2. While loading/unloading vessel from a trailer, or while at the dock, care must be used

during this time as slippery conditions may be present in this environment. Proper shoes, boots, and other necessary uniform items will be worn as weather and needs warrant.

3. If trailing vessel, the following shall be checked prior to departure: Operation of tow

vehicle (steering. electrical, and braking system, tire pressure, etc.), trailer (frame corrosion, tire pressure, lights) and vessel (gear stowed-no loose objects, secured to trailer, etc.). A safety check of the vessel should be made on the vessel before leaving the dock area after the boat has been launched.

4. While at the ramp or dock, the operator is responsible for providing a safety briefing to

other passengers regarding the safety vest or other personal floatation devices (PFD's) and other safety equipment (life boats, EBIRP's, and radio).

5. Use kill switch lanyard on powered vessel while underway. Vessel operators are

required to attach their vessel’s kill switch lanyard to their person while operating above


249

idle speed. Officers are allowed to operate vessels without having lanyards attached at idle speed or while stopped in order to perform inspections and other duties safely. The lanyard can be removed during slow speed and when approaching a dock. Having a spare kill switch lanyard on board is strongly advised.

6. Notify the Communication's Center of the destination, direction of travel and estimated

time of return.

7. Weather report should be checked prior to departure.

8. Any trailer or vessel maintenance required shall be directed as soon as possible to the maintenance shop for repair.

9. Vessel operator shall conduct a pre-operational tailgate meeting with all passengers and

crew prior to departure (i.e., daily). This meeting shall include the following information: • Location of PDF’s • Location of throw-able devices, cushions or ring buoys (Type IV) • Location of fire extinguishers • VHF radios • Location of flares, horn and signaling devices • Location of first aid kits • Vessel toilet location, operation, and servicing, including informing

passengers of their right to request the use of a toilet facility • Destination, duration, anticipated conditions, activities and any potential

hazards that may be encountered.

10. Operators and passengers/crew have the following responsibilities for use of toilet facilities:

• The operator (vessel captain) of any DMF vessel has the responsibility to all passengers/crew aboard the vessel. If a passenger/crew member makes a request for the need to use a toilet facility, the vessel operator must accommodate that request within an agreeable time frame, by either already having approved sanitation equipment available on the vessel, including assurance of privacy, or carrying the person to shore for use of a proper toilet facility.

• The operator (vessel captain) is to inform all persons aboard the vessel of their right to make this request during the pre-operational safety briefing according to the DMF Safety Manual (tailgate meeting) before the vessel leaves shore (this is to be stated each day before the start of an operation).

• Persons aboard a vessel have the right to request access to an approved facility (an approved sanitation equipment on board the vessel and, if not available, a request to go within an agreeable time frame to a nearby shore facility). If needed, persons on board must make the request to the vessel operator.



250

GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-21: Personal Protection Equipment GN-22: Personal Protection Equipment – Law Enforcement Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Added float coats, toilet facilities and kill switch lanyard

requirements; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. Rewording on #11. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. Highlighted statement included. Reworded #10. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS. January 2017 Reviewed and revised.


251


Safe Operating Procedures: Training, In-Service Hazard Review Noise Flying Debris – Bullet Fragments, etc. Striking Injuries Contact with irritants 1. Instructors shall provide appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

consistent with the requirements of the training. 2. All Marine Patrol staff and trainees shall wear hearing protection and

protective eyewear during firearms training on the range. 3. Instructors shall provide a safety briefing before each block of instruction to

emphasize safety rules. 4. Review departmental and division policy and SOP on weapons, OC and baton

training prior to participating in each of those training activities. 5. Staff should be aware of their surroundings while engaged in training and follow all

instructions to prevent an accident. 6. Trainees shall use caution while on the range or involved in hand-to-hand combat

training to prevent injury. 7. Instructors shall wear the PROTECTIVE SUIT when engaged in realistic ASP strike

training. 8. Instructors shall use safety observers when conducting hands on training outside of

the facility. 9. Instructors shall provide adequate ventilation and necessary protective gear when

training with any substance that may be of a toxic nature. Instructors shall comply with all applicable haz mat and OSHA requirements.

10. For physical activity training, ensure proper warm-up exercises are conducted and

that first aid/CPR is available at the site. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions.


252

GN-21: Personal Protection Equipment GN-22: Personal Protection Equipment – Law Enforcement LE-13: Weapons Training (Firearms) LE-2: Firearm General Safety LE-3: Firearm Use LE-6: Law Enforcement Vehicle Emergency Responses SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat TA-31: Weapons - Handguns Effective Date:



253


Safe Operating Procedures: Training – Weapons – Batons Hazard Review Death Muscular injuries Contact with irritants Striking injuries 1. Armament Systems and Procedures (ASP) batons will be issued only to officers

who have completed appropriate training classes. 2. ASP batons are to be used as a defensive weapon only, and officers should never

intentionally strike a suspect in the head or neck, or anywhere else that is likely to cause injury (addressed in training).

3. ASP batons should be frequently inspected to make sure they are clean and

damage free. 4. ASP batons should be periodically inspected to ensure that they operate correctly. 5. ASP batons should be cleaned by wiping with a clean dry cloth. Do not use

lubrication on ASP batons. 6. ASP batons with defects or damage should be turned over to a supervisor or ASP

instructor for repair. Damaged batons should not be carried. 7. Oleoresin capsicum (OC) spray will only be issued to and carried by officers who

have completed the appropriate training classes. (Oleroesin capsicum is a derivative of a very hot pepper.)

8. OC spray should never be directly sprayed into a suspect’s eyes (addressed in

training). 9. If OC spray is used, the officer should be prepared to render the proper assistance

to the suspect (have a source of fresh water available to flush the suspect’s face and/or eyes).

10. If a suspect does not show signs of recovery within an appropriate amount of time,

the officer should be prepared to make proper medical assistance available to the suspect (addressed in training).

11. OC canisters should be inspected frequently to ensure that they are clean, free of

leaks and damage free. OC canisters should not be carried after the expiration date on the canister.


254

12. Officers should never carry a defective, damaged or out of date OC canister, but

should contact a supervisor for a replacement.


MARINE PATROL USE OF FORCE POLICY GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions. GN-21: Personal Protection Equipment GN-22: Personal Protection Equipment – Law Enforcement LE-13: Weapons Training (Firearms) LE-2: Firearm General Safety LE-3: Firearm Use LE-6: Law Enforcement Vehicle Emergency Responses SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat TA-31: Weapons - Handguns Effective Date:



255


Safe Operating Procedures: Vehicle Search Hazard Review Gunshot Wound Traffic Sharp objects Irate / Hostile Subject Blood borne pathogens Eye Injury 1. Communications / dispatcher must be notified with vehicle location and description

of area where stopped, and if possible a description of occupants within vehicle. 2. Vehicle occupants will be asked to standby in a secure area. Backup officers will be

called if needed. 3. Maintain radio communication capability with dispatcher/communications center

during the search. 4. The location of the vehicle and lighting conditions present must be taken into

consideration prior to beginning the search. Vehicles in a less than desirable area or those in poorly lit areas will cause the officer to use more officer safety criteria. Backup officers will be called if needed.

5. Care must be taken as the search is being conducted. Conduct search consistent

with training and conditions. 6. Gloves to protect against sharp objects should be worn if areas to be checked are

not visible. 7. Any sharp object or item being seized will be stored in a secured container following

evidentiary guidelines. 8. Communications must be notified when completing the vehicle search. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-21: Personal Protection Equipment GN-22: Personal Protection Equipment – Law Enforcement LE-5: Investigations LE-6: Law Enforcement Vehicle Emergency Responses LE-7: Marine Patrol Inspection Activities LE-8: Marine Vessel Inspection/Examination


256

Effective Date:



257


Safe Operating Procedures: Weapons Training – Guns, Rifles Hazard Review Gunshot Wound Poisonous Plants, Snakes, Insects Hearing Loss Eye Injury Slips, Trips, and Falls Damaged Equipment Misfire 1. Upon arrival at range, unload weapon in a safe area, holster weapon and use

holster strap. 2. For shotguns, unload and secure. 3. Inspect range for rocks, glass, snakes, insects, etc. prior to exercise. 4. Use appropriate Personal Protective Equipment as determined by hazard. Typically

this will involve hearing and eye protection. 5. Read all range rules and follow the Range Officer's Command. 6. Open cylinder or chamber and inspect to verify safe weapon. 7. Face downrange when weapon is drawn and hold weapon barrel in a downrange

position. 8. Keep weapon pointed downrange with finger off trigger until ready to fire. 9. If a malfunction/misfire occurs or damage is detected, keep weapon pointed

downrange and contact instructor. If damaged, a division armorer shall immediately be notified so that repairs can be made.

10. Clean, reload, and holster weapon in designated area before leaving range. 11. Maintain radio communication capability and have adequate first aid equipment on

site at all times. Shotgun and Rifle 1. Upon arrival at range, unload weapon in a safe area and make safe.


258

2. Inspect range for rocks, glass, snakes, insects, etc. prior to exercise. Ensure that the area is clear beyond the target area.

3. Use appropriate Personal Protective Equipment as determined by hazard. Typically

this will involve hearing and eye protection. Instructors shall provide appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the requirements of the training.

4. All officers must receive training and pass a qualification course prior to being

granted access to a shotgun. 5. Employees shall wear hearing protection and protective eyewear during firearms

training on the range. 6. Instructors shall provide a safety briefing before each block of instruction to

emphasize safety rules. 7. Prior to use, inspect the shotgun/rifle to ensure that it is damage free, clean, and

functional. 8. Staff should be aware of their surroundings while engaged in training and follow all

instructions to prevent an accident. 9. No officer shall use or otherwise handle a rifle or shotgun in a careless manner,

which may result in unintentional injury to another person or damage to property. 10. Only load shotgun with clean, issued ammunition. 11. If a malfunction/misfire occurs or damage is detected, keep weapon pointed

downrange and contact instructor. If damaged, a division armorer shall immediately be notified so that repairs can be made. No issued shotgun/rifle shall be repaired or otherwise modified by other than a division armorer.

12. Upon completion of training, store the shotguns and/or rifles in a secure case, racks

or otherwise secured in vehicle or vessel. 13. Instructors shall ensure adequate ventilation and necessary protective gear when

training with any substance that may be of a toxic nature. Instructors shall comply with all applicable haz mat and OSHA requirements.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-21: Personal Protection Equipment GN-22: Personal Protection Equipment – Law Enforcement LE-2: Firearm General Safety LE-3: Firearm Use LE-5: Investigations LE-6: Law Enforcement Vehicle Emergency Responses


259

LE-7: Marine Patrol Inspection Activities LE-8: Marine Vessel Inspection/Examination LE-10: Training, In-Service LE-11: Weapons Training (Batons) TA-31: Weapons – Handguns TA-32: Weapons – Rifles and Shotguns Effective Date:



260


Emergency Activities Safe Operating Procedures (SOP)

(DEQ Safety Manual Chapter 26D)


261

Emergency Activities Policies (EA-1)

EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN

Division of Marine Fisheries - Elizabeth City

• Policy Statement: The emergency evacuation plan provides procedures to be carried out in the event of a man-made or natural disaster that would affect the safety and well-being of DMF employees and visitors. The plan contains instructions for orderly and rapid evacuation as well as other precautionary measures.

DMF will conduct periodic emergency drills to promote personnel safety and preparedness. The plan will be evaluated and revised as necessary. In an emergency circumstance it is imperative for all personnel to adhere to the plan. Keep telephone lines clear!

• Emergency Procedures:

A. Fire: 1. Any person discovering a fire should immediately notify all

personnel via intercom system of the fire and its location. The District Manager (DM) or designee is responsible for placing the 911 calls.

2. All occupants immediately leave the building, using the nearest possible exit.

3. DMF personnel are responsible to escort visitors to a safe mustering area outside the building.

4. Move quickly to the parking/grassed area on the US Hwy. 17 side of the building.

5. Re-entry to the building is permitted only after receiving an “all-clear” through the DM or designee.

B. Bomb Threat: 1. Person receiving the threat must get as much information as

possible. 2. Report any threat immediately to entire staff via intercom. 3. Personnel will follow instructions from DM or designee. 4. Employees should conduct a quick visual inspection of their

workplace to detect if anything appears out-of-place. DO NOT TOUCH ANYTHING!


262

5. Report any suspicious object immediately. C. Hurricane or Severe Storm:

1. Follow precautionary instructions to protect DMF assets. Implement DMF Hurricane Response Plan.

2. Elevate and cover electronic equipment and critical documentation to protect from water damage. Move other assets away from windows and cover, as needed.

3. Allow sufficient time to safely evacuate premises and take necessary measures to protect family and property. It is up to the discretion of the employee to use personal leave at this time.

4. DM will advise employees when the building is to be evacuated. DM will advise employees relative to extended evacuation information.

D. Tornado: 1. All personnel must move away from the windows and into the

center hallways or rooms. 2. Remain in the center of the building until “all-clear” is

announced.

E. Security/Shut-down Policy: 1. In the case of Life-Threatening emergencies utilize the intercom

to alert personnel of a Code 1. 2. In the case of Non-Life Threatening emergencies utilize the

intercom to alert personnel of a Code 2. 3. Immediately after notification to personnel call 911 and inform

of situation.

Related SOPs / Documents: EA-5: Evacuations EA-6: Field Emergency Response EA-7: Medical Response EA-8: Mobile Incident Command Center EA-9: Radiation Release Response EA-10: Response Teams EA-11: Spill Response – Laboratory Setting


263

Effective Date:



264



Division of Marine Fisheries – Manteo

I. Policy Statement: The emergency evacuation plan provides procedures to be

carried out in the event of a man-made or natural disaster that would affect the safety and well-being of DMF employees and visitors. The plan contains instructions for orderly and rapid evacuation as well as other precautionary measures.


II. Emergency Procedures:

A. Fire: 1. Any person discovering a fire should immediately notify all

personnel via intercom system of the fire and its location. A License Agent or designee is responsible for placing the 911 calls.



4. Move quickly to the parking area in the front side of the building. 5. Re-entry to the building is permitted only after receiving an “all-

clear” through the License Agent or designee.

B. Bomb Threat: 1. Person receiving the threat must get as much information as

possible. 2. Report any threat immediately to entire staff via intercom. 3. Personnel will follow instructions from License Agent or designee. 4. Employees should conduct a quick visual inspection of their

workplace to detect if anything appears out-of-place. DO NOT TOUCH ANYTHING!

5. Report any suspicious object immediately.


265

C. Hurricane or Severe Storm: 1. Follow precautionary instructions to protect DMF assets.

Implement DMF Hurricane Response Plan. 2. Elevate and cover electronic equipment and critical

documentation to protect from water damage. Move other assets away from windows and cover, as needed.


4. Section Supervisors will advise employees when the building is to be evacuated. Supervisors will advise employees relative to extended evacuation information.

D. Tornado: 1. All personnel must move away from the windows and into the

center hallways, stairways, or bathrooms. 2. Remain in the center of the building until “all-clear” is

announced.

E. Security/Shut-down Policy: 1. In the case of Life-Threatening emergencies utilize the intercom

to alert personnel of a Code 1. 2. In the case of Non-Life Threatening emergencies utilize the

intercom to alert personnel of a Code 2. 3. Immediately after notification to personnel call 911 and inform

of situation.

Related SOPs / Documents: EA-5: Evacuations EA-6: Field Emergency Response EA-7: Medical Response EA-8: Mobile Incident Command Center EA-9: Radiation Release Response EA-10: Response Teams EA-11: Spill Response – Laboratory Setting Effective Date:

Versions Revisions March 26, 2010 Original effective date. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


266


Emergency Action Plan

Division of Marine Fisheries - Morehead City, NC

Main Office

I. Policy Statement: The emergency evacuation plan provides procedures to be carried out in the event of a man-made or natural disaster that would affect the safety and well-being of employees and visitors. The plan contains instructions for orderly and rapid evacuation as well as other precautionary measures.

DMF will conduct periodic emergency drills to promote personnel safety and preparedness. The plan will be evaluated with assistance from the Morehead City Fire Chief/designee, and will be revised as necessary.

II. Key Personnel: In an emergency circumstance it is imperative for all personnel to

adhere to the DMF chain of command and follow instructions given by the Incident Commander and the Communications Center.

A. Incident Commander will be the Deputy Director and in his absence the

Maintenance Services Section Chief or in their absence the senior Marine Patrol Officer on the premises. This person is responsible for the safety of all employees.

B. Communications Center will assist the Incident Commander. DO NOT CALL Communications during emergencies! Keep telephone lines clear!

C. Public Information Officer or their designee will provide information to the media and appropriate outside agencies as directed by the Incident Commander. NOBODY else is authorized to provide information to the media or other outside agencies in an emergency situation.

D. Section Chief or their designee will be responsible for overseeing the evacuation and accountability of their staff by establishing procedures and providing appropriate training.

III. Emergency Procedures:

F. Fire:

1. Any person discovering a fire should immediately notify all personnel via intercom system of the fire and its location. The District Manager (DM) or designee is responsible for placing the 911 calls.


267



4. Move quickly to the parking/grassed area in front of the building on Hwy.70. 5. Re-entry to the building is permitted only after receiving an “all-clear”

through the DM or designee.

G. Bomb Threat: 1. Person receiving the threat must get as much information as possible. 2. Report any threat immediately to entire staff via intercom. 3. Personnel will follow instructions from DM or designee. 4. Employees should conduct a quick visual inspection of their workplace to

detect if anything appears out-of-place. DO NOT TOUCH ANYTHING! 5. Report any suspicious object immediately.

H. Hurricane or Severe Storm: 1. Follow precautionary instructions to protect DMF assets. Implement DMF

Hurricane Response Plan. 2. Elevate and cover electronic equipment and critical documentation to

protect from water damage. Move other assets away from windows and cover, as needed.



I. Tornado: 1. All personnel must move away from the windows and into the center

hallways or rooms. 2. Remain in the center of the building until “all-clear” is announced.

Sections are to report to the following designated areas:

• Resource Enhancement: Wet Lab • Fisheries Management: Wet Lab • Director’s Office: Wet Lab • IT: Computer Lab • Adm/Marine Patrol: Wet Lab • MFC/Public Affairs: Computer Lab • License and Statistics: Computer Lab • Staff in warehouse: Interior office in the warehouse • Shellfish Sanitation: Computer Lab


268

A. Security/Shut-down Policy: 1. In the case of Life-Threatening emergencies utilize the intercom to alert

personnel of a Code 1. 2. In the case of Non-Life Threatening emergencies utilize the intercom to

alert personnel of a Code 2. 3. Immediately after notification to personnel call 911 and inform of situation.

III. Individual Responsibility: All employees of the Division of Marine Fisheries

receive orientation and training on safety, health and emergency issues. Employees are expected to become familiar with and abide by the safety standards described in the North Carolina State Employees’ Safety and Health Handbook. A training checklist will provide a record of additional safety and health-related training completed by each division employee.

Related SOPs / Documents: EA-5: Evacuations EA-6: Field Emergency Response EA-7: Medical Response EA-8: Mobile Incident Command Center EA-9: Radiation Release Response EA-10: Response Teams EA-11: Spill Response – Laboratory Setting

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised the warehouse location for a tornado warning;

Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. July 2014 Reviewed and removed communication phone extensions. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


269


270



Division of Marine Fisheries - Morehead City -

Central District Office

IV. Policy Statement: The emergency evacuation plan provides procedures

to be carried out in the event of a man-made or natural disaster that would affect the safety and well-being of DMF employees and visitors. The plan contains instructions for orderly and rapid evacuation as well as other precautionary measures.


V. Emergency Procedures:

B. Fire: 1. Any person discovering a fire should immediately notify all personnel

via intercom system of the fire and its location. The District Manager (DM) or designee is responsible for placing the 911 calls.



4. Move quickly to the parking/grassed area in front of the building on Hwy.70.

5. Re-entry to the building is permitted only after receiving an “all-clear” through the DM or designee.

C. Bomb Threat: 1. Person receiving the threat must get as much information as

possible. 2. Report any threat immediately to entire staff via intercom. 3. Personnel will follow instructions from DM or designee.


271

4. Employees should conduct a quick visual inspection of their workplace to detect if anything appears out-of-place. DO NOT TOUCH ANYTHING!

5. Report any suspicious object immediately.

D. Hurricane or Severe Storm: 1. Follow precautionary instructions to protect DMF assets. Implement

DMF Hurricane Response Plan. 2. Elevate and cover electronic equipment and critical documentation to

protect from water damage. Move other assets away from windows and cover, as needed.



E. Tornado: 1. All personnel must move away from the windows and into the center

hallways or rooms. 2. Remain in the center of the building until “all-clear” is announced.

F. Security/Shut-down Policy: 1. In the case of Life-Threatening emergencies utilize the intercom to

alert personnel of a Code 1. 2. In the case of Non-Life Threatening emergencies utilize the intercom

to alert personnel of a Code 2. 3. Immediately after notification to personnel call 911 and inform of

situation. Related SOPs / Documents: EA-5: Evacuations EA-6: Field Emergency Response EA-7: Medical Response EA-8: Mobile Incident Command Center EA-9: Radiation Release Response EA-10: Response Teams EA-11: Spill Response – Laboratory Setting


272

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 15, 2010 Original effective date. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS.


273


Safe Operating Procedures: Emergency Evacuations-DEQ Employee Safety During Public/Visitor Evacuations Hazard Review Crowd Control Irate and/or Scared People Traffic Control Customer/Visitor Panic Homeland Security Issues Exposure to Hazards Unknown events 1. All personnel shall ensure their personal safety first.

2. Identify control measures and incident "triggers" and train staff on their

responsibilities to avoid creating unsafe conditions due to confusion.

3. DEQ personnel shall be familiar with the building/site emergency evacuation routes to use for public egress.

4. All personnel, unless trained and assigned, shall avoid exposure to the danger warranting the evacuation.

5. Always remain calm to reduce likelihood of panic among coworkers and visitors in the area.

6. Follow all guidelines set forth by your Division's Emergency Evacuation Plan, inclusive of Incident Command protocols and accounting for personnel and visitors at the gathering site.

7. Ensure that all outside agencies are notified of the evacuation.

8. If evacuation is due to weather conditions, all persons will be moved to secure structures.

9. Contact supervisors and/or designated personnel if assistance is needed, especially for handicapped persons with wheelchairs, crutches, or baby strollers, etc.

10. Always monitor the Division radio and follow instructions given by authorized personnel, the Duty Officer or the Incident Commander.


274

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-12: Hostile and Irate Customers GN-17: Lifting EA-6: Field Emergency Response EA-7: Medical Response EA-8: Mobile Incident Command Center EA-9: Radiation Release Response EA-10: Response Teams EA-11: Spill Response – Laboratory Setting

Effective Date:



275


Safe Operating Procedures: Field Emergency Response

Hazard Review Adverse Weather Moving Traffic Hazardous Materials Flooding Utility Lines Nuclear Plant Incidents Industrial Waste Fog/Smoke Outside Responders High Winds Rock/Earth Slides Moving Equipment Nighttime Response Clandestine Methamphetamine Labs Inclement Weather Unknown/Unlabeled Substances 1. Review Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) for applicable tools, instruments, and

equipment that you may use and perform pre-operational checks. Make sure all emergency and warning lighting is working.

2. Plan for adequate supervision at the worksite.

3. Determine traffic control needs from the Work Zone Safety Handbook.

4. Park in areas that: provide safe entrance and exit of the work area; do not create

potential conflicts with other vehicles/equipment operating in the work area; provide maximum protection for workers getting in and out of the vehicles.

5. Wear personal protective equipment (PPE) consistent with the hazard and as

directed by your supervisor. Ensure that you are properly trained on the PPE you may use, prior to exposure to the hazard. PPE includes, but is not limited to, proper eye, foot, hand, and body protection; appropriate respiratory and hearing protection where air contaminants and noise hazards exist.

6. Employees on foot must use extreme caution to stay clear of operating

equipment. Always establish eye contact with the operator before approaching equipment.

7. Be aware of escape routes in case of emergencies. It is a good practice to work

facing on-coming traffic when on foot.

8. Be aware of loose material, excavation drop-off, tripping hazards, uneven ground, and other obstructions.


276

9. Take extra precautions to prevent heat and cold stress when working in extremely hot or cold conditions.

10. When operating trucks and other equipment off the roadway, be aware of hidden

objects in grass or unstable terrain.

11. Be observant of utility lines when cutting or removing trees and limbs. Look for and stay clear of downed power lines when clearing debris. Contact appropriate utility companies to coordinate work.

12. For nighttime response, adequate lighting should be provided.

13. When possible, at least two employees should be sent to respond to any

emergency situation. Use the "buddy system." Mobile communication equipment/devices should be provided for use at the site. (Cell phone, radio, etc.)

14. Approach flooding conditions with caution. Do not attempt to drive through swift

or rising floodwaters. Install appropriate advance warning/traffic control devices. 15. Approach accident scenes with caution. Do not send personnel or equipment

into an area with explosive, flammable, or unknown substances until it is safe to do so. Drivers, passengers, placards, decals, shipping labels, Bills of Laden, and the Emergency Response Guidebook might be sources of determining the unknown substances. Do not rely on hearsay, rather BE SURE. Take measures to restore orderly traffic flow. Coordinate efforts with police, fire, and emergency response officials.

16. When operating vehicles/equipment during winter storms or other inclement

weather, adjust operating speed with the changing conditions. Follow Safe Operating Procedures for trucks, material spreaders, and other snow/ice removal equipment.

17. For nuclear power plant disasters, refer to the appropriate nuclear plant

Emergency Response Plan. There may be requirements to erect evacuation routes, shelter, signing, etc.

18. Be prepared to erect road closures and detour route signing to prevent traffic

from entering the work site or an area obscured by fog/smoke or an area where the roadway is obstructed.

19. Clerk/dispatcher should be familiar with the operation of communication

equipment (radio, telephone, and computer terminal) and have the ability to receive and send communications accurately and timely.

20. Clerk/dispatcher should know the general locations of all response personnel on

duty.


277

21. Frequently communicate your general location to the site Incident Commander

on duty. 22. All personnel should cease all operations and seek shelter when wind speeds

approach 40 MPH and not return until wind abates below 40 MPH.

23. Emergency generators should be in working order to provide power in case of a loss of commercial power. These generators should be periodically operated and maintained to ensure dependability. Personnel should be instructed in the proper use of emergency generators.

24. Temporary measures taken shall be upgraded to appropriate standards as soon

as practical following the emergency.

25. When working in or near the water, life preservers or other floatation devices should be worn.

26. Emergency response topics should be discussed at Monthly Safety Meetings of

those personnel who may respond to such events. 27. If applicable to your training and response responsibilities, inspect the first

responder bag/first aid kit at least monthly for appropriate contents. 28. Prepare and maintain an overnight bag with adequate supplies for prolonged

situations. ADDITIONAL SOP’s FOR ROADSIDE RESPONSE

• Wear Reflective Safety Vest. • Park in areas that: a). Provide safe entrance and exit of the work area; b). Do not

create potential conflicts with other vehicles/equipment operating in the work area; c). Ensures maximum protection for yourself while getting in and out of the vehicle.

Related SOP / Documents: GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control EA-5: Evacuations EA-7: Medical Response EA-8: Mobile Incident Command Center EA-9: Radiation Release Response EA-10: Response Teams EA-11: Spill Response – Laboratory Setting


278

SP-13: Vehicle – Emergency Response TA-10: Generator Effective Date:



279


Safe Operating Procedures: Emergency Medical Response Hazard Review Exposure to blood borne pathogens Back strain or other lifting injuries Exposure to adverse weather conditions Upset and or irate people Infectious Disease 1. Assess the scene for your personal safety prior to providing assistance.

2. Always make sure area is secure and safe from hazards before entering the

scene. 3. Use proper PPE when responding to medical emergencies to prevent exposure

to blood borne and infectious diseases.

4. Only provide medical treatment consistent with your training and experience. 5. Whenever possible use assistance in lifting and moving the injured and always

use proper lifting techniques. 6. Use a safety spotter or traffic control person to monitor and direct traffic when

assisting patient in an area where vehicles are operating. 7. Always wear proper clothing for weather conditions and limit exposure time when

working in extreme conditions such as high temperatures or extreme cold weather.

8. Maintain communications with the appropriate individuals that can provide a

quick response by outside agencies when assistance is needed in dealing with irate people.

9. Always maintain control of the scene and be aware of any changing conditions

and hazards around you during patient care. 10. Where serious medical conditions are present, request additional assistance.

Ensure that contact with the local Emergency Medical Service (911) has been made and that they are in route.


280

11. Designate a contact person to direct additional emergency medical vehicles and responders to the scene/site.


Related SOPs /Documents: EA-5: Evacuations EA-6: Field Emergency Response EA-8: Mobile Incident Command Center EA-9: Radiation Release Response EA-10: Response Teams EA-11: Spill Response – Laboratory Setting Effective Date:



281


Safe Operating Procedures: Mobile Incident Command Center – (MICC)

Hazard Review Slips, Trips, and Falls Noxious Fumes/vapors Changing Weather Conditions Power lines Unsecured Loads Ergonomic Hazards Inclement Weather Temperature Extreme Rough/Uneven/Sloping Terrain Hazardous Materials Noise Backing Combustible Fuels Nighttime Conditions Hooking and Unhooking Poisonous Plants/Insects/Snakes Moving Vehicle/Equipment/Traffic 1. Operator must be properly licensed to transport this trailer. 2. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised. 3. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of the equipment prior to use.

Be familiar with the operator's manual. Lockout/tagout and report needed repairs promptly to your supervisor. Do not use equipment that is damaged or unsafe.

4. Operators shall perform a visual and manual check of the hitches and King Pins

to ensure that they are secure before the truck and attachment are put into service.

5. Ensure adequate tire pressures on equipment prior to use. 6. Ensure taillights and turn signals of towed equipment are operational and in view

when towing any attachment that does not have taillight hookup. 7. Ensure that any cargo is properly loaded and secured using only approved chain

and load binders. Safety chains are to be used on any attachment in tow. Ensure that the chains are of the proper strength for the load and are properly secured to both the vehicle and attachment to be towed.

8. Never load a trailer beyond its recommended capacity. 9. Be aware of height and width of load.


282

10. Plan ahead to minimize the need for backing. Always check to the rear before backing and use an observer when available. Make sure back-up alarms are working properly.

11. Do not allow anyone between truck and trailer when backing to hook trailer. 12. Hook, unhook, load and unload on stable ground with trailer secure. Chock

wheels when in a stationary position. 13. Park in areas that provide safe entrance and exit into the command center. Do

not create potential conflicts with other vehicles and equipment operating in the work area; and provide maximum protection for workers getting in and out of the transport vehicle.

14. Ensure tail lights and turn signals of towed equipment are operational and in view

when towing any attachment that does not have taillight hookup. 15. Observe towing speed limit, road conditions, and road layout. 16. Operators shall be responsible for securing all necessary permits and licensing

for all oversize loads. 17. Wear appropriate PPE consistent with the anticipated and actual hazards,

division policies and as directed by your supervisor when working around hitches. (e.g.: eye protection, gloves)

18. During Incident Command Protocols (ICP) or Base set up, ensure areas of

congregation are free of extended noise from generators. 19. During MICC setup use prevention methods to reduce potential trip hazards due

to power cables and cords at the location. 20. Ensure proper footing and three-point hold when working on and around

equipment. 21. Be aware of personnel and bystanders in your area of operation. 22. Be observant of, and stay clear of, overhead and downed powerlines. 23. Where possible, utilize proper posture and ergonomically correct equipment

while working in the MICC. 24. Review this SOP on an annual basis at a minimum.


283

Related SOPs / Documents: EA-5: Evacuations EA-6: Field Emergency Response EA-7: Medical Response EA-9: Radiation Release Response EA-10: Response Teams EA-11: Spill Response – Laboratory Setting Effective Date:



284


Safe Operating Procedures: Emergency Response – Radiation Release

Hazard Review Biological Hazards Environmental Conditions Other Vehicles and Pedestrians Vision Hazards Sharp Edged Tools Swamp/Wetlands/Woodlands Slips, Trips, Falls Fumes/Noxious Fumes Noise Inclement Weather Hazardous Chemicals Chemical Exposure/Reactions Lifting Insect/Snake Bites Unstable Terrain Downed Trees Blood Borne Pathogens Domestic and Wild Animals Chemical Burns Cuts/Punctures Temperature Extremes Toxins/Poisons Traffic Hazards Unwieldy Brush/ Thorns Sharp Objects Falling Objects Unknown Hazards Responder Injury 1. Prepare complete itinerary at office before departure. Update office personnel by

telephone or e-mail if schedule changes. 2. Ensure you have received training that will competently prepare you for hazards

at the site. (ICS 100, 200 and 700 for incidents) 3. Review the latest weather forecasts prior to departure, so that you may be

prepared for the predicted conditions. 4. Charge cellular telephone before going into the field. Carry your cell phone with

you at all times. 5. Call the office and inform someone you have arrived at your location and your

anticipated length of stay. 6. Ensure you have proper identification. 7. Check condition of assigned/motor pool/personal vehicle prior to departure. (Pre-

trip inspection checklists are available.) 8. Use proper lifting and handling techniques for instruments and equipment.

http://www.enr.state.nc.us/safety/SP2003/Chapter%201SP/images%20ch%201/DENR_Fleet_Pretrip_Inspection_NonCDL.pdf


285

9. Park vehicles in areas that provide safe entrance and exit. When parking anywhere other than a designated parking space, such as road sides, use traffic cones, conspicuity vests, emergency flashers, and strobe light. Park as far off road away from traffic as possible.

10. Upon arrival check in with site's upper management, unless not required by

supervisor, and inquire about any known hazards. 11. Use effective communication skills when dealing with hostile or irate individuals. 12. Conduct visual hazard assessment upon arrival at facility to determine obvious

hazards. 13. Wear personnel dosimetry and be mindful of the locations of sources of

radiation. Use time, distance and shielding to keep exposures as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA) even when making required radiation measurements.

14. Wear proper PPE consistent with any potential hazards at site or as directed by

supervisor. 15. When outside, avoid snake infested or brushy areas, if possible. Avoid known

poisonous plants. Wear boots or sturdy over-the-ankle footwear. Used insect repellent. Wear long sleeves, light clothing, and tuck pant legs into socks when working in tick infested areas. Seek immediate help in the case of snake bites, spider bites or wasp/bee stings if you are known to be sensitive. Report attached ticks to your supervisor.

16. Take precautions to prevent heat or cold stress when working in temperature

extremes. Stay properly hydrated. Wear sunscreen. 17. Be aware of and avoid working in confined spaces. If necessary to work in or

near confined space, special confined space training is required. 18. When walking the site, be aware of holes, ditches, and other slip, trip, and fall

hazards. 19. Be aware of uneven or slippery surfaces. 20. Be aware of moving equipment and moving parts on machinery. Remain

alert. Avoid wearing loose or dangling clothing, such as a tie, near moving parts on machinery.

21. Prior to departing the site, check out with the site's upper management, unless

not required by supervisor, at completion of investigation to summarize findings.


286

22. Call the division office or incident team member and inform someone of your departure.

Related SOPs / Documents: EA-5: Evacuations EA-6: Field Emergency Response EA-7: Medical Response EA-8: Mobile Incident Command Center EA-10: Response Teams EA-11: Spill Response – Laboratory Setting Effective Date:



287


Safe Operating Procedures: Emergency Response Teams Hazard Review Adverse/Inclement Weather Utility Lines Flooding Moving Traffic Hazardous Materials Fatigue Moving Equipment High Winds Waste Nighttime Response Fog/Smoke Cuts Outside Responders Nuclear Plant Incidents Industrial Rock/Earth Slides Spectators/Public Unknown/Unlabeled Substances Restricted Areas

1. Review Safe Operating Practices for applicable tools, instruments and equipment

including pre-operational checks. Make sure all emergency and warning lights and communication devices are working and that backup batteries are available. Ensure that all of your training, professional certifications and immunizations are current.

2. When responding, your personal safety is first and foremost. Where possible, at

least two employees should respond to any emergency situation. Use the "buddy system”.

3. Review any site specific and Division specific plans that corresponds to the type

of response. 4. Plan for adequate supervision at the worksite. 5. Take to the site and wear personal protective equipment consistent with the

hazard and as directed by your supervisor. 6. Take extra precautions to prevent heat and cold stress when working in

extremely hot or cold conditions. 7. Clerk/dispatcher should be familiar with the operation of communication

equipment (radio, telephone and computer terminal) and have the ability to receive and send communications accurately and timely.

8. Clerk/dispatcher should know the general locations of all response personnel on

duty.


288

9. All personnel should cease all operations and seek shelter when wind speeds

approach 60 MPH and not return until wind abates below 60 MPH. 10. Emergency generators should be in working order to provide power in case of a

loss of commercial power. These generators should be periodically operated and maintained to ensure dependability. Personnel should be instructed in the proper use of emergency generators.

11. Temporary measures taken should be upgraded to appropriate standards as

soon as practical following the emergency. 12. When operating vehicles and equipment off the roadway, be aware of hidden

objects in grass or unstable terrain. 13. Ensure that your personal monitoring devices (air, radiation, etc.) are available,

properly calibrated and used. 14. Be observant of and stay clear of downed power lines and other exposed utility

lines at the site. 15. For nighttime response, use hazardous warning flares/lights and adequate

lighting. 16. Approach flooding conditions with caution. Do not attempt to drive through swift

or rising floodwaters. 17. Approach vehicle accident scenes with caution. Do not go into an area where

explosive, flammable, or unknown substances are present until it is deemed safe to do so. Employees, drivers, passengers, placards, decals, shipping labels, Bills of Laden, and the Emergency Response Guidebook are sources to help determine what substances may be at the accident site. Do not rely on hearsay at the scene regarding the contents or spill material.

18. When responding to the scene or operating vehicles/equipment during winter

storms or other inclement weather, adjust operating speed with the changing conditions. Follow Safe Operating Practices for vehicles, trucks, instruments, and equipment.

19. For nuclear power plant incidents, refer to the appropriate nuclear plant

Emergency Response Plan and your Division/section site specific response. 20. While on site, frequently communicate your general location to the site Incident

Commander on duty.


289

21. Coordinate activities with police, fire and emergency response officials, and other DEQ Divisions that are on-site. Utilize and cooperate with any on-site Incident command system to ensure accountability and coordination of all individuals present.

22. When working in or near the water, wear Personal Floatation Devices (PFD) or

other floatation devices. 23. Emergency response topics should be discussed at Monthly Safety Meetings of

those personnel who may respond to such events. ADDITIONAL SOP's FOR ROADSIDE RESPONSE 24. Be aware of escape routes in case of emergencies. When exposed to traffic, it is

a good practice to work facing the on-coming traffic when traveling on foot. 25. Park in areas that provide safe entrance and exit of the work area; do not create

potential conflicts with other vehicles/equipment operating in the work area; ensure maximum protection for yourself while getting in and out of the vehicles.

27. Be aware of loose material, drop-offs, tripping hazards, uneven ground, and

other obstructions. 28. When moving on foot, use extreme caution to stay clear of operating equipment.

Always establish eye contact with the operator before approaching equipment. Related SOPs /Documents: EA-5: Evacuations EA-6: Field Emergency Response EA-7: Medical Response EA-8: Mobile Incident Command Center EA-9: Radiation Release Response

EA-11: Spill Response – Laboratory Setting SP-13: Vehicle – Emergency Response TA-10: Generator TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual)

Effective Date:



290


Safe Operating Procedures: Spill Response-Laboratory Setting Hazard Review Chemicals Fire Hazards Hazardous Wastes Fumes and Toxic Vapors Contamination Slips, Trips, Falls 1. Immediately alert area occupants and supervisor, and evacuate the area, if

necessary. 2. If there is a fire or medical attention is needed, contact the local fire department

at 911. 3. Attend to any people who may be contaminated. Contaminated clothing must be

removed immediately and the skin flushed with water for no less than fifteen minutes.

4. When a chemical spill occurs, quick response with a stocked chemical spill kit will

help minimize potential harm to personnel, equipment and laboratory space. If the spill involves a volatile, flammable material, immediately warn everyone, control/eliminate sources of ignition and ventilate the area.

5. Don personal protective equipment, as appropriate to the hazards. Refer to the

Safety Data Sheet (SDS) or other references for information. 6. Consider the need for respiratory protection. Never enter a contaminated

atmosphere without respiratory protection and always have another person outside the spill area in communication. In case of an emergency, contact 911 immediately.

7. Using the chart below, determine the extent and type of spill. If the spill is large,

if there has been a release to the environment, or if there is no one knowledgeable about spill clean-up available, contact local fire department at 911.


291

Category Size Response Treatment Materials

Small up to 300cc

Chemical treatment or absorption

Neutralization or absorption spill kit

Medium 300 cc - 5 liters Absorption Absorption spill kit

Large more than 5 liters

Call local fire department Get outside help

8. Protect/cover floor drains and other areas to prevent environmental release. Spill

socks and absorbents may be placed around drains, as needed.

9. Contain and clean-up the spill according to the table above. Loose spill control materials should be distributed over the entire spill area, working from the outside, circling to the inside. This reduces the chance of splash or spread of the spilled chemical.

10. When spilled materials have been absorbed, use brush and scoop to place

materials in an appropriate container. Polyethylene bags may be used for small spills. Five-gallon pails or 20-gallon drums with polyethylene liners may be appropriate for larger quantities.

11. Complete a hazardous waste sticker, identifying the material as Spill Debris

involving XYZ Chemical, and affix onto the container. Spill control materials will probably need to be disposed of as hazardous waste.

12. Decontaminate the surface where the spill occurred using a mild detergent and

water, when appropriate. 13 Report all spills to your supervisor and where available the division safety

consultant, or safety officer and DEQ Safety Risk Management. Related SOPs / Documents: EA-5: Evacuations EA-6: Field Emergency Response EA-7: Medical Response EA-8: Mobile Incident Command Center EA-9: Radiation Release Response EA-10: Response Teams


292

Effective Date:



293


Special Activities Safe Operating Procedures (SOP)

(DEQ Safety Manual Chapter 26E)


294

Special Activities Policies (SA-1)

Safe Operating Procedures: Aerial Assessment/ Photography Hazard Review Lifting Entering/Exiting Aircraft Turbulence Unsecured Items Slips, Trips, Falls Propeller and Rotary blade Engine Thrust Tarmac Activity and Hazards Medical Conditions Ground Activities 1. Use proper lifting technique, support devices or mechanical aids, and other

personnel to lift or move bulky materials and aerial camera systems. 2. Use extreme caution when installing/removing any camera or recording system

in the aircraft. 3. For operations requiring the use of interchangeable lens cones, always obtain

additional employees for removal of the drive unit and appropriate lens cone. Changing aerial camera lens cones must take place while the aircraft is on the ground. Under no circumstances shall lens cones that are attached to the aircraft be changed while in flight.

4. Be aware of other aircraft and vehicles moving around the tarmac area. 5. Avoid walking near aircraft propellers and behind aircraft engine. Engine thrust

to the rear of running aircraft engine creates unstable walking areas. 6. Use handholds when entering/exiting the aircraft. 7. Utilize personal protective equipment consistent with the hazards and as directed

by your supervisor. Hearing and eye protection shall be worn when walking around the exterior of the aircraft while the engine is running.

8. Pilots and crew shall follow all applicable preoperational, inflight and post flight

FAA rules.


295

In-flight Activities 1. Properly secure all equipment (cameras, film cassettes, tool kits, etc.) before the

flight to prevent injury during turbulent conditions. 2. When conducting aerial photography in high-density air traffic areas, one

intercom system should be used between the pilot and the photographer. A separate communication system should be used for communication between the pilot(s) and the air traffic controller.

3. Safety/seat belts are to be worn at all times by all personnel. 4. During operational flyovers, minimize in-flight communication to only what is

necessary to pinpoint the target area. 5. Be aware of any inflight activity that can pose a direct or indirect threat to the

aircraft or its occupants.

6. Air crew members and passengers suffering from head colds or other upper respiratory ailments should not fly in non-pressurized aircraft operating at multiple altitudes until the symptoms have dissipated.

Related SOPs / Documents: FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS

GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment SA-2: Aerial Assessment and Surveillance LE-1: Aerial Surveillance Effective Date:



296


Safe Operating Procedures: Aerial Assessment and Surveillance (Marine Patrol)

Hazard Review Stall – Spin Engine failure Collision with obstacles Weather Birds/other aircraft Fire Fuel exhaustion Water landings 1. Marine Patrol pilots shall not fly lower than necessary to properly identify

activities, vessels, vehicles or persons who may be engaged in activities which are regulated by the NC Marine Fisheries.

2. Marine Patrol pilots should not fly lower than necessary to locate missing

persons, missing equipment, or stolen items (usually when assisting other agencies).

3. In no case should Marine Patrol pilots fly lower than 200 feet over persons or

property in airplanes. 4. Helicopter pilots should fly at an altitude and airspeed that would allow avoidance

of obstacles on the surface. 5. Before conducting any flight, Marine Patrol pilots shall make sure the aircraft has

enough fuel on board to safely complete the mission and return to base. 6. Before conducting any flight, Marine Patrol pilots shall check weather conditions

in the areas of operation to ensure that the flight can be completed (ex. storms, fog, poor visibility, or high wind conditions).

7. Marine Patrol pilots should exercise appropriate caution when operating in

hazardous areas or environments. Pilots should constantly be alert for other aircraft, birds or anything else that could constitute a hazard.

8. Before entering any restricted airspace, pilots must contact the proper controlling

agency for permission and traffic advisories.

9. When operating in the vicinity of airports, pilots should maintain radio contact with a controlling agency or make advisories at uncontrolled airports.


297

10. Any time a Marine Patrol pilot determines that a flight cannot be safely completed as planned, the flight should be terminated.

11. All Marine Patrol pilots should carefully monitor airspeed and wind direction

during surveillance operations to avoid a possible stall-spin situation. Related SOPs / Documents: FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment LE-1: Aerial Surveillance SA-1: Aerial Assessment – Photography SA-3: Aviation Activities – Fixed and Rotary Wing

Effective Date:



298


Safe Operating Procedures: Aviation Activities – Fixed and Rotary Wing Aircraft

Hazard Review Cuts Drowning Inclement / Adverse Weather Slips, Trips, Falls Reduced Visibility Fatigue Microbursts Confined Spaces Fuel Spills All aircraft operations will be conducted in accordance with all applicable Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Requirements, local and national laws, manufacture's aircraft manuals/limitations, this SOP and division’s specific guidelines and policies. Aircraft will be operated in an airworthy condition at all times. Aviation personnel are expected to utilize sound, conservative judgment in their approach to their duties. Safety is the primary objective of the pilot and passenger. 1. Pilots shall be properly licensed and FAA type rated for the aircraft they will pilot. 2. Pilots of fixed wing aircraft shall complete a thorough pre-flight inspection before

each flight. This will include fuel and oil levels, tire pressures, and a visual inspection of the airframe components. Aircraft found to have inoperative equipment or detected damage shall be reported to the designated individual, tagged out for flight and not operated until all repairs are made and signed off on by the designated individual.

3. Aircraft with inoperative equipment or damage should not be operated until

repairs are made. 4. Any passengers carried on a flight should be briefed in advance by the pilot on

what to expect from the pilots, what the pilots expects from them, how to properly wear life vests how to properly adjust seat belts, and what to do in case of emergency.

5. Passengers will be instructed not to handle or touch aircraft controls without

specific permission from the pilot. 6. All passengers will wear life vests when operations are conducted over water.


299

7. Consistent with flight rules, operating conditions and division policies, pilots will wear nomex protective flight suits, nomex flight gloves, and flight helmets when operating the aircraft.

8. Before starting an aircraft engine, the pilot should ensure that the propeller area

is clear (visually and vocally). 9. Before starting an aircraft engine, the pilot should ensure that the area behind the

aircraft is clear (so that wind from the propeller will not cause damage to other aircraft or property).

10. Aircraft shall only be taxied at or below the runways designated speed. 11. Before takeoff, each aircraft should perform thorough engine and systems check

(run-up). 12. When parking aircraft, the pilot should be alert to the position of other aircraft,

vehicles, persons or property. 13. After fuel is purchased, the pilot should always check to ensure fuel caps are

properly installed. 14. After each flight, the aircraft shall be inspected for any damages or leaks before

being parked in the hanger. Any damage or leak shall be noted and reported to the maintenance crew. The aircraft will also be tagged out for flight until all repairs are made and signed off on by the designated individual.

15. All Marine Patrol aircraft shall be kept clean and washed periodically to help

prevent corrosion. 16. Marine Patrol Aircraft shall not be operated in hazardous conditions or outside of

minimum flight parameters. (i.e., high winds, low visibility, fog, etc.) 17. To aid in corrosion prevention, all aircraft shall be kept clean and periodically

washed based on the division's schedule and guidelines. 18. Marine Patrol pilots shall never exceed the operating limitations of the aircraft.


GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment


300

JA-6: Fuel Station Operation LE-1: Aerial Surveillance SA-1: Aerial Assessment – Photography SA-4: Aviation Activities – Maintenance Effective Date:



301


Safe Operating Procedures: Aviation Maintenance Activities – Fixed Wing Hazard Review Highly Flammable Aviation Fuel Slips, Trips, Falls Spills Explosive Vapors Adverse Weather Chemical Burns Crushing Injuries

Ignition System 1. Disengage ignition circuit while working on ignition system. 2. Review and follow instructions in the aircraft manual. 3. While igniters are being tested, a qualified person must keep the area clear at all

times during the test. The ignition unit is a capacitor discharge assembly, and provides approximately 18,000 volts of output to the igniter plugs.

Jacking Aircraft 1. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) as determined by a PPE

hazard assessment. Work gloves and safety-toed shoes are examples of some of the PPE necessary for this operation.

2. Aircraft should be on a level surface and protected from the wind, preferably

inside a hangar. 3. Keep personnel out from under the aircraft while jacking. 4. Ensure parking brake is released. 5. Position jack beneath each jack point. 6. Ensure jacks are vertical at the start of the jacking operation. 7. Raise wing and fuselage jacks simultaneously.


302

8. Maintain contact of follower nut for each jack against its jack shoulder.

Servicing Main Gear Shock Strut 1. Remove cover from air service valve. 2. Utilize correct tools and hex nut sizes for both the swivel nut and air service

valve. Turning the body nut will remove valve from service port, allowing valve to be blown out.

3. Do not cover valve with hands or allow pressure to be blown into face. 4. Do not open valve more than ½ turn. Too rapid pressure release will cause

“frosting” and possible blockage of valve stem. 5. No hydraulic fluid is permitted in lower chamber of piston barrel. If fluid exists,

the strut assembly must be overhauled. 6. When charging with dry air or nitrogen, strut may extend rapidly. Take care to

prevent injury.

Servicing Aircraft Tires 1. Connect the nitrogen tank to the filler stem on tire. 2. Introducing relatively cooler nitrogen into a tire that is hot may cause the tire to

burst. Allow the tire to cool before attempting to service. 3. Avoid standing in front of either bead area as this can cause injury should the tire

burst. The tendency of a bursting tire is to rupture along the bead. 4. Service tires only to the manufactures recommended pressure. 5. Do not apply a tire sealant to the tire. 6. Corrective action is required if pressure falls below the recommended limit. 7. Ensure the pressure gauge is within calibration limits. Servicing Landing Gear Pneumatic Bottle 1. Check the emergency gear extension T-handle to insure that it is full IN. 2. Do not charge the blow down bottle with oxygen. Use dry air or nitrogen only. 3. Do not loosen filler valve while bottle is pressurized.


303

4. Employ all safety precautions used in the presence of high-pressure hazards to

prevent injury. 5. Note the type of filler valves in the aircraft and note if they require opening prior

to filling. If so, follow the manufactures directions. 6. Bleed off the pressure captured in the filler hose before attempting to disconnect

it from the charging valve to prevent injury. Towing Aircraft 1. Clear the towing area of nonessential personnel. 2. Insert Tow Bar into the nose wheel axle and tighten, or lock. 3. Connect and lock Tow Bar onto tow vehicle. 4. Ensure parking brakes and all gust locks have been disengaged. 5. When necessary, station a qualified person in the pilot’s seat to assist with

braking and to watch for hazardous conditions. When necessary, station wing and tail spotters to prevent any damage to aircraft.

6. Remove wheel chocks. 7. Do not exceed tow limits. Structural damage and personal injury can occur if

limits are exceeded. 8. Towing aircraft with a flat tire is not recommended. If it is required, avoid sharp

turns, abrupt starts and stops, and minimize the distance traveled.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment LE-1: Aerial Surveillance SA-1: Aerial Assessment – Photography SA-3: Aviation Activities – Fixed and Rotary Wing Aircraft TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) JA-13: Maintenance and Repair Shops


304

Effective Date:



305


Safe Operating Procedures: Confined Space Entry Hazard Review Explosive Atmosphere Inadequate Light Slips, Trips, Falls Biohazards Oxygen Deficiencies Electrical Engulfment / Entrapment Limited Entry / Egress areas Stagnant Water Unknown Chemicals Flammable Gases Poisonous Insects, Plants Blood borne Pathogens Equipment Actuation DMF operates in many different areas and situations where confined spaces may exist. Typical locations include the holds of ferry vessels, paint truck storage tanks, weigh station scale pits, vertical drill shafts, and sometimes the area between tightly spaced bridge beams. Any area which has a limited opening for entry and exit, or unfavorable natural ventilation, or that is not designed for continuous worker occupancy may be classified as a confined space. 1. All employees exposed to Confined Spaces shall be trained in the hazards of the

space (Permitted and Non-Permitted) they may be required to enter and the procedures to follow to ensure their safety.

2. Employees shall be in good physical condition before entering a confined space.

3. All spaces shall be checked and evaluated by a qualified person before entry.

4. A qualified person shall test for a hazardous atmosphere and complete a

confined space entry permit before entry is allowed.

5. No entry will be allowed if any hazardous condition is detected, unless proper procedures are taken to minimize or eliminate the hazard and proper protective equipment is used.

6. All persons entering a confined space shall wear the personal protective equipment that is appropriate for the work to be performed.

7. Hazards created while working in the confined space must be appropriately

guarded or eliminated.


306

8. If mechanical ventilation is provided, at least one person shall wear a multi-gas monitoring device. If an alarm sounds, all persons shall immediately evacuate the confined space.

9. Where mechanical ventilation is the approved method of choice, exhaust gases

will be vented to an area away from and not subject to entry into the confined space.

10. Lockout/Tagout procedures shall be followed if the confined space contains any uncontrolled hazards. (Includes mechanically active equipment, hydraulic, pneumatic, or electrical sources.).

11. The qualified person shall determine if the entry can be made without a qualified attendant or if a standby person is necessary. Permit required confined spaces will always have a qualified attendant.)

12. If an attendant is required, he shall: a. Be trained in rescue from outside techniques b. Not enter confined space under any circumstances c. Be within sight or call of the entrant, and d. Have the means to summon assistance.

13. Employees serving as the attendant shall have the necessary training and shall

be equipped with the necessary safety gear to meet any hazards. 14. Smoking is prohibited. 15. Individuals working in the area shall coordinate all activities involving entry into

the confined space with the attendant. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-1: Accident and Injury Response GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GH-8: First Aid GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-13: Hot Weather Safety


307

Effective Date:



308


Safe Operating Procedures: Dissecting Fish

Hazard Review Biological Hazards Sharp Objects Infection Cuts, Scrapes and Punctures Chemical Exposure Lifting Slips, Trips, Falls Electric Shock Slippery Surfaces 1. Use appropriate PPE consistent with the hazard. This includes, but is not limited

to, eye protection and puncture and cut resistant gloves. 2. Use caution with knives, saws, scalpels, and forceps. Always cut away from your

body. 3. Make sure knives, saws, and scalpels are sharp. 4. Use caution when handling fish. Use puncture resistance gloves to avoid cuts

from fish spines, teeth, and gill plates. 5. Proper lifting techniques shall be used. Get help or use equipment if necessary. 6. Provide adequate ventilation and use caution when preserving biological

samples with chemicals. 7. Be aware of slippery floors and dissecting tools from contact with fish body fluids

and tissue. 8. Use caution when operating any electrical equipment in wet environments.

Ensure that electrical equipment is properly grounded and utilize a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter power source.

9. Wash hands with soap or waterless cleanser upon completion of the task. 10. Clean and disinfect equipment after use. 11. Disinfect any minor cuts or injuries caused by handling fish. 12. Report any injuries at once in supervisor and safety officer. 13. Review this SOP on an annual basis.


309

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-1: Accident and Injury Response GN-6: Exposure to Blood and Bodily Fluids GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-17: Marine Life Research and Sampling Effective Date:



310


Safe Operating Procedures: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage Hazard Review Chemical Burns Slips, Trips, and Falls, Toxic Environment Pinch Points 1. Hazardous materials should only be handled by properly trained personnel. 2. Wear personal protective equipment (PPE) consistent with the hazard and as

directed by your supervisor. 3. Be aware of containers with unknown and/or unlabeled substances. Accidentally

mixing waste materials could cause a chemical reaction resulting in fire, explosion, or atmospheric release of toxic vapors. Be alert for heat build-up, vapors, rumbling noise, etc. In such cases, stop work, vacate the area, and notify supervisor.

4. Be familiar with the facility plans and other related rules/guides for handling hazardous waste materials. Notify the supervisor if a hazardous substance is spilled. Use proper procedure for clean-up, including the use of personal protective equipment.

5. Material handling equipment (forklifts, trucks, etc.) shall be operated in a safe manner, as established in applicable training programs and manufacturers guidelines. The moving of heavy containers could result in punctures. Be alert for leaks, dampness, unusual debris, and strange odors caused by airborne contaminants.

6. Posted Safety Data Sheets (SDS) should be read and complied with.

7. Operate oil/water separator only with approval of supervisor.

8. Frequently check pressurized hoses and piping for leaks.



311

10. Confined spaces must be well ventilated prior to entry and checked by a certified competent person. Never enter a confined space without a standby observer.

11. Be aware of fire extinguishers, alarm and hose locations. Check routinely to make sure they are working properly. Follow good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fires.

12. Be aware of loose or slippery materials, tripping hazards and other obstructions. Take appropriate measures to eliminate them.

13. Avoid walking or working under suspended loads. Wear hard hat when working around cranes, forklifts, loaders, etc.

14. Properly trained personnel should only handle hazardous materials.

15. Be familiar with local emergency numbers.

16. The "Poison Control Center, Durham" number is 1-800-672-1697.

17. The "National Response Center, Oil and Toxic Chemical Spills" number is 1-800-424-8802.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-17: Lifting GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control Effective Date:



312


Safe Operating Procedures: High Pressure Hoses Hazard Review Pressurized Water / Air / Oil Lifting Slips, Trips, Falls 1. High pressure hoses should not be kinked. Check hose fittings for proper

connections. 2. Operator should never leave machine while pumping is in process. 3. Only nozzle operator will direct the pump operator when to start pump. 4. Make sure all hoses and nozzles are in good shape. 5. Do not stand over hoses. 6. Watch for slipping/tripping hazards in the work area. 7. Use proper lifting procedures for moving hose and placing bagged material. 8. Clean machine properly and thoroughly at end of shift. 9. Make sure all dead man shut-off valves work properly. 10. Do not allow heavy equipment to run over hoses. 11. Do not point outlet end in direction of other personnel in the work area. 12. Make sure safety chains are properly attached at connections. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation


313

Effective Date:



314


Safe Operating Procedures: Jump Starting Hazard Review Fire Moving Traffic Corrosive Acid Electrical Shock Eye Injury Parking Toxic Materials Explosive Gases Slip, Trip and Fall 1. Improper procedures or techniques may result in personal injury and/or damage

to the electrical system or computer components.

2. Employee MUST COMPLETE BATTERY TRAINING before jump starting equipment.

3. Is the vehicle in a safe location to be jump started?

4. If the battery is distorted/deformed, cracked, leaking, or missing a vent cap, DO NOT jump start. Call for assistance.

5. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Eye protection is required.

6. When working at night, have adequate lighting available.

7. Avoid leaning over the battery whenever possible.

8. Do not expose the battery to open flames or sparks (NO SMOKING).

9. Be sure any batteries that have filler caps are properly filled with fluid.

10. Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes or skin.

11. Both discharged and charged batteries must be of the same voltage.

12. Do not stand between vehicles.

13. Use proper procedure in accordance with the operator's manual. If no special instructions apply, proceed as follows for negative grounded batteries:

• Make the jumper connections:


315

• Connect one end of the red jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the booster battery and the opposite end to the positive (+) terminal of the discharged battery

• Connect one end of the black jumper cable to the negative (-) terminal of

the booster battery and the opposite end to an engine bolt head or good metal contact on the vehicle to be started, not to the negative battery terminal of the discharged battery. Check the cables to make sure they will not be in the way of moving parts when the vehicle is started.

• Start the engine of the vehicle with the good battery and run it at a moderate speed

• Start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery

• Remove all cables in reverse sequence. Begin by removing the cable from the engine of the vehicle that had the discharged battery.

14. Keep hands and equipment from all moving parts, belts, machinery, etc.

15. Never use external heat to aid in starting equipment when volatiles are present. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops (Shops) Effective Date:



316


Safe Operating Procedures: Lockout/Tagout Hazard Review Fire Moving Traffic Corrosive Acid Electrical Shock Eye Injury Parking Toxic Materials Explosive Gases Slip, Trip and Fall LockOut/TagOut procedures are designed to isolate or shut off machines and equipment before employees perform any servicing or maintenance work. Each person who may work on equipment shall be trained on this standard before conducting any work. General guidelines for implementing this standard are: 1. Only persons who are trained and authorized may work on equipment.

2. All machinery and equipment which may be started or which may release energy

during servicing must be positively locked out.

3. All employees must honor lockout/tagout devices. No employee may remove a lock unless they have installed it.

4. Each person performing service or maintenance work must have their own individual lockout device. Locks must be standardized by color, shape, size or type.

5. Employees implementing a lockout procedure shall notify employees in the immediate vicinity of his actions.

6. Machinery or equipment shall be shut down through its normal stopping procedure before the lockout device is applied.

7. The lockout device shall be installed at a place where the machinery or equipment can be isolated from its energy source.

8. The equipment shall then be checked to ensure that it is inoperable before any work is performed.

9. The machinery or equipment shall not be restored to operation until all tools are removed and a check is made to ensure no personnel are in a hazardous area.


317

Related SOPs / Documents: JA-13: Maintenance and Repairs Shops (General) JA-14: Marine Maintenance Facility Effective Date:



318


Safe Operating Procedures: Rigging

Hazard Review Crushing Injuries Electrical Shock Equipment Limitations Slip, Trip and Fall Flying Particles Lifting Material Under Stress Overhead Loads Pinch Points Power Equipment Operations Rope or Cable Blocks Adverse Weather Utility Lines 1. Before use, inspect cable, chain or wire rope for wear and replace if necessary.

2. Observe OSHA guidelines for use of cable clamps, safety latches, chains, and

slings.

3. Know rated capacity of cable, chain or wire rope being used.

4. Avoid overloading and sudden jerks.

5. Wear appropriate personal protection equipment consistent with the hazard, including, but not limited to, hard hats, safety glasses, work gloves, and safety shoes.

6. Loads to be lifted shall be checked for balance and have the rigging inspected to ensure a safe and balanced condition.

7. Employees shall not stand or work under suspended loads.

8. Awkward loads should have taglines attached to control the load.

9. Review signals and operator communications. Only one person shall direct the operator.

10. Review the area for utility lines, tree limbs and other overhead safety hazards.

11. Personnel working tag lines should review area for slipping, tripping and falling hazards. If not possible to eliminate them, then take precautions to avoid them.

12. Follow lockout tagout procedures when working on equipment.


319

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-14: Marine Maintenance Facility SP-2: Crane/Dragline Effective Date:



320


Safe Operating Procedures: SCUBA Diving Operations - Outdoor Hazard Review Cold Weather Injuries Drowning Propeller Injuries Cuts Hot Weather Injuries Sharks / Rays Decompression Illness Poisonous Plants / Animals Slips, Trips, Falls 1. All divers must have approval from the Dive Control Board (DCB) and

follow DCB safety policies.

2. Participants must complete and pass a practical test.

3. A medical exam is required for all participants prior to approval.

4. All divers must have proper Diving Certification.

5. Prove of advanced Certification must be provided to the DCB if that level of diving requires such. (Dry suit, Enriched air, etc.)

6. All diving equipment used for scientific diving for DMF must meet DMF’s

standards.

7. Each diver will be equipped with a minimum of the following: mask, fins, regulator with octopus, tank, DCB, depth gauge, tank pressure gauge, compass, timing device, knife, and weight belt.

8. A safety check of all equipment should be conducted before and after each dive. 9. Divers and boat crew shall have a pre-dive meeting to discuss hazards,

entrance, and water exit strategy for boat and shore diving. 10. Each dive site will be inspected to determine if there are any unnecessary risks

that the diver will be taken (Sea state, current speed/direction, vessel density). 11. Divers and crew shall be familiar with the respective Diving Safety Manual

applicable to them and the dive type.


321

12. Dives should be planned and executed under close supervision of the divers

certified to this depth.

13. Any diving operations deeper than 100 feet must go before the DCB.

14. All dive plans must be approved by a DCB member prior to conducting any scientific diving operations and meet the requirements of the American Academy of Underwater Science (AAUS).

15. A copy of the dive plan should be given to the captain of the vessel used, Project

leader, and office personnel. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-17: Marine Research Vessel Operation FO-24: Personal Floatation Devices (PFD) SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat SP-9: Marine Vessel – Research Vessel (Certified and Non Certified) Effective Date:



322


Self-Propelled Equipment Operating Procedures (SOP)

(DEQ Safety Manual Chapter 27A)


323

Self-Propelled Policies (SP-1)

Safe Operating Procedures: All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) – Four Wheeler Hazard Review Turning Radius Uneven / Rough Terrain Unsecured Loads Backing Rollover Fueling / Gas Inclement Weather 1. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety

section and operating rules for inclines, slopes, hills, rough terrain, and water crossings.

2. Only operate this equipment after receiving appropriate training and certification

from your supervisor. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised.

3. Operators born after January 1, 1990, shall possess a safety certificate indicating

successful completion of an all-terrain vehicle safety course sponsored or approved by the All-Terrain Vehicle Safety Institute. (NCGS § 20-171.20)

4. Perform vehicle service check prior to use. 5. Always wear proper PPE: eye protection, boots, and a safety helmet meeting

United States Department of Transportation standards for motorcycle helmets. 6. Always operate at a safe speed. 7. Do not operate on rural roads and highways. 8. Always maintain proper body posture on vehicle, a secure grip on handle bars,

and proper foot position on the foot rest. 9. Don't overload platform rack above factory recommendations. 10. Always secure loads with tarps or netting. 11. Never carry passengers on the platform, or anywhere on the ATV that is not

designed or intended for such purpose.


324

12. Immediately report damaged equipment to the individual responsible for repair.

Lockout and tagout damaged equipment and do not use. 13. Never leave the vehicle running while unattended. 14. Review this safe operating practice at least annually.

15. Each operator of the all-terrain vehicle must pass an approved Marine Patrol

training course. 16. Operator must always operate the all-terrain vehicle at a safe speed, taking into

consideration weather, terrain condition, and the number of swimmers, sunbathers, and people fishing on the beach.

17. All-terrain vehicles are never to be operated on paved roads. 18. The operator of the all-terrain vehicle should not allow riders at any time. This

could upset the balance and maneuverability of the all-terrain vehicle. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement GN-26: Vehicle Operation SP-14: Vehicle – General Utility and Four Wheel Drive TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment

Effective Date:



325


Safe Operating Procedures: Crane/Dragline Class Code 2702, 2703 Hazard Review Noise Traffic Swinging Loads Parking Suspended Loads Lifting 1. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar

with the operator's manual. Report needed repairs promptly. Do not use any equipment that is unsafe.

2. Operators shall be properly trained and licensed for the equipment they will

operate. 3. Do not operate boom within 10 feet of power lines. 4. Check boom daily for cracks, deformities, oil leaks or loose pins, nuts and bolts. 5. Check boom hook for cracking or spreading and loose pins. 6. Make a daily check of wire rope, cable, or chains for deformities. 7. Before traveling, check boom for proper storage position. 8. Workers shall not be allowed under boom during operation. 9. Never exceed maximum lifting capacity of boom. 10. Only one person shall operate the crane and only one person shall signal and

assist the operator. 11. Do not rock the boom and always use a smooth pull. 12. Crane deck shall be kept clean and free of obstructions. 13. When swinging boom, change direction slowly. 14. Do not pull objects directly toward operator position.


326

15. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated.

16. Do not use chain and grab hooks when working on mats. 17. Position drop-line as close as possible to the balance point of the load. 18. Crane shall be made level before beginning work. 19. When mounting or dismounting equipment, use steps and handholds provided.

Do not jump from the vehicle. 20. Operators should be aware of employees and others on foot in work zones. 21. Operators should make a visual inspection of work area prior to beginning work. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-9: Flagging Traffic GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control SA-11: Rigging SP-4: Heavy Equipment Effective Date:



327


Safe Operating Procedures: Fork Lift Class Code 4135, 4136, 4159

Hazard Review Unsecured Loads Backing Overhead and Side Clearances Obscured Paths Other Employees Crushing Injury Pinching Hazards Uneven Surfaces Exhaust Fumes 1. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar


2. Operators shall have successfully completed a forklift training course and have a

current training certificate in their possession when using the forklift.

3. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated.

4. Rated capacity must be stated on forklift. Do not overload.

5. Riders shall not be permitted on forklifts.

6. Loaded forklifts shall not be moved until load is safe and secure.

7. All unattended forklifts shall have mast at vertical position, forks in the down

position, engine off and parking brake set.

8. Forklifts shall not be driven up to anyone standing in front of a bench or fixed object where such person could be caught between the forklift and object.

9. Operators shall look in the direction of travel and not move forklift until certain

that all persons are clear. 10. The forks shall always be carried as low as possible. Make sure counterweights

are in place. 11. Forklifts shall not be driven into and out of trailers at loading docks until such

trailers are securely blocked and brakes set.


328

12. Employees shall not place any part of their body outside the running lines of the forklift or between mast uprights or other parts of the unit where shear or crushing hazards exist.

13. Employees shall slow down and sound horn at all locations where visibility is

obscured or obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs forward view, the operator shall be required to travel with the load trailing. Avoid sharp turns and sudden starts and stops.

14. Employees shall not be allowed to stand, pass, or work under the elevated

portion of any forklift. 15. Extreme care shall be taken when tilting loads. Tilting forward with forks

elevated shall be prohibited except when picking up a load. Tilting elevated loads forward shall be prohibited, except where the load is to be deposited on a storage rack or equivalent.

16. Special precautions shall be taken in the securing and handling of loads by

forklifts equipped with special attachments and during the operation of these trucks after loads have been removed.

17. Employees shall only be lifted in forklifts designed specifically for this use. 18. When the forklift is in motion, the masts should be tilted. When forks are empty,

mast should be tilted to the rear to prevent tips of forks from contacting ground. When the forklift is parked, the tips should be flat on the ground.

19. Check overhead clearance of doorways and entrances.

20. If equipment has air brakes, be sure pressure is up before moving.

21. Avoid abrupt hydraulic system movement that could rupture hydraulic hoses. 22. Annually review this SOP Related SOPs / Documents: GN-9: Flagging Traffic GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control JA-22: Warehouse SP-4: Heavy Equipment


329

Effective Date:



330


Safe Operating Procedures: Heavy Equipment – General (Dump Truck, Low Boy, Tractor, Front-end Loader, Crawler) Hazard Review Backing Mounting / Dismounting Inclement Weather Low Overhead Objects Other Equipment and Vehicles Uneven Terrain Unsecured Load Hooking and Unhooking Lifting Traffic Crushing / Pinching / Rollover Flying Objects All Heavy Equipment 1. Read and understand Operator Manual. 2. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on equipment

before allowing the equipment to be operated. 3. All drivers shall be properly licensed. 4. Drive defensively, observe speed limits, and obey traffic laws. 5. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. 6. Operators shall wear seat belts and/or shoulder harnesses as provided. 7. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Report

needed repairs promptly. Do not use any equipment that is unsafe. 8. When mounting or dismounting equipment, use steps and handholds provided.

Do not jump from the equipment. 9. Operator should make visual inspection of work area prior to beginning work. 10. When in operation, only the operator should be permitted on the equipment,

unless designed to accommodate an extra person. 11. Plan ahead to minimize the need for backing. Always check to the rear before

backing and use an observer when available. Make sure back-up alarms are properly working.


331

12. Be aware of fire extinguishers locations on your equipment and make sure they are properly charged.

13. Keep windshield, windshield wipers, side windows and mirror clean. 14. Operators should be aware of employees and others on foot in work zones. 15. Choose safest location possible to park equipment. Avoid parking in other

equipment’s blind spots. Properly secure equipment. 16. Do not leave equipment unattended with the engine running. Shut off engine and

set parking brake when equipment is not in use.

Dump Trucks 1. Drive defensively, observe speed limits, and obey traffic laws. 2. Be aware of crushing and pinching hazards when installing, adjusting or

removing tailgates. 3. Make sure tailgate is unlatched prior to raising bed for dumping and avoid

dumping on uneven side hill terrain. 4. Make sure cargo is properly loaded, secured and covered. Check for loose

material on bed rails and chassis. 5. Truck speed should be adjusted for load and bad weather. 6. When operating vehicle off the road, be aware of hidden objects in the grass and

unstable terrain. 7. Never work under bed when raised without proper bracing in place. Low Boy 1. Never load a trailer beyond its recommended capacity. 2. Make sure cargo is properly loaded and secured using only approved chain and

load binders. Use no less than 2 chains. Hauled vehicles shall be secured with chains pulling from opposite directions.

3. Safety chains are to be used on any attachment in tow. Ensure that chains are

of the proper strength for the load and are properly secured to both the vehicle and attachment to be towed.


332

4. Be aware crushing and pinching hazards when installing, adjusting, or removing chains and binders used to secure loads.

5. Be aware of height and width of load. 6. Make sure trailer-bed and ramps are clear of any debris. 7. Hook, unhook, load, and unload on stable ground with trailer secure. Crawler, Front-end Loader, Tractor 1. Carry bucket low to ground (loaded or unloaded) 2. Stop with brakes, not transmission. 3. When operating machine on side hill, never allow anyone to remain downslope

while machine is running. 4. Do not operate controls from any position other than the operator’s seat. 5. Do not swing bucket over truck cab or ground crew. 6. Never allow machine to coast downhill with transmission in neutral. 7. Choose safest location possible to park equipment. Avoid parking in other

equipment’s blind spots. Properly secure equipment. 8. Engage safety steering lock while holding and before working on machine. 9. Always lock equipment properly when parking overnight or for extended period. 10. Protect PTO drive with master guard and shield. 11. Stay clear of all moving parts: shafts, belts, flywheels, fans, etc. 12. Beware of crushing or pinching hazards when hooking up, using, adjusting, or

removing attachments. 13. Operator should lower blade/bucket to the ground, set foot brake, and lock

transmission whenever machine is parked.


333

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-9: Flagging Traffic GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-26: Vehicle Operation GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control JA-22: Warehouse SP-2: Crane/Dragline SP-3: Forklift SP-5: Lawn Mower SP-6: Front End Loader SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanic, Field Operations and Maintenance,

Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer Effective Date:



334


Safe Operating Procedures: Lawn Mower Class Code 2310-2370 (Riding and Push Mowers) Hazard Review Noise Flying Objects Steep Terrain Roll Over Lifting Riding Mower 1. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar

with the operator's manual. 2. Report needed repairs promptly. Lockout/tagout and do not use any equipment

that is unsafe. 3. Check condition of drive belts before starting. 4. Check area and clear rocks and debris before mowing. 5. Clear all persons from path of potential flying objects. 6. Avoid entangling blade in wires, ropes, or cables. 7. Make sure seat is properly secured to machine and adjusted for operator use. 8. Make sure mower is in neutral or park before starting. 9. Do not carry passengers on mower. 10. Use mower only for its designed purpose. 11. Use care while operating over uneven terrain. 12. Do not dismount machine unless mower is stopped and blades are disengaged. 13. Disengage mower when not cutting.


335

14. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Eye and hearing protection is required. Open toes shoes are not to be worn during this operation.

15. Keep feet and hands clear of mower blades. 16. Do not refuel a running or hot engine. 17. Keep all guards in place at all times. 18. Keep off slopes too steep for safe operation. 19. Never attempt to start or operate the machine except from the operator's station. 20. Check frame and mower deck for cracks and loose bolts.

Push Mower 1. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar

with the operator’s manual. Report needed repairs promptly. Lockout/Tagout and do not use any equipment that is unsafe.

2. Check area and clear rocks and debris before mowing. 3. Clear all persons from path of potential flying objects. 4. Avoid entangling blade in wires, ropes, or cables. 5. Be aware of overhead wires, limbs, and other obstructions. 6. Ensure that all self-propelled mechanisms are disengaged before starting. 7. Use mower only for its designed purpose. 8. Use care while operating over uneven terrain. Keep off slopes too steep for safe

operation. 9. Disengage mower when not cutting. 10. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Eye

and hearing protection is required. Open toed shoes are not to be worn during this operation.

11. Keep feet and hands clear of mower blades.


336

12. Do not refuel a running or hot engine. 13. Keep all guards in place at all times. 14. Check frame and mower deck for cracks and loose belts. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-26: Vehicle Operation SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SP-4: Heavy Equipment Effective Date:



337


Safe Operating Procedures: Front End Loader

Hazard Review Overloading Mounting / Dismounting Backing Roll Over Steep Terrain Slips, Trips, Falls Pinch Points Adverse Weather Insects 1. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated. 2. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar

with operator’s manual. Report all needed repairs promptly. Do not use any equipment that is unsafe.

3. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. 4. Operators shall be properly trained and licensed for the equipment they will

operate. 5. When mounting or dismounting equipment, use steps and handholds provided.

Do not jump from the vehicle. 6. Keep windshield, windshield wipers, side windows and mirrors clean. 7. Make a visual inspection of work area before starting operations. 8. When in operation, only the operator shall be permitted on the machine. 9. Carry bucket low to the ground (loaded or unloaded) to ensure a clear view of

travel. 10. Stop the loader with brakes, not by shifting transmission. 11. Do not operate the loader or controls from any position other than the operator’s

seat. 12. Plan ahead to minimize the need for backing. Always check to the rear before

backing and use and observer when available. Make sure back-up alarms are working properly.


338

13. Operators should be aware of employees and others on foot in work zones. 14. Do not swing bucket over truck cab or ground crew. 15. Build berm prior to dumping over banks. 16. When operating machine on a grade or incline, never allow anyone to remain

down slope while the machine is in motion. 17. Never allow machine to coast downhill with transmission in neutral. 18. Choose safest location possible to park equipment. Avoid parking in other

equipment’s blind spots. Properly secure the machine with the bucket on the ground.

19. Engage safety steering lock while holding a load and before making adjustments

to the loader. 20. Always ensure the bucket is empty, and lock the machine when parking

overnight or for an extended period of time. 21. When deadheading, use low traffic volume roadways if available. Pull over to

allow vehicles to pass. 22. If a vehicle is equipped with an A.C. engine heater, first switch current off and

then unplug heater before getting into vehicle. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-26: Vehicle Operation SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SP-4: Heavy Equipment SP-7: Loader, General Utility SP-10: Tractors, Backhoe and Loader, Crawler, and Mower SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanic, Field Operations and Maintenance,

Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment


339

Effective Date:



340


Safe Operating Procedures: Loader, General Utility (Dingo) Hazard Review Loading / Unloading Attachments Backing Turning Fueling / gas Back Strain Rollover Pinch Points 1. Review manufacturer’s operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety

section and operating rules. 2. Only operate this equipment after receiving appropriate training and certification

from you supervisor. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated.

3. Inspect equipment prior to use. 4. Always wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) consistent with

the hazard, such as eye and hearing protection and leather boots. 5. No personnel shall be allowed to ride anywhere on the equipment. 6. Only one person can operate equipment at a time. 7. When leaving the equipment unattended, locate a flat, level place, lower the

attachment arm, turn engine off, and engage parking brake. 8. When traveling up or down hills, always have the equipment below you. (Drive

downhill, back uphill) 9. Only approved chain, load binders, and tie downs will be used to secure the

equipment to the trailer. 10. Report any damaged equipment to the Maintenance Supervisor and use lockout/

tagout procedures to prevent use of damaged equipment. 11. Review this safety operating practice at least annually.


341

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-26: Vehicle Operation SP-1: All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) SP-4: Heavy Equipment SP-6: Front End Loader SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SP-10: Tractors, Backhoe and Loader, Crawler, and Mower SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanic, Field Operations and Maintenance,

Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment Effective Date:



342


Safe Operation Procedures: Marine Vessel – Power Boat

Hazard Review Noise Slip, Trip and Fall Lifting Drowning/Hypothermia Hot Surfaces Crushing Injuries Pressurized Systems Confined Spaces Electric shock Unsecured Objects Cuts Moving Machinery Parts Fire Power/hand Tools Mooring Lines Nighttime Operation Inclement Weather Lost at sea Cuts The following are guidelines/requirements for the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). It is not possible to list every instance where PPE is required so it shall be the Supervisor's responsibility to exercise prudent judgment to determine if additional protective equipment is necessary and to ensure that the appropriate equipment is worn. The failure to wear appropriate PPE could result in disciplinary action. *Please refer to GN-21 and GN-22 on personal protective equipment and the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information. 1. Fuel system ventilation is required for gasoline-powered vessels. 2. The operator shall be properly trained prior to operation the vessel and shall

have and maintain any required license to operate the vessel. 3. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) consistent with the

hazard, conditions, US coast Guard (USCG) rules, and your division's policy for various situations and as directed by your supervisor. PPE includes, but is not limited to, USCG approved personal floatation devices (inflatable or work vest) for each person on board according to vessel size and area of operation, safety "steel toe" shoes, slip resistant shoes while on board the vessel, sunscreen.

4. A throwable floatation cushion is required on all vessels. 5. Approved Type B-1 Fire extinguishers are required.


343

6. All vessels must have navigation lights for operations between sunset and

sunrise and during periods of restricted visibility. 7. Ensure that the required distress signals are available as follows:

a. Coastal Waters: 3 parachute flares, 3 hand held flares, 3 smoke signals (1 distress flag may be substituted for the 3 smoke signals) or approved equivalent flare kits.

b. Ocean Waters: 3-50 nautical miles offshore: 3 parachute flares, 6 hand held flares, 3 smoke signals. Note: Distress signals must be stored in watertight containers.

8. A sound-producing device on vessels less than 39.4 ft. is required. These

devices need only be an efficient sound-producing device - an air horn is recommended.

9. Each vessel operating more than 3m from shore (ocean beaches or any sound shore or river bank) must carry or be equipped with a cellular telephone or VHF radio. Some form of communication equipment shall be available within each section for all vessel operations.

10. All vessels operating more than 3nm from shore must carry one registered and

regularly tested 406 MHZ category Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB). Vessels not required to carry float free, automatically activated EPIRBs may carry manual models.

11. Vessels less than 36ft in length operating more than 12nm off the coast (seaward)

and vessels greater than 36ft in length operating more than 20nm off the coast must carry an inflatable buoyant apparatus (life raft) suitable for the POB with an appropriate equipment pack. 46 CFR 28.120(b)

12. Each vessel must carry a first aid kit suitable for the number of People on Board

(POB) and characteristics of the vessel operations. Vessels operating in the ocean with more than 2 POB must have a person or persons currently certified in first aid and CPR and a first aid manual on board.

13. Each vessel must be equipped with an anchor and appropriate combinations of

chain, rope, or cable to hold the vessel in the waters in which it operates. Vessels less than 16ft. in length must also carry an oar.

14. Each vessel must be equipped with an operational compass, either mounted or

hand held. 15. All vessels operating in federal waters with a non-metallic hull and no other

structure, which provides a radar signature, must have an installed radar reflector.


344

16. Vessels without positive foam floatation and vessels with positive (level) foam

floatation operating in federal waters must have bilge pumps and bilge piping (fixed or portable) capable of dewatering any below deck (non-foam filled) space at a rate of 2 inches per minute. Fixed systems are preferred and temporary systems must be replaced where feasible. Measurements for determining the dewatering rate must be taken at a level below decks that best represents the beam of the vessel.

17. GPS equipment and/or currently correct navigation charts are required on all

vessels operating in federal waters. 18. All personnel working on the water from November 1 through April 30 will be

issued one type III USCG approved float coat with extended hypothermia protection (beavertail) and/or floatation coveralls.


floatation coveralls if requested. Other employees already issued float coats may opt for floatation coveralls at the time of float coat replacement. Employees issued floatation coveralls may retain float coats.


required to attach their vessel’s kill switch lanyard to their person while operating above idle speed. Officers are allowed to operate vessels without having lanyards attached at idle speed or while stopped in order to perform inspections and other duties safely. Having a spare kill switch lanyard on board is strongly advised.

21. A USCG approved, emergency strobe light for attachment to PFDs, a signal

mirror, and a whistle will be issued to all employees regularly working on the water.

22. Due to the varied nature of vessel operations throughout the Division, it is

recommended that each section establish policy for situations, which require mandatory PFD use. It is recommended that, at a minimum, personal, inflatable life vests be worn at all times when working on any open deck.

23. The Department safety coordinator has determined that non-skid deck shoes fall

under the provisions for personal protective equipment covered under the State Personnel Manual. Combination steel-toe and non-skid shoes are available. See your supervisor prior to purchasing.

24. All employees expected to work on the water between November 1 and April 30

must receive hypothermia protection training.


345

25. All employees issued immersion suits or working aboard vessels required to carry an inflatable buoyant apparatus or life boat must be trained in their use and/or deployment in all situations.

26. Vessels operating at sea with more than 2 POB must have one crewmember

certified in first aid and one crewmember certified in the use of CPR. They may be the same person. All employees regularly working on the water must receive first aid and CPR training and refresher courses.

27. All employees performing regular job duties aboard a DMF vessel, other than

under the direct supervision of a qualified person (on-the-job training), must show adequate experience (by completing a standardized examination) or training (e.g., USCG or military license, boating safety course certificate) to safely perform those duties aboard that vessel.

28. All vessels operated by DMF must receive at least one annual courtesy safety

examination by the US Coast Guard or it’s auxiliary. 29. For vessels operating at night or more than 3nm from shore or both, a written

float plan must be filed or contact must be maintained with the Morehead dispatcher. Information to be communicated in the float plan or radio communication with the Morehead dispatcher must include:

• Time of departure • Destination • Expected time of return • Persons on board • Vessel description • Announcement of return/Cancellation of float plan

30. Daylight vessel operations less than 3nm from shore must check out and in with

their respective section, district or local work unit.

31. Notify supervisor of any serious injuries.

32. Employees who conduct work activities on this type vessel shall read and follow any division specific Boating Safety and Boating Equipment Policies.

33. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard and

USCG rules. An inflatable vest or work vest shall be worn when working on deck and working in areas where slips, trips, or falls would likely result in falling overboard. Hearing protection shall be worn upon entering engine room when in operation.

34. Use sunscreen when exposed to direct or indirect sunlight or UV rays.


346

35. Be aware of loose objects, slippery decks, tripping hazards, uneven decks, “head bangers”, high volume water pumps, and other obstructions. Always use handrails when ascending and descending ladders.


37. Use caution around mooring lines. Never stand in the bight of a line. Stand well

clear of mooring lines that are under heavy stress.

38. Review SDS and provide adequate ventilation when using paint or cleaning with chemicals.

39. Be alert of falling or shifting objects during heavy weather conditions. Remain

aware of changing weather conditions. 40. Vessel operator shall conduct a pre-operational tailgate meeting with all

passengers and crew before each operation (i.e., daily). This meeting shall include the following information: • Location of PFD’s • Location of throw-able devices, cushions or ring buoys (Type IV) • Location of fire extinguishers • VHF radios • Location of flares, horn and signaling devices • Location of first aid kits • Vessel toilet location, operation, and servicing, including informing

passengers of their right to request to use of a toilet facility • Destination, duration, anticipated conditions, activities, and any potential

hazards that may be encountered. 41. Operators and passengers/crew have the following responsibilities for use of

toilet facilities: • The operator (vessel captain) of any DMF vessel has the responsibility to

all passengers/crew aboard the vessel. If a passenger/crew member makes a request for the need to use a toilet facility, the vessel operator must accommodate that request, by either already having approved sanitation equipment available on the vessel, including assurance of privacy, or carrying the person to shore for use of a proper toilet facility.

• The operator (vessel captain) is to inform all persons aboard the vessel of their right to make this request during the pre-operational safety briefing according to DMF Safety Manual (tailgate meeting) before the vessel leaves shore (this is to be stated each day before the start of an operation).

• Persons aboard a vessel have the right to request access to an approved facility (an approved sanitation equipment on board the vessel and, if not


347

available, a request to go to a nearby shore facility). If needed, persons on board must make the request to the vessel operator.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-20: Marine Vessel Emergency Signal Device – Disposal SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage TA-1: Air Compressor TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual)

Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Added toilet facilities and kill switch lanyard requirements;

Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. Highlighted statement included. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS. January 2017 Reviewed and revised


348


Safe Operation Procedures: Marine Vessel – Research Vessel (Certified and Non-Certified)

Hazard Review Cold Weather Injury Hot Weather Injury Rigging Entanglement Cuts Poisonous Plants/Animals Slips, Trips and Falls Drowning Sharks/Rays The following are guidelines/requirements for the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). It is not possible to list every instance where PPE is required so it shall be the Supervisor's responsibility to exercise prudent judgment to determine if additional protective equipment is necessary and to ensure that the appropriate equipment is worn. The failure to wear appropriate PPE could result in disciplinary action. *Please refer to GN-21 and GN-22 on personal protective equipment and the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information. 1. U.S. Coast Guard licensed Captain and Mate required. 2. USCG approved safety equipment aboard including survival suits, personal

floatation devices (PFD), first aid kits, EPIRB, life raft, flares, fire extinguishers, etc.

3. Captain and Mate will be certified in First Aid and CPR.

4. Vessel equipped with VHF radio, cellular telephone, GPS, and radar for safe

navigation and communications with other vessels and shore. 5. Float plan and daily communication with Morehead City Headquarters while

underway. Information to be communicated in the float plan or radio communication with the Morehead dispatcher must include:

• Time of departure • Destination • Expected time of return • Persons on board • Vessel description


349

• Announcement of return/Cancellation of float plan

6. Annual shipyard haul out for safety inspection, bottom cleaning, and repairs.

7. Regular maintenance performed on engine, generator, and other mechanical equipment.

8. Observe extreme caution while operating deck winches and handling nets,

cables, outriggers, and trawl doors.

9. Use caution while handling dangerous marine species like sharks, stingrays, jellyfish, lionfish, and Portuguese-men-of-war, etc. Use protective gloves and clothing.

10. Make crew aware of location of fire-fighting equipment, PFDs, operation of

winches, and all safety procedures during first hour of cruises. 11. All non-enforcement personnel working on the water from November 1 through

April 30 will be issued one type III USCG approved float coat with extended hypothermia protection (beavertail) and/or floatation coveralls.




required to attach their vessel’s kill switch lanyard to their person while operating above idle speed. Officers are allowed to operate vessels without having lanyards attached at idle speed or while stopped in order to perform inspections and other duties safely. Having a spare kill switch lanyard on board is strongly advised.

14. Vessel operator shall conduct a pre-operational tailgate meeting with all

passengers and crew before each operational (i.e., daily). This meeting shall include the following information:

• Location of PFD’s • Location of throw-able devices, cushions or ring buoys (Type IV) • Location of fire extinguishers • VHF radios • Location of flares, horn and signaling devices • Location of first aid kits • Vessel toilet location, operation, and servicing, including informing

passengers of their right to request to use of a toilet facility • Destination, duration, anticipated conditions, activities and any potential

hazards that may be encountered.


350

15. Operators and passengers/crew have the following responsibilities for use of




• Persons aboard a vessel have the right to request access to an approved facility (an approved sanitation equipment on board the vessel and, if not available, a request to go to a nearby shore facility). If needed, persons on board must make the request to the vessel operator.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-20: Marine Vessel Emergency Signal Device – Disposal SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat TA-1: Air Compressor TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Added float coat, coverall and immersion suits, toilet

facility, and kill switch lanyard requirements; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. Addition of highlighted statement. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS. January 2017 Reviewed and revised.


351

Self Propelled Policies (SP-10)

Safe Operating Procedures: Tractor, Backhoe and Loader, Crawler Tractor, and Mower Tractors Class Code 0305, 2301-2308 Hazard Review Mounting / Dismounting Backing Underground / Overhead Utilities Adverse Weather Noise Slips, Trips, and Falls 1. Supervisors shall verify that drivers are capable and qualified on each type of

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised. 2. Drivers shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar with

operator's manual. Lockout Tagout damaged and unsafe equipment and promptly report all needed repairs. Do not use any equipment that is unsafe.

3. Operators should make a visual inspection of work area prior to beginning work.

4. Never attempt to start or operate the machine except from the operator’s station.

5. Operators and passengers (equipment with passenger seating) shall wear seat

belts and/or shoulder harnesses as provided. 6. Keep windshield, windshield wipers, side windows, and mirrors clean. Make sure

that the mirrors provide a large as possible view of the rear. 7. When mounting or dismounting equipment, use steps and handholds provided.

Do not jump from vehicle.

8. Never allow the machine to coast downhill with transmission in neutral. 9. Plan ahead to minimize or eliminate the need for backing. Always check to the

rear before backing and use an observer when available. Make sure back-up alarms are working properly.

10. Choose safest location possible to park equipment. Avoid parking in other

equipment's blind spots. 11. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard.


352

12. Be aware of fire extinguisher locations on your equipment and make sure they

are properly charged. 13. Operators shall be aware of employees and others on foot in work zones and be

sure area is clear of personnel before lowering stabilizers or moving the boom. 14. Do not leave attachments in the raised position when equipment is not in use;

always lower to the ground. 15. When in operation, only the operator is permitted on the machine. 16. Be sure outriggers are properly set before operating backhoe. 17. Never allow anyone to work under a raised bucket or in the bucket. 18. Do not operate backhoe boom within 10 feet of energized power line. 19. Utilize trailer whenever possible to transport backhoe. Use swing and boom

locking pins when transporting.

20. Make sure equipment is properly secured prior to transporting. Choose the safest location possible to park equipment. Avoid parking in other equipment’s blind spot.

21. When operating on slopes, use caution when swinging bucket in the downhill

direction. Dump on the uphill side. Keep loader bucket low when moving. When operation on a side slope, never allow anyone to remain down slope while machine is in motion.

22. Select loading areas that are as level as possible.

23. When involved in clearing operations, operator should be conscious of possible

falling debris from overhead. An observer shall be used when visibility is obstructed.

24. Operator should lower ripper and blade to the ground, set the foot brake, and

lock transmission whenever machine is parked. 25. Do not leave equipment unattended with the engine running. Lower the bucket

to the ground, shut off engine, and set the parking brake when equipment is not in use.


353

Mower Tractor Class Code 0305, 2301-2308 1. Watch traffic when driving around guide markers, signs, culverts, etc. or anytime

machine encroaches on travel lane.

2. Don't mow too close to fences and be alert for utility pole guy wire, concrete right of way markers, etc.

3. Use caution when mowing on steep slopes. Watch for hidden holes or washouts and reduce speed.

4. Use caution when mowing downhill on wet or green grass as brakes are less effective.

5. Shut off tractor, use lockout/tagout practices when performing equipment repair activities. Never work under mower unless properly secured with safety stand or safety chain

6. Keep area clear of personnel on foot.

7. Do not dismount unless motor is off, blades have stopped, and brake is set. Use three points of contact when mounting / dismounting.


includes, but is not limited to, eye and hearing protection. Include the use of a dust mask where windy and dusty conditions are present.

9. Keep mower adjusted to proper height above ground to prevent throwing debris. 10. Do not run side mount flail in the up position.

11. Replace missing flail knives to maintain balance.

12. Ensure debris guard is in place and in good condition. 13. Use caution not to place equipment in locations where it is subject to getting

stuck.

14. Never attempt to start or operate the machine except from the operator's station.

15. Operators and passengers (equipment with passenger seating) shall wear seat belts and/or shoulder harnesses as provided. Where provided, check to ensure Rollover Protective Structures (ROPS) are secure.

16. Stay clear of all moving parts, cables, shafts, belts, flywheels, etc.


354

17. Check frame for cracks and loose bolts. Look for signs of fluid leaks.

18. Mower operators should familiarize themselves with this section and shall

annually review this SOP.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-26: Vehicle Operation SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SP-1: All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) SP-4: Heavy Equipment SP-6: Front End Loader SP-11: Tractor, Wheel TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment Effective Date:



355


Safe Operating Procedures: Tractor, Wheel Hazard Review Traffic Uneven Terrain Inclement Weather Rollover Noise Flying Objects Pedestrians Poisonous Snakes, Plants, Insects Slips, Trips, Falls 1. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar

with the operator's manual. Lockout/Tagout damaged and unsafe equipment and report needed repairs promptly. Do not use any equipment that is unsafe.

2. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised. 3. Keep windshield, windshield wipers, side windows, and mirrors clean. 4. When mounting or dismounting equipment, use steps and handholds provided.

Use three points of contact. Do not jump from vehicle. 5. Check frame for cracks and loose bolts. 6. Lockout/tagout unsafe or damaged equipment and promptly report needed

repairs. Do not use any equipment that is unsafe. 7. Do not leave equipment unattended with the engine running. Shut off engine and

set the parking brake when equipment is not in use. 8. Always lower attachments to the ground when they are not in use. 9. Prior to operating the vehicle, perform a walkthrough of the area to locate any

hidden objects in the grass and to recognize unstable terrain. 10. Never allow anyone to work on or under a raised attachment without the proper

safeguards in place and secured. 11. Avoid driving too close to the edge of a ditch, shoulder, or excavation. 12. Reduce speed before turning or applying brakes. Couple the brake pedals

together when traveling at high speed. Be sure that both wheels are braked


356

simultaneously when making an emergency stop. Drive at speeds slow enough to ensure your safety, especially over rough ground.

13. When driving out of a ditch, gully, or up a steep slope, engage the clutch slowly.

Be prepared to de-clutch promptly if the front wheels rise off the ground. Use the same care if rear wheels mire in soft ground or drop into hole. Back the unit out of these spots if at all possible.

14. Never attempt to start or operate the machine except from the operator's station. 15. Protect PTO drive with master guard and shield. 16. Do not oil, grease, or adjust the unit while it is in motion. 17. Operators must wear lap belt and/or shoulder harness if rollover protection is

provided. 18. When in operation, only the operator shall be permitted on the machine. 19. Never coast or freewheel when moving downhill. 20. Stay clear of all moving parts: shafts, belts, flywheels, fans, etc. 21. Be aware of crushing or pinching hazards when hooking up, using, adjusting, or

removing attachments. 22. Plan ahead to minimize the need for backing. Always check to the rear before

backing and use an observer when available. Make sure back-up alarms are working properly.

23. Choose safest location possible to park equipment. Avoid parking in other

equipment's blind spot. 24. Make sure equipment is properly secured prior to transporting. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-26: Vehicle Operation SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SP-1: All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) SP-4: Heavy Equipment


357

SP-6: Front End Loader SP-10: Tractors, Backhoe and Loader, Crawler, and Mower SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanic, Field Operations and Maintenance, Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment Effective Date:



358


Safe Operating Procedures: Trucks: Crew Cab Truck, Dump Trucks, Flatbed Truck, Fuel and Lube Truck, Tractor and Trailer Class Code 0217, 3201, 3203, 3204, 3206, Field Operations Truck, Mechanic and Maintenance Truck, and Field Mechanic’s Truck Class Code 0203, 1820 Hazard Review Backing Mounting / Dismounting Inclement Weather Unsecured Loads Proper Tool / Supply Storage Slips, Trips, and Falls Personal Safety Pedestrians Traffic Tailgates Flammable Liquids Pinching /Crushing 1. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar

with the operator's manual. Lockout/Tagout damaged and unsafe equipment and report needed repairs promptly. Do not use any equipment that is unsafe.

2. All drivers shall be properly licensed.

3. Drive defensively, observe speed limits, and obey all traffic laws.

4. Make sure appropriate decals and placards are displayed on vehicles.

5. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised. 6. Keep windshield, windshield wipers, side windows, and mirrors clean. 7. When mounting or dismounting equipment, use steps and handholds provided.

Use three points of contact. Do not jump from vehicle. 8. No personnel shall be allowed to ride anywhere except in the cab when the

vehicle is in motion. EXCEPTION: When using the manufacturer’s specifications, the vehicle is specifically designed to accommodate an individual outside the cab or vehicle.



359

10. Plan ahead to minimize or eliminate the need for backing. Always check to the

rear before backing and use an observer when available. Make sure back up alarms are working properly.

11. Do not leave equipment unattended with the engine running. Shut off engine and

set the parking brake when equipment is not in use. 12. Be aware of fire extinguisher locations on your equipment and make sure they

are properly charged. 13. Operators and passengers must safety belts and/or shoulder harness if rollover

protection is provided. 14. Choose safest location possible to park equipment. Avoid parking in other

equipment's blind spot. 15. Operators shall be aware of employees and others on foot in work areas. 16. Truck speed shall be adjusted for load and weather. Tire chains shall be utilized

as dictated by weather conditions. 17. When operating vehicle off the roadway, be aware of hidden objects in the grass

and unstable terrain. 18. Provisions shall be made for proper tool, supplies and sign storage. 19. Only approved chain, load binders, and tie downs shall be used to secure cargo. 20. If vehicle is equipped with A.C. engine heater, or external electrical switch, switch

current off at the source and then unplug the cord before getting into vehicle.

21. Do not smoke around flammable liquids.

22. Prior to operating the equipment off of the roadway, look for hidden objects in the grass and unstable terrain.

23. Remove regulator valves and install tank caps on oxygen and acetylene tanks when transporting.

24. Make sure cargo is properly loaded and secured. Check for loose material on

truck body and chassis. Flatbed Trucks: Make sure cargo is properly loaded and secured with no less than two chains.

25. Hauled vehicles shall be secured with chains pulling from opposite directions. Check for loose material on truck body and chassis.


360

26. Be aware of crushing and pinching hazards when installing, adjusting, or

removing chains and binders used to secure loads. 27. Field mechanics truck and equipment being serviced should be completely off

roadway. If this is not possible, determine traffic control needs from Work Zone Safety Handbook.

28. All items in the cab areas of the vehicle shall be removed or secured in

toolboxes. Because of extreme vehicle temperature, items such as aerosol cans or any items whose contents are under pressure should not be carried inside the cab area of the vehicle.

29. Provisions should be made for proper tool and sign storage.

30. When transporting oversize loads, operator shall be responsible for obtaining

proper permit.

31. Operator should always check and be aware of load height.

32. Hook/unhook, load/unload on stable ground with trailer secure. Fuel and Lube Trucks: Additional Safety Procedures. 1. Operator shall stop at all unsignaled railroad grade crossings.

2. Immediately use electrical quick disconnect should accident occur.

3. Lube truck and equipment being serviced should be completely off the roadway.

If this is not possible, determine traffic control needs from Work Zone Safety Handbook.

Dump Trucks: Additional Safety Procedures. 1. Always check for proper clearance distances between the lift path of the truck

bed and tree limbs and power lines before dumping the load.

2. Be aware of, and avoid, overhead utility lines when dumping material. Avoid getting the dump near any overhead power line.

3. Never work under a raised bed without proper bracing in place. Use lockout tagout procedures.

4. Make sure tailgate is unlatched prior to raising bed for dumping and avoid dumping on unlevel side hill terrain.


361

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-26: Vehicle Operation SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SP-1: All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) SP-4: Heavy Equipment SP-10: Tractors: Backhoe and Loader, Crawler, and Mower SP-11: Tractor Wheel TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment Effective Date:



362


Safe Operating Procedures: Vehicle - Emergency Response Hazard Review Death/Serious Injury Property Damage Weather Road Conditions Traffic Equipment Failure 1. Operators responding to emergency situations must drive with due regard for the

safety of all persons using the road and in a manner cognizant of traffic conditions at the time.

2. Marine Patrol Officers shall use blue lights, siren and headlights at all times

when engaged in emergency vehicle operations. 3. Seat belts will be worn during emergency response. 4. Doors should be securely closed. 5. Windows should be in the closed position. 6. Vehicle should be in operational order. 7. Emergency response will be terminated if the emergency response vehicle

experiences equipment failure. 8. All airbags will be in the on position.

9. Maintain communications with the appropriate individuals that can provide a

quick response by outside agencies when assistance is needed in dealing with irate people.

10. Review this SOP on an annual basis

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-1: Accident and Injury Response GN-6: Exposure to Blood and Bodily Fluids GN-7: Fire Safety


363

GN-8: First Aid GN-9: Flagging Traffic GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control LE-6: Law Enforcement Vehicle Emergency Response EA-6: Field Emergency Response Effective Date:



364


Safe Operating Procedures: Vehicles- General Utility and Four Wheel Drive Hazard Review Backing Mounting / Dismounting Unsecured Loads Pinching / Crushing Rollover 1. All drivers shall be properly licensed. Be familiar with and review the

manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety section and operating rules for inclines, slopes, hills, rough terrain, and water crossings.

2. Supervisors shall verify that drivers are capable and qualified on each type of

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated. 3. Drivers shall perform a vehicle service check prior to use. Report all needed

repairs promptly. Do not use any equipment that is unsafe. 4. Operators and passengers shall wear seat belts and or shoulder harnesses as

provided. Do not operate on roads and highways. 5. Be cautious of rough terrain and the potential for rollover. Stay alert for holes,

rocks, and other hidden hazards in the terrain. 6. Do not operate in water or wet areas if water level is above tires. 7. Keep arms and legs inside the passenger area at all times. 8. Don't overload cargo bed above factory recommendations. 9. Always secure cargo loads with tarps or netting. 10. Never carry passengers in the cargo area unless vehicle has been equipped for

emergency use. 11. Avoid fueling the vehicle in the presence of open flames, lit smoking materials or

ignition sources. 12. When possible, use a spotter while backing.


365

13. This vehicle requires a large turning radius. Drive very slowly when turning. Sharp turns could cause the utility vehicle to tip over.

14. Report damaged and broken equipment to the Maintenance Supervisor. 15. Review this safe operating practice at least annually. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-26: Vehicle Operation SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SP-1: All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) SP-4: Heavy Equipment SP-10: Tractors: Backhoe and Loader, Crawler, and Mower SP-11: Tractor Wheel SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanic, Field Operations and Maintenance,

Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment Effective Date:



366


Safe Operating Procedures: Vehicle - Sport Utility Operation (SUV)

Hazard Review Death/Serious Injury Mounting / Dismounting Traffic Conditions Pinching / Crushing Adverse / Inclement Weather Rollover Uneven Terrain 1. All drivers shall be properly licensed. Be familiar with and review the

manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety section and operating rules for inclines, slopes, hills, and rough terrain, and water crossings.

2. Supervisors shall verify that drivers are capable and qualified on each type of

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised. 3. Drivers shall perform a vehicle service check prior to use. A visual inspection

should be made before each use. Tires and fluid levels should be checked for proper operating levels. Report all needed repairs promptly. Do not use any equipment that is unsafe.

4. All airbags should be in the on position. Seat belts will be worn during operation

of the vehicle. 5. Operator will read the vehicle owner's manual and obey all safety warnings

before operating any state vehicle. 6. Operator will follow the vehicle owner’s manual reference on how to operate the

vehicle in the four-wheel drive position. 7. Doors shall be in the closed position when the vehicle is being operated. 8. Head restraint should be adjusted so that the top of the restraint is closest to the

top of your head. 9. Operator will drive with due regard for the safety of all persons using the road

and in a manner cognizant of traffic conditions at the time. 10. When operating off roadways, be aware of uneven terrain, ditches, and streams.


367

11. Do not drive through moving water. 12. Avoid use of roll bar lights and overhead lights at night when traveling on public

highways 13. If the vehicle experiences equipment failure, the operator will terminate use of the

vehicle until it is safe to operate. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-26: Vehicle Operation SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SP-1: All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment Effective Date:



368


Safe Operating Procedures: Work Boat Class Code 3301, 3302 Hazard Review Drowning Slip, Trip and Fall Flammable Materials Lifting Steep Terrain Traffic The following are guidelines/requirements for the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). It is not possible to list every instance where PPE is required so it shall be the Supervisor's responsibility to exercise prudent judgment to determine if additional protective equipment is necessary and to ensure that the appropriate equipment is worn. The failure to wear appropriate PPE could result in disciplinary action. *Please refer to GN-21 and GN-22 on personal protective equipment and the NCDMF Hazard Assessment and PPE Program located on the NCDMF Inside Fisheries website for more comprehensive information. Before Launching 1. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised. 2. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar


3. When fueling, turn off motor, extinguish any open flames, ignition sources and

avoid overflow. 4. Check engine oil and drive oil levels. 5. Have sufficient fuel on board for trip. 6. Provide a USCG approved Personal Floatation Device (PFD) of proper size and

in good condition for each occupant.


369

7. All non-enforcement personnel working on the water from November 1 through April 30 will be issued one type III USCG approved float coat with extended hypothermia protection (beavertail) and/or floatation coveralls.



9. Ensure that the boat equipment meets all state and USCG requirements for its

size. Where provided, ensure that boat lights are working. 10. Boat must be outfitted and equipped with a properly charged fire extinguisher,

first aid kit, boat hooks, paddles, and mooring lines for its size. 11. Brief new personnel on safety equipment use and location. 12. Make sure drain plugs are properly installed. 13. Make a visual check of hull for rips, tears or holes. 14. Be sure bow line is attached to bow and secured before backing down launch

ramp. 15. When applicable, make radio check with shore facility when working from boat. 16. Operators and passengers/crew have the following responsibilities for use of




• Persons aboard a vessel need have the right to request access to an approved facility (an approved sanitation equipment on board the vessel and, if not available, a request to go to a nearby shore facility). If needed, persons on board must make the request to the vessel operator.


370

After Launching 1. Check for water leakage from hull or engine. 2. Observe maritime "Rules of the Road". 3. Use kill switch lanyard on powered vessel while underway. The lanyard can be

removed during slow speed and when approaching a dock. Having a spare kill switch lanyard on board is strongly advised.

Boat Trailer 1. Back up to trailer with assistance of another person. 2. Check condition of hitch, safety chain, electrical lines, winch, and winch cable. 3. Make sure winch is in locked position before moving trailer and boat. 4. Check for proper alignment of boat on rollers and V-block. 5. Check condition of trailer wheels and brakes. Ensure brake lights are functional. 6. Be sure boat is secure before moving the trailer. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-2: Cold Weather Safety GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-20: Marine Vessel Emergency Signal Device – Disposal SA-5: Confined Space Entry SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat TA-1: Air Compressor TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Added float coat, coverall and immersion suits, toilet

facility, and kill switch lanyard requirements; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. Addition of highlighted statement. May 2016 Reviewed and revised. Changed DENR to DEQ and MSDS to SDS. January 2107 Reviewed and revised.


371


Tools and Accessories Safe Operating Procedures (SOP)

(DEQ Safety Manual Chapter 27B)


372

Tools and Accessories Policies (TA-1)

Safe Operating Procedures: Air Compressor Machines – Portable and Fixed - Class Code 1500-1512 Air Compressor Storage Tanks Hazard Review Noise High Pressure Air Pinching Flying Objects Explosion Traffic Slips, Trips, and Falls General Safety Requirements for Compressed Air 1. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised. 2. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of all air hoses, couplings and

connections to determine if leakage or other damage exists. Be familiar with operator's manual. Do not operate unsafe equipment.

3. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with hazard. Hearing

and eye protection shall be worn when operating the air compressor. 4. Choose safest location to place compressor unit or compressor vehicle within

work area. 5. Avoid belt drive assembly area for equipment that is belt driven. 6. Use wheel chocks to prevent portable air compressors from running away. 7. Hoses shall not be strung across floors or aisles where they are liable to cause

personnel to trip and fall. When possible, air supply hoses shall be suspended overhead, or located in such an area as to afford efficient access and protection against damage.

8. Decompress air from compressor prior to removing any caps or air equipment

attachments such as jack hammers, drills, etc. 9. Keep oils and flammable materials clear of air fittings and joints. 10. Operators shall be aware of employees and others on foot in work zones.


373

11. Make sure hose connections are secure to avoid hose coming loose during use.

High pressure air can cause serious injury. Hose ends must be secured to prevent whipping in case an accidental cut or break occurs.

12. Compressed air must not be used under any circumstances to clean dirt and dust

from clothing or off a person’s skin. 13. Shop air used for cleaning floor, equipment, and desk areas shall be regulated to

15 parts per square inch (psi), unless equipped with diffuser nozzles to provide less pressure. Pressure-relief valve shall be checked and the pressure relieved before transporting.

14. At the end of each shift, compressor shall be shut down, air receiver condensate

drain valve opened and the system allowed to bleed down. Valve shall remain open until the system is restarted and air begins to blow off.

15. If compressor is to be used for breathing purposes, the air must be tested to

ensure it is at least class D air. 16. A high temperature and/or carbon monoxide alarm must be installed on oil-

lubricated compressors. The following precautions pertain to the use of compressed air in machine shops. 1. All compressed air pipelines, pipes, hoses, and fittings must have their maximum

working air pressure (pounds per square inch, psi) identified. 2. Air supply shutoff valves shall be located (as near as possible) at the point-of-

operation. 3. Do not point pneumatic impact tools, such as riveting guns, at another person. 4. Before a pneumatic tool is disconnected (unless it has quick disconnect plugs),

the air supply must be turned off at the control valve and the tool bled. 5. Goggles, face shields, or other eye protection must be worn by personnel using

compressed air for cleaning equipment. 6. Static electricity can be generated through the use of pneumatic tools. This type

of equipment must be grounded or bonded if it is used where fuel, flammable vapors, or explosive atmospheres are present.


374

Maintaining Compressed Air Machinery:

All components of compressed air systems shall be inspected regularly by qualified and trained employees. Maintenance supervisors shall be familiar with state OSHA and Department of Insurance regulations for this type of machine. Operators need to be aware of the following:

Air Compressor Storage Tanks (Air Receivers): 1. An air receiver’s maximum allowable working pressure shall never be exceeded

except when being tested. Only hydrostatically tested and approved tanks shall be used as air receivers.

2. Air tanks and receivers shall be equipped with inspection openings, and tanks

over 36 inches in diameter shall have a manhole. Pipelug openings shall be provided on tanks with volumes of less than five cubic feet.

3. The intake and exhaust pipes of small tanks, similar to those used in garages

shall be made removable for interior inspections. 4. No tank or receiver shall be altered or modified by unauthorized persons. 5. Air receivers shall be fitted with a drain cock that is located at the bottom of the

receiver. 6. Receivers shall be drained frequently to prevent accumulation of liquid inside the

unit. Receivers having automatic drain systems are exempt from this requirement.

7. Air tank shall be located so that its entire outside surface can be easily inspected.

Air tanks shall not be buried or placed where they cannot be seen for frequent inspection.

8. Each air receiver shall be equipped with at least one pressure gauge and an

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) safety valve of the proper design.

9. A safety (spring loaded) release valve shall be installed to prevent the receiver

from exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure. 10. Only qualified personnel shall be permitted to repair air tanks. All repair work

must be done according to established safety standards.


375

Air Distribution Lines: 1. Air lines shall be made of high quality materials, fitted with secure connections. 2. Only standard fittings shall be used on the air lines. 3. Operators shall avoid bending or kinking air hoses. 4. Air hoses shall not be placed where they will create tripping hazards. 5. Hoses shall be checked to make sure they are properly connected to pipe outlets

before use. 6. Air lines shall be inspected frequently for defects, and any defective equipment

repaired or replaced immediately. 7. Compressed air lines shall be identified as to maximum working pressures (psi),

by tagging or marking pipeline outlets. Pressure Regulation Devices: 1. Only qualified personnel shall be allowed to repair or adjust pressure regulating

equipment. 2. Valves, gauges and other regulating devices shall be installed on compressor

equipment in such a way that cannot be made inoperative. 3. Air tank safety valves shall be set no less than 15 psi or 10 percent (whichever is

greater) above the operating pressure of the compressor but never higher than the maximum allowable working pressure of the air receiver.

4. Air lines between the compressor and receiver shall usually not be equipped with

stop valves. Where stop valves are necessary and authorized, ASME safety valves shall be installed between the stop valves and the compressor.

5. The safety valves shall be set to blow at pressures slightly above those

necessary to pop the receiver safety valves. 6. Blow off valves shall be located on the equipment and shielded so sudden blow

offs will not cause personnel injuries or equipment damage. 7. Case iron seat or disk safety valves shall be ASME approved and stamped for

intended service application.


376

8. If the design of a safety or a relief valve is such that liquid can collect on the discharge side of the disk, the valve shall be equipped with a drain at the lowest point where liquid can collect.

9. Safety valves exposed to freezing temperatures shall be located so water cannot

collect in the valves. Frozen valves must be thawed and drained before operating the compressor.

Air Compressor Operation: 1. The operator shall review and be familiar with this Safety Policy on Compressed

Air. 2. Air compressor equipment shall be operated only by authorized and trained

personnel. 3. The air intake shall be from a clean, outside, fresh air source. Screens or filters

can be used to clean the air. 4. Air compressors shall never be operated at speeds faster than the

manufacturer’s recommendation. 5. Equipment shall not become overheated. 6. Moving parts, such as compressor flywheels, pulleys, and belts that could be

hazardous shall be effectively guarded. Compresses Air Equipment Maintenance: 1. Only authorized and trained personnel shall service and maintain air compressor

equipment. 2. Exposed, noncurrent-carrying, metal parts of compressor shall be effectively

grounded. 3. High flash point lubricants shall not be used on compressors because of its high

operating temperatures that could cause a fire or explosion. 4. Equipment shall not be over lubricated. 5. Gasoline or diesel fuel powered compressors shall not be used indoors. 6. Equipment placed outside but near buildings shall have the exhausts directed

away from doors, windows and fresh air intakes.


377

7. Soapy water or lye solutions can be used to clean carbon deposits from compressor parts, but kerosene or other flammable substances shall not be used. Frequent cleaning is necessary to keep compressors in good working condition. (Review SDS for each cleaning agent used prior to use.)

8. The air systems shall be completely purged after each cleaning. 9. During maintenance work, the switches of electrically operated compressors

shall be locked open and tagged to prevent accidental starting. 10. Portable electric compressors shall be disconnected from the power supply

before performing maintenance. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings JA-1: Abrasive and Waterblast Cleaning SA-8: High Pressure Hoses TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment TA-29: Underwater Air Lift Effective Date:



378


Safe Operating Procedures: Autoclave Operations

Hazard Review Burns Biological Agents Hot Surfaces Cuts and Punctures Steam Under Pressure

General Safety Requirements for Compressed Air 1. Be familiar with the operating instructions set forth in the operator’s manual for

the particular autoclave you are using and follow all manufacture guidelines. 2. Perform a check of the equipment before use to ensure that all parts are intact

and properly operating. 3. Always treat the equipment as if it is hot. 4. Keep autoclave serviced and in good working order. 5. Check to ensure that the water reservoir supply is clean and adequate. 6. Make sure all seals on the door and front of the chamber are intact and in good

condition. 7. Do not overfill chamber with items to be autoclaved. 8. Only put appropriate items inside the autoclave. 9. Caution shall be taken when opening the door at the end of autoclaving cycle to

prevent burns from steam escaping the autoclave. 10. Use caution ware when removing items from autoclave the items and the inside

of the autoclave will be extremely hot. 11. Always use caution when placing items in or taking items out of the autoclave not

to get cut or injured with a sharp item.


379

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment SA-8: High Pressure Hoses Effective Date:



380


Safe Operating Procedures: Backpack Blower Hazard Review Flying Debris Noxious Fumes Hidden Objects Loud Noise Burns Poisonous Plants Back Strain Temperature Extremes 1. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety

section and operating rules for use. 2. Be properly trained on the use of this equipment by Supervisor/Certified Trainer

prior to performing operations. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated.

3. Inspect equipment prior to use. 4. Use proper fuel-oil mixture, no smoking during fueling/refueling. 5. Always wear appropriate PPE, consistent with the hazard and as directed by

your supervisor. Eye and hearing protection are mandatory. Gloves should be used.

6. Properly adjust shoulder sling to reduce back strain. 7. Conduct a hazard assessment prior to beginning. Always pay attention to

potential hazards in the surrounding area. 8. Do not operate around others due to flying debris and noise. Ensure the area to

be cleared does not have people, other equipment and vehicles in the immediate area.

9. Be aware of wind direction and try to blow debris with the wind direction. Restrict

usage during high winds. 10. Avoid blowing debris in the direction of others. 11. Ensure adequate ventilation when using in covered areas. 12. Be cautious of hot muffler and exhaust.


381

13. Never operate from a moving vehicle. 14. Report, lockout tagout and remove from service damaged and malfunctioning

equipment. 15. Empty the fuel tank and properly store the equipment. 16. Review this safe operating practice at least annually. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-18: Noise Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:



382


Safe Operating Procedures: Band Saw Hazard Review Cuts, Lacerations Burns Amputations Sharp Edges Dust / Debris Splinters Pinch Points Electrical Shock Noise 1. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety

section and operating rules for use. 2. Only operate this machine after receiving appropriate training and certification

from your supervisor. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of machine before allowing the equipment to be operated.

3. Inspect equipment prior to use. 4. Make sure all safety guards are in place pursuant to OSHA 1910.213. 5. Inspect blade tension. 6. Do not wear loose clothing or gloves when operating equipment. 7. Always wear appropriate PPE; to include eye and hearing protection. A dust

mask should be used where excess dust is created during the cutting process. 8. Properly support large material items. 9. Unplug the machine before servicing or making repairs. 10. Minimize blade exposure, keep upper guide close to work piece and adjusted to

the proper height as noted in the manufacturer’s manual. 11. If blade breaks or binds, turn the machine off immediately. 12. Report damaged equipment to the supervisor and use lockout tagout procedures

to prevent use of damaged equipment. 13. Review this safe operating practice at least annually.


383

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-18: Noise Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment SA-10: Lock/Tagout TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:



384


Safe Operating Procedures: Chain Saw and All-Purpose Cut-Off Saw Class Code 4155, 4143, 4144 Hazard Review Flying Objects Kickback Hidden Objects Noise Wind Poisonous Plants Back Injury Lifting Rolling Trees 1. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised.

2. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of equipment. Be familiar with operator's manual. Report all needed repairs promptly and do not use any equipment that is unsafe.


should include ANSI approved safety glasses/eye goggles, hearing protection, and safety-toe foot wear. Gloves, chaps, and hard hats shall also be worn when felling trees.

4. Do not wear loose jewelry and chains. Snug fitting clothing is recommended.

5. Always use the following precautions when handling fuel and refueling the power

saw: a. Always store gasoline in an approved container. b. Do not smoke while handling fuel. c. Beware of static electricity and sparks between saw and fuel cans (metal

and plastic). d. Always stop the engine to refuel the tank. e. Avoid spilling fuel or oil. Spilled fuel should always be cleaned up. f. Do not remove fuel tank cap when engine is running. g. Move the power saw at least 10 feet from the fueling point before starting

the engine. h. Keep the handles dry, clean and free from oil or fuel mixtures.

6. Before you start the engine, make sure the chain or blade is not contacting any

object.


385

7. Never start the power saw until you are at the location where you intend to use the saw.

8. Do not allow other persons to be near the power-saw when starting or cutting.

9. Never start cutting until you have a clear work area and secure footing.

10. Always hold the power saw firmly with both hands when the engine is running.

Use a firm grip with thumb and fingers encircling the power saw handles.

11. Keep all parts of body away from the saw chain or blade when the engine is running.

12. To guard against kickback and to help prevent back injuries, do not cut with the

power saw above your head. Do not contact material with tip of chainsaw.

13. Always shut off the engine before putting down the saw.

14. Operate the power saw only in well-ventilated areas.

15. When operating chain saw, be aware of the stress of the item being cut. Pinching may result on compression side and sudden break may result on tension side.

16. During emergencies, look for downed utility lines before cutting with saw. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-18: Noise Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment SA-10: Lock/Tagout TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:



386


Safe Operating Procedures: Chop Saw Hazard Review Cuts, Lacerations Burns Amputations Sharp Edges Dust / Debris Splinters Pinch Points Electrical Shocks Noise 1. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety

section and operating rules for use. 2. Only operate this machine after receiving appropriate training and certification

from your supervisor. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of machine before allowing the equipment to be operated.

3. Inspect equipment prior to use. Check for proper assembly and proper alignment

of moving parts. Understand the function and proper use of: trigger switch/start switch, lower guard, spark deflector, wheel lock lever, and quick-release latch.

4. 4. Make sure all safety guards are in place pursuant to OSHA 1910.212 and 213. 5. Only use the saw on a firm level surface with adequate space for handling and

supporting the work piece. 6. Use only the recommended size and RPM rated blades.

7. Do not wear loose clothing or gloves when operating equipment. 8. Always wear appropriate PPE; to include eye, hand, face, and hearing protection.

A dust mask should be used where excess dust is created during the cutting process.

9. Use the correct cutting disc for the material and type of cut. Handle disc carefully

and inspect for cracks before each use. Tighten spindle bolt enough to hold the disc firmly. Use only the disc flanges provided with your saw. Replace cracked cutting disc immediately.

10. Make sure cutting disc is properly installed. Make sure the arbor screw and

washer are properly installed and tightened.


387

11. Ensure all clamps and locks are tight. Verify there is no excessive play in any parts. Allow the disc to reach full speed before cutting.

12. Only cut one work piece at a time and use vise clamps to hold the work piece. 13. Minimize blade exposure, keep upper guide close to work piece and adjusted to

the proper height as noted in the manufacturer’s manual.

14. If blade breaks or binds, turn the machine off immediately.

15. Report damaged equipment to the supervisor and use lockout tagout procedures to prevent use of damaged equipment.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-18: Noise Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment SA-10: Lock/Tagout TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:



388


Safe Operating Procedures: Dissecting Scope Hazard Review Burns Improper Illumination Glare Broken Glass Electrical Shock 1. Familiarize yourself with the operator's manual prior to use. 2. Look for fraying and loose connections on the cord. Lockout/tagout and do not

use any equipment that is unsafe. 3. Ensure scope is on a stable surface and convenient to a power supply prior to

use. When moving the microscope, carry microscope by its arm, support the base with a flat hand.

4. For wet environment use, ensure that the scope is plugged into a ground fault

circuit interrupter (GFCI) outlet.

5. The scope's cord shall have a proper grounding pin and plugged into a ground fault circuit interrupter outlet when in use.

6. Take frequent breaks to avoid eyestrain and fatigue. 7. When finished, lower the optical head all the way and place a dust cover on the

scope. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation

GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment SA-10: Lock/Tagout


389

Effective Date:



390


Safe Operating Procedures: Drill Press Hazard Review Cuts, Lacerations Eyes / Hearing Pinch Points Bit Binding Burns Metal Shavings / Debris 1. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety

section and operating rules. 2. Be properly trained on the use of this equipment by Supervisor/Certified Trainer

prior to performing operations. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised.

3. Inspect equipment prior to use. Ensure all guards, including chuck guard are in

place. (See OSHA 1910.213) 4. Report to the supervisor and lockout/tagout any damaged or malfunctioning

machine. 5. Do not wear loose clothing. 6. Always wear appropriate PPE; to include eye and hearing protection. 7. Drill press should be secured to floor or workbench. 8. Make sure drill bits are sharp. 9. Secure object being drilled with clamps, when possible. 10. Make sure drill bit is secure in chuck, using proper chuck key. Never use a

screwdriver and hammer to secure bit. 11. Be cautious of flying debris and metal shavings. 12. Be sure press platform is tight and at the right height for object being drilled. 13. Allow drill to come to a complete stop before removing work piece.


391

14. Immediately report damaged equipment to Maintenance Supervisor. Lockout and tag damaged equipment and do not use.

15. Review this safe operating practice at least annually. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment SA-10: Lock/Tagout Effective Date:



392


Safe Operating Procedures: Fume Hood Hazard Review Noxious Fumes and Vapors Unknown Vapors Chemical Agents Volatile Liquids Limited Space Hot Surfaces 1. Be familiar with the operating instructions set forth in the operator’s manual for

the particular laboratory hood you are using and follow all manufacture guidelines.

2. Prior to use, perform a check of any equipment to be used in the hood and

ensure that all parts are intact and properly operating. 3. All volatile materials must be opened and used inside a certified laboratory fume

hood. 4. All work that is a potential source of contamination must be performed at least 6

inches inside the face of the hood. 5. Work with the sash closed as far as possible. DO NOT put your head in the

fume hood when contaminants are being generated. 6. Fume hoods shall not be used for storage. Excessive equipment or chemicals

stored inside a hood obstruct the airflow and reduce the effectiveness of the hood.

7. Keep fume hoods serviced and in good working order and at a minimum conduct

an annual certification using ASHRAE Standard 110.1995, Method of Testing Performance of Laboratory Fume Hoods.

8. Make sure all seals are intact and in good condition. 9. To avoid cuts and injuries from sharp items, always use caution when placing

items in or taking items out of the hood to avoid cuts and injuries from sharp items.


393

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-11: Hazardous Materials GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment SA-7: Hazardous Waste Handling and Storage Effective Date:



394


Safe Operating Procedures: Generator Class Code 2101 - 2104 Hazard Review Inclement Weather Electrical Shock Pinch Points Noise Burns Fumes Flammable Liquids Combustible Liquids 1. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of

equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised. 2. Guard against electric shock. 3. Avoid touching live terminals or receptacles. 4. Be extremely careful if operating in inclement weather. 5. Do not make or break electrical receptacle connections under load. 6. Use only grounded receptacles and extension cords. Discard old cords and

those without grounding pins. 7. Generator must be properly grounded. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters shall be

used for all 120-volt, single-phase 15- and 20-ampere receptacle outlets fed by the generator. (NOTE: Receptacles on a two-wire, single-phase portable or vehicle-mounted generator rated not more than 5kW, where the circuit conductors of the generator are insulated from the generator frame and all other grounded surfaces, need not be protected with ground-fault circuit interrupters.)

8. Operators should use caution and remain alert around hot engine parts, moving

parts and generator output. 9. Safety equipment guards shall be used for all turning, rotating, and drive

systems. 10. Keep all safety guards and power shields in position and tightly secured. 11. Do not wear loose clothing, neckties or jewelry that could be caught in moving

parts. Long hair should be restrained.


395

12. Provide adequate ventilation when in use. 13. Keep area around generator clean and dry. Remove all material that can create

slippery conditions. Remove oily rags and other flammable material from the area.

14. Keep a fire extinguisher near the generator. 15. Allow the generator to cool down before refueling. 16. When transporting generators on trailers, ensure that generator is properly

secured. 17. Do not fill fuel tank or remove fuel cap while engine is running. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment EA-6: Field Emergency Response EA-8: Mobile Incident Command Center EA-10: Emergency Response Teams Effective Date:



396


Safe Operating Procedures: Bench Grinder Hazard Review Burns Flying Debris Sparks Cuts / Lacerations Dust Noise 1. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety

section and operating rules for use. 2. Be properly trained on the use of this equipment by Supervisor/Certified Trainer


3. Wheel guards must always be in place and set to the correct tolerances. (See the

manufacture's operating manual and OSHA 1910.215) 4. Avoid wearing loose clothing when using this machine. 5. Always wear eye and hearing protection. Hand protection should be used when

grinding metal or edged objects. 6. Check the surrounding area for flammable items. 7. Bench grinders should always be secured to floor/workbench. 8. Report damaged stone wheels and wheel brushes to the Maintenance

Supervisor and use lockout procedures to prevent use of damaged equipment. 9. Know recommended tolerance levels for stone wheels and remove them when

they exceed the tolerances. 10. Review this safe operating practice at least annually.


397

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment Effective Date:



398


Safe Operating Procedures: Hand Tools (Landscape and Ground Maintenance) Hazard Review Slips, Trips, Falls Back Strain Fueling Burns Sharp Edges and Points Poisonous Plants, Animals Flying Particles Cuts and Lacerations Vapors and Fumes 1. Supervisors shall verify that operators are trained, capable and qualified on each

type of equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised. 2. Be properly trained on the use of this equipment by Supervisor/Certified Trainer

prior to performing operations. 3. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety

section and operating rules. 4. Operators shall perform a check of their equipment prior to use. 5. Promptly report needed repairs. Do not use equipment that is unsafe. Report

damaged equipment to the appropriate individual and use lockout/tagout procedures.

6. Wear personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard, e.g., eyewear,

face shield, hearing protection, safety shoes, leg chaps, and guards. 7. Use proper fuel-oil mixture for gas-powered equipment, and avoid open flames.

No smoking during fueling/refueling. 8. Ensure proper grounding for electrical power tools. Discard any faulty power

cords. 9. Be aware of people in close proximity to work being performed. 10. Keep work area clean to avoid slipping, tripping or falling. 11. Store tools in an appropriate manner, such as storage cabinets and wall storage

units.


399

12. Review this safe operating practice at least annually. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-11: Hand Removal of Vegetation FO-12: Herbicide, and other Spraying FO-16: Maintenance FO-26: Plant and Plant Bedding TA13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) TA-14: Hedge Trimmer Effective Date:



400


Safe Operating Procedures: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Hazard Review Electrical Shock Noise Pinch Points Dust Sharp Edges and Points Caustic Cleaning Agents Flying Particles Cuts and Abrasions Improper Tools 1. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar



3. Only use tools in the manner for which they are designed to avoid tool damage

and personal injury. 4. Visually inspect all tools prior to use and remove damaged tools from service. 5. Ensure that tool handles are free from cracks, splits, and splinters prior to use. 6. Ensure that impact tools are free from "mushroomed" heads. 7. Keep work area clean to avoid slipping, tripping or falling. 8. Avoid using dull power tools or hand tools. Power saws, chain saws, and drills

that have dull blades or bits can cause binding or kickback, which can result in cuts, bruises, and loss of fingers or limbs to the operator and others.

9. Ensure proper grounding for power tools. 10. Be aware of safety devices on tools; check regularly and use only tools with all

safety devices properly operating. Do not use electric power tools with damaged cords or switches.

11. Place tools in safe position when not in use so that sharp points are not exposed.

Carry all sharp tools in their sheath or holster.


401

12. When using knives, shears or other cutting tools, cut in a direction away from your body.

13. Store tools in an appropriate manner, such as storage cabinets and wall storage

units. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-11: Hand Removal of Vegetation FO-12: Herbicide, and other Spraying FO-16: Maintenance FO-26: Plant and Plant Bedding TA-12: Hand Tools (Landscape and Ground Maintenance) TA-14: Hedge Trimmer Effective Date:



402


Safe Operating Procedures: Hedge Trimmer – Gas Powered Hazard Review Cuts Flying Debris Fatigue Burns Electrical Lines Poisonous Plants, Insects, Snakes Back Strains Gas / Fueling Inclement Weather Domestic and Wild Animals 1. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety



3. Inspect equipment prior to use. 4. Use proper fuel-oil mixture, avoid open flames. No smoking during

fueling/refueling. 5. Always wear appropriate PPE, to include eye and hearing protection, gloves,

chaps, hardhat with face shield, and leather footwear. 6. Review job site hazards prior to starting work. 7. Always pay attention to surrounding area. 8. Be aware of other coworkers and public in the area. 9. Take adequate breaks to reduce fatigue. 10. Keep fuel cans a minimum of ten feet from ignition sources. 11. Immediately report damaged equipment to Maintenance Supervisor. Lockout

and tag damaged equipment and do not use. 12. Review this safe operating practice at least annually.


403

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-11: Hand Removal of Vegetation FO-12: Herbicide, and other Spraying FO-16: Maintenance FO-26: Plant and Plant Bedding TA-5: Chain Saw and All-Purpose Cut-Off Saw TA12: Hand Tools (Landscape and Ground Maintenance) TA13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual)

Effective Date:



404


Safe Operating Procedures: Hillquist Saw Hazard Review Electrical Shock Noise Amputation Dust Sharp Edges and Points Cuts and Abrasions 1. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety


prior to performing operations. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of machine before allowing the equipment to be operated.

3. Always Inspect equipment prior to use. Ensure all guards are in place. 4. Avoid overfilling the water reservoir. 5. Promptly report any damages to the supervisor, and lockout/tagout any damaged

or malfunctioning machine. Do not use any machine that is unsafe. 6. Do not wear loose clothing. Long hair must be pulled back and kept clear of the

operating area. 7. Use caution – the Hillquist Saw turns at a high rate of speed. 8. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard.

Always wear proper eye protection. 9. Use caution when handling glass slides. 10. Be aware of slippery floors. 11. Use caution when operating any electrical equipment in wet environments. Use

GFCI plugs for power source. 12. Check for loose, frayed, or bare electrical wiring. 13. Only use tools in the manner for which they are designed to avoid tool damage

and personal injury.


405

14. Keep work area clean to avoid slipping, tripping or falling.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-13: Maintenance and Repair Shops FO-11: Hand Removal of Vegetation FO-12: Herbicide, and other Spraying FO-26: Plant and Plant Bedding TA-5: Chain Saw and All-Purpose Cut-Off Saw TA12: Hand Tools (Landscape and Ground Maintenance) TA13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:



406


Safe Operation Procedures: Hydraulic Sampling Equipment Hazard Review Crushed limbs Falling Overboard Drowning. 1. Hydraulic equipment should be visually inspected for leaks or other problems

before operation.

2. Only personnel trained in use of equipment should operate equipment.

3. Stand in a safe area, out of the way of the operation of the equipment

4. Notify supervisor of any serious injuries.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-17: Marine Life Research and Sampling SP-8: Marine Vessel – Power Boat SP-9: Marine Vessel – Research Boat (Certified and Noncertified) TA12: Hand Tools (Landscape and Ground Maintenance) TA13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:

Versions Revisions April 2004 Original effective date. April 2008 Reviewed and revised. July 2010 Reviewed; Revised to new format. July 2013 Reviewed and revised. December 2015 Reviewed and revised. May 2016 Reviewed and revised.


407


Safe Operating Procedures: Hydraulic Vehicle Lift Hazard Review Pinch Points Overhead Hazard Slips, Trips, and Falls Crush hazards Back Injury 1. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety



3. Ensure ready access and operating conditions of eye wash and emergency

shower, in case of chemical or fluid exposure to skin and eye irritants. 4. Make sure vehicle is properly centered and balanced on lift. Closely monitor

vehicle as it is being raised and assure that it is stable on lift. 5. Make sure work area is clean from fluid spills. Immediately clean up spills. 6. Make sure all safety devices are operational. 7. Never get under a load being raised. Secure safety devices prior to working

under a vehicle on the lift. Be cautious of overhead hazards. 8. Chock/Block wheels when using above ground lift. 9. Always wear safety glasses. A bump cap is recommended, and the use of a

hard hat is required where overhead material or items can fall onto the head. 10. Be cautious of hot surfaces such as tailpipes and the area around the vehicle

engine. 11. Immediately report damaged equipment to Maintenance. Lockout and tag

damaged equipment and do not use. 12. Review this safe operating practice at least annually.


408

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-7: Hoisting and Jacking JA-13: Maintenance and Repair Shops JA-15: Mechanic Operations SA-10: Lock/Tagout

Effective Date:



409


Safe Operating Procedures: Ladder Hazard Review Pinching Slip, Trip and Fall Overhead Hazards 1. Inspect for cracks, breaks or weak points. Replace if found defective.

2. Do not use metal or conductive ladders near energized lines or equipment.

3. When climbing, use rungs for handholds rather than side rails.

4. Utilize middle portion of each rung rather than edges when climbing.

5. Do not climb above manufacturer's recommended height as marked on the

ladder.

6. Do not exceed manufacturer's weight capacity for the ladder.

7. Locate base of ladder on firm, level and solid footing. Secure as necessary to provide stability.

8. Use the correct sized ladder for the job. Do not over reach. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-13: Maintenance and Repair Shops


410

Effective Date:



411


Safe Operating Procedures: Personnel Lift Hazard Review Pinch Points Electrical Shock Falls Dust Overhead Obstacles Uneven Surfaces Back and Neck Strain 1. Operators shall perform a preoperational check of their equipment. Worker must

be familiar with operating manual and instructions. Report needed repairs promptly. Lockout and tagout and do not use any equipment that is unsafe.

2. Employees must be trained by the supervisor or a competent person on the use

of this equipment prior to use. 3. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard, as

noted in the operations manual and division protocols and guidelines. This shall include proper fall protection equipment; including a positioning belt and lanyard.

4. Establish a secure work area around the lift and the work area to protect those in

the area from falling items. Using cones, tape or other physical barriers, may accomplish this.

5. Unit must be set up and leveled according to operating instructions. Outrigger

pads must have firm contact with ground or be safely supported with wood blocks in soft or sloping soil. If possible, allow wheels on base to remain in contact with solid ground.

6. Only an industrial grade extension cord with 12 gauge or larger wire shall be

used as the power source. 7. Worker shall not climb, sit, stand, or hang on guardrails to perform task. 8. Never use lift alone; use a spotter for monitoring the lift and worker’(s). Observe

maximum load for the lift according to operating instructions. 9. Do not exceed the maximum combined weight of the lift as listed in the operating

instructions and listed on the equipment. 10. Do not exceed the number of allowed persons on the platform as listed in

operating instructions.


412

11. In case of power failure use the emergency-lowering device as instructed in the

operating manual, generally a lever located on the side of the power unit. If employee becomes disabled while using lift, use emergency down lever to lower the platform and request assistance.

12. Keep all body parts clear of any pinch points on the lift. 13. Always get assistance before trying to move equipment. 14. Never attempt to move equipment in the up position. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-13: Maintenance and Repair Shops SA-10: Lock/Tagout Effective Date:



413


Safe Operating Procedures: Power Tools (Landscape and Ground Maintenance) Hazard Review Slips, Trips, Falls Back Strain Fueling Burns Sharp Edges and Points Poisonous Plants, Animals Flying Particles Cuts and Lacerations Vapors and Fumes 1. Supervisors shall verify that operators are trained, capable, and qualified on each

type of equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated unsupervised. 2. Be properly trained on the use of this equipment by Supervisor/Certified Trainer

prior to performing operations. 3. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety

section and operating rules. 4. Operators shall perform a check of their equipment prior to use. 5. Promptly report needed repairs. Do not use equipment that is unsafe. Report

damaged equipment to the appropriate individual and use lockout/tagout procedures.

6. Wear personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard, e.g., eyewear,

face shield, hearing protection, safety shoes, leg chaps, and guards. 7. Use proper fuel-oil mixture for gas-powered equipment, and avoid open flames.

No smoking during fueling/refueling. 8. Ensure proper grounding for electrical power tools. Discard any faulty power

cords. 9. Be aware of people in close proximity to work being performed. 10. Keep work area clean to avoid slipping, tripping, or falling. 11. Store tools in an appropriate manner, such as storage cabinets and wall storage

units.


414

12. Review this safe operating practice at least annually. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-13: Maintenance and Repair Shops FO-11: Hand Removal of Vegetation FO-12: Herbicide, and other Spraying FO-26: Planting and Plant Bed Maintenance SA-10: Lock/Tagout TA-12: Hand Tools (Landscape and Ground Maintenance) TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) TA-14: Hedge Trimmer Effective Date:



415


Safe Operating Procedures: Power Washer Hazard Review Pressurized Hoses Flying Objects Slip, Trip and Fall Pinch Points Burns Electric Shock 1. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of


2. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar with the operator's manual. Report needed repairs promptly. Do not use any equipment that is unsafe.

3. Operator shall make a visual inspection of the work area prior to beginning work.

Note and clear any obstacles. 4. Ensure all connections are correctly attached and tight. 5. When using an intake hose, make sure hose is not drawing mud, sand, or other

bottom material into the pump system. 6. When using 0 and 15 degree tips for the power head/wand assembly, be

extremely careful not to direct flow towards air hoses, safety lines, equipment, or other personnel. Remember that these tips force water at a velocity high enough to cut through concrete.

7. Be aware of slippery conditions. 8. Shut off engine and avoid ignition sources when fueling and refueling. 9. When using an electric powered washer, ensure that you are using a GFCI

outlet. 10. Never leave equipment unattended with the engine running. Shut engine off

when not in use. 11. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the hazard. Eye

protection is required.


416

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-7: Fire Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment JA-13: Maintenance and Repair Shops SA-8: High Pressure Hoses Effective Date:



417


Safe Operating Procedures: Scaffolding Hazard Review Slip, Trip and Fall Falling Objects Extreme Heights Noise 1. Check condition of staging, hangers and railing before use. 2. Know whom the scaffold competent person at the site you will be working on a

scaffold. Ensure that the condition of staging, hangers and railings have been checked before use.

3. The combined load of workers, materials and tools shall not exceed

manufacturer's rated capacity.

4. Scaffolding shall not be used without proper handrails and toe boards as specified by OSHA.

5. Keep loose tools and materials clear of walkway.

6. Do not work or walk under a scaffold that is being used.

7. Do not overextend to reach something. Move scaffold to the work area.

8. Do not sit or climb on handrails to gain height.

9. Establish safe means of entry/exit onto/from scaffold.


Hard hat, eye protection, and safety shoes must be worn. PFDs and safety harnesses may also be required when working over water.

11. Employees should be aware that proper foot placement and balance is important

for safe operation.

12. Do not work on scaffolds supported solely by cable, chain, or rope systems. Use only roller beam clamps or scissor units.


418

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-5: Equipment Mounting and Dismounting GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-28: Work Zone Safety and Traffic Control Effective Date:



419


Safe Operating Procedures: Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) Hazard Review Slip, Trips, and Falls Limited Mobility Limited Visibility Oxygen Deficiency Pressurized Cylinder Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health Conditions (IDLH)

1. Only medically cleared, properly trained and authorized employees are permitted

to use SCBA.

2. Employees must successfully complete a respiratory "fit test" before using SCBA.

3. Ensure that you are physically able to support the air tank prior to using.

4. Eliminate facial hair that is between the sealing surface of the face piece when using SCBA.

5. Only use the type of SCBA that you have received training on.

6. Review and follow all applicable departmental safety policies and division respiratory protection program plans.

7. Review and follow all applicable division specific site plans as they relate to the use of SCBA and the site where you are using the equipment.

8. Ensure all components are working (displays, air level and harness)

9. Visually check the mask for cleanliness, clarity, and that it is in proper order.

10. Ensure that face piece does not have any leaks. Perform a user seal check each time you put on the respirator.

11. Know the amount of air in the tank and its maximum time of use for the conditions under which you are working.


420

12. Notify the attendant or designated site safety officer prior to beginning/entering the work area.

13. Where your training and experience indicate, immediately leave the work area if unfavorable SCBA conditions appear.

14. Inspect the tank for wear or damage each time. If damage is evident, remove from service, tag it out and return to the appropriate individual for repair.

15. Clean, disinfect, and properly store the face mask after each use. (i.e., a sealed bag)

16. Do not remove your SCBA until you are clear of the hazardous environment that

required its use. 17. Ensure that the SCBA tank has been structurally tested pursuant to industry and

OSHA requirements.(1910.134) 18. Review this SOP on an annual basis. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-2: Cold Water Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-24: Sun Exposure GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-27: Wet Weather TA-24: Self Contained Underwater Breathing Apparatus (SCUBA) Effective Date:



421


Safe Operating Procedures: Self Contained Underwater Breathing Apparatus (SCUBA) Hazard Review Slip, Trip and Fall Limited Mobility Pressurized Cylinder Limited Visibility Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health Conditions (IDLH) 1. All diving equipment used for scientific diving for DMF must meet DMF’s

standards per the DMF Diving Manual.

2. Only medically cleared, properly trained and authorized employees are permitted to use SCUBA's.

3. Review and follow all applicable departmental safety policies and your division's

dive (splash) plan. Review, be aware of and follow department and division policies regarding SCUBA operations.

4. Review and follow all applicable division specific site plans as they relate to the

use of SCUBA and the site where you are using the equipment. 5. Ensure that you are physically able to support the air tank prior to using. 6. Ensure proper footing when entering/exiting the water. 7. Ensure all components are working (displays, hoses, supply tanks, air level,

harness, etc.) 8. Visually check the mask for cleanliness, clarity, and in proper working order.

Ensure that the face piece does not have any leaks. Perform a user seal check each time you put on the breather/mask.

9. Know the amount of air in the tank and its maximum time of use for the

conditions under which you are working. 10. Notify the designated dive site safety officer prior to beginning/entering the dive

area.


422

11. Where your training and experience indicate, immediately leave the work area if unfavorable conditions appear.

12. Inspect the tank for wear or damage each time. If damage is evident, remove

from service, tag it out, and return to the appropriate individual for repair. 13. Clean, disinfect, and properly store the facemask after each use. 14. Properly store and secure empty and filled air tanks. 15. Ensure that the SCUBA tank has been structurally tested pursuant to industry

and OSHA requirements. (1910.401) 16. Review this SOP on an annual basis. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-2: Cold Water Safety GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-13: Hot Weather Safety GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-24: Sun Exposure GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-27: Wet Weather TA-23: Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) Effective Date:



423


Safe Operating Procedures: Sprayer Backpack Hazard Review Lifting Uneven Terrain Hooking / Unhooking Chemical Exposure Fumes Temperature Extremes Uneven Work Surfaces Adverse/Windy Weather Conditions 1. Review Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each

type of equipment before allowing the equipment to be operated. 2. Supervisors shall verify that operators have any required Department of

Agriculture training and license for those herbicides requiring one. 3. Operators shall be familiar with the manufacture's manual for the sprayer.

Report all needed repairs promptly. Lockout/tagout and do not use any equipment that is unsafe.

4. Conduct a hazard review and determined appropriate Personal Protective

Equipment (PPE) to use when using this equipment. 5. Check and wear appropriate personal protective equipment consistent with the

hazard, Safety Data Sheet (SDS), and as directed by your supervisor. 6. Ensure appropriate first aid kit is nearby when using this equipment. 7. Periodically review the SDS's for the chemicals you use. 8. Mix and apply chemicals in manner consistent with chemical labels. 9. Rinse empty chemical containers and equipment. Properly dispose of unused

chemicals and properly store chemical stock consistent with its labeling. 10. Store this equipment and chemical containers in a secure location. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-13: Hot Weather Safety


424

GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-24: Sun Exposure FO-12: Herbicide, Pesticide, and Other Spraying Operations TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) Effective Date:



425


Safe Operating Procedures: Stapler – Hand and Electric Hazard Review Stapling Loading Removing 1. Use stapler for its intended purpose; do not misuse it as a hammer, pry bar or

screwdriver. Misuse can cause damage to equipment and possible injury to user.

2. Exercise care when loading or using staple machines. Hold stapler spring action away from body to prevent spring action from possible releasing staples and injuring user or others.

3. Avoid holding the thumb over the discharge opening when assessing/correcting

for a jammed stapler. Never discharge the stapler near or toward the eyes. 4. Unplug electric stapler prior to removing any jammed staples. 5. Use a proper staple remover for removing staples. Properly dispose of broken,

bent and spilled staples. 6. Keep fingers away from stapling area of staple gun. 7. Do not test or work on a jammed stapler by holding the thumb over the end or by

discharging it near the eyes. 8. Use a proper staple remover for removing staples. Properly dispose of broke

staples. 9. When using a staple "gun," (electric or hand powered) avoid pointing it in the

direction of others. Ensure that the substance/item that will hold the stapled item can support the item being stapled, and has sufficient strength to prevent penetration of the staple out the other side.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-19: Office Machine and Equipment Safety


426

Effective Date:



427


Safe Operating Procedures: Table Saw Hazard Review Electrical Shock Pinch Points Flying Debris Cuts Dust Amputations Kickback 1. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety



3. Inspect machine prior to use for damage. Ensure floor area around equipment is

free from slipping and tripping hazards. 4. Make sure all safety devices are in place and working - no exceptions. (See

OSHA 1910.213) 5. Never wear gloves, loose clothing, or jewelry when operating the equipment. 6. Always wear eye and hearing protection. 7. Maintain a clean work area at all times. 8. Maintain blade adjustment to thickness of material being cut. 9. Immediately report damaged equipment to Supervisor. Lockout and tag

damaged equipment and do not use. 10. Review this safe operating practice at least annually. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-18: Noise Hazards


428

GN-19: Office Machine and Equipment Safety GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings TA-13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual)

Effective Date:



429


Safe Operating Procedures: Trailers and Towed Equipment Class Code 3200, 3201, 3204, 3208, 3301, 3302, 4145 Hazard Review Backing Unsecured Loads Hooking/Unhooking Debris on Bed Uneven terrain Road Surfaces 1. Supervisors shall verify that operators are capable and qualified on each type of


2. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar with the operator's manual. Report needed repairs promptly. Do not use any equipment that is unsafe.

3. Operators shall perform a visual and manual check of the "pintle hooks" to

ensure that they are secure before the truck and attachment are put to use.

4. Make sure cargo is properly loaded and secured using only approved chain and load binders. Safety chains are to be used on any attachment in tow. Ensure that the chains are of the proper strength for the load and are properly secured to both the vehicle and attachment to be towed.

5. Be aware of height and width of load.

6. Never load a trailer beyond its recommended capacity.

7. Do not allow anyone between truck and trailer when backing to hook trailer.

8. Plan ahead to minimize the need for backing. Always check to the rear before

backing and use an observer when available. Make sure back-up alarms are working properly.

9. Make sure trailer-bed and ramps are clear of any debris.

10. Make sure tilt-beds or ramps are secure before putting trailer in use.

11. Hook, unhook, load, and unload on stable ground with trailer secure.


430

12. Be sure taillights and turn signals are in view when towing any attachment that does not have taillight hookup.

13. Observe towing speed limit if applicable.

14. Operators shall be responsible for securing permits for all oversize loads.

Low Boy Trailers 1. Never load a trailer beyond its recommended capacity. 2. Make sure cargo is properly loaded, centered, and secured using only approved

chain and load binders. Use no less than 2 chains. Hauled vehicles shall be secures with chains pulling from opposite directions.

3. Safety chains are to be used on any attachment in tow. Ensure that chains are

of the proper strength for the load and are properly secured to both the vehicle/equipment and attachment points of the trailer.

4. Be aware crushing and pinching hazards when installing, adjusting, or removing

chains, and binders used to secure loads. 5. Be aware of height and width of load. 6. Make sure trailer-bed and ramps are clear of any debris. 7. Hook, unhook, load, and unload on stable ground with trailer secure. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-26: Vehicle Operation SA-10: Lockout/Tagout SP-1: All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) SP-4: Heavy Equipment SP-10: Tractors: Backhoe and Loader, Crawler, and Mower SP-11: Tractor Wheel SP-12: Trucks, Crew Cab, Dump, Field Mechanic, Field Operations and

Maintenance, Flatbed, Fuel and Lube, Tractor and Trailer TA-28: Trailers and Towed Equipment


431

Effective Date:



432


Safe Operating Procedures: Underwater Air Lift Hazard Review Suction Lifting Slips, Trips, and Falls Hoses Geographical Hazards Lockout/Tagout 1. Be properly trained on the use of this equipment by Supervisor/Certified Trainer


2. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety

section and operating rules. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of the equipment. Be familiar with the operator's manual.

3. Lockout/tagout and report needed repairs promptly. Do not use any equipment

that damaged or unsafe. 4. Inspect equipment prior to use. Ensure all connections are correctly attached

and tight. 5. Secure air supply hoses to upper portion of lift. 6. Secure line at outlet to direct discharge away from personnel and equipment. 7. Keep hands and air lines clear of intake. 8. Review this safe operating practice at least annually. Related SOPS / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings GN-26: Vehicle Operation SA-8: High Pressure Hoses SA-10: Lockout/Tagout


433

Effective Date:



434


Safe Operating Procedures: Water Pump - Class Code 3500-3511 Hazard Review Pressurized Water Lifting Slip, Trip and Fall Pinch Points 1. Operators shall perform a pre-operational check of their equipment. Be familiar


2. High pressure hoses should not be kinked. Check hose fittings for proper

connections.

3. Operator should never leave machine while pumping is in process.

4. Only nozzle operator will direct the pump operator when to start pump.

5. Make sure all hoses and nozzles are in good shape.

6. Do not stand over hoses.

7. Watch for slipping/tripping hazards in the work area.

8. Use proper lifting procedures for moving hose and placing bagged material.

9. Clean machine properly and thoroughly at end of shift.

10. Do not fill fuel tank or remove fuel cap while engine is running. Related SOPs / Documents: GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings

GN-26: Vehicle Operation SA-8: High Pressure Hoses SA-10: Lockout/Tagout


435

Effective Date:



436


Safe Operating Procedures: Weapons - Handguns Hazard Review Death Gunshot Wound Hearing Loss Accidental Discharge Eye Injury Misfire Damaged equipment Pinch Points Injury to Others Improper Storage 1. No officer shall use or otherwise handle a handgun in a careless manner, which

may result in unintentional injury to another person or damage to property. 2. Issued handguns shall be carried in issued holsters only. 3. No handgun shall be repaired or otherwise modified by any person other than an

authorized certified armorer. 4. Issued handguns shall not be loaded with anything other than clean, issued

ammunition. 5. Issued handguns shall not be loaded with more ammunition than the original

magazine capacity. 6. Issued handguns shall be carried with the safety in the “on” position at all times. 7. Issued handguns shall be frequently inspected to ensure that they are damage

free, clean, and functional. 8. When an officer is off duty, he/she shall take appropriate steps to ensure that the

handgun is safely secured to prevent unauthorized access (locked up at home or in vehicle lock box).

9. All officers who are issued handguns shall attend training and must pass a

qualification course at least once per year. 10. When firing issued handguns, hearing protection and eye protection are required. 11. When firing handguns, a billed cap should always be worn to help protect the

shooter from ejected cases.


437

12. Issued handguns should never be holstered with the hammer cocked and the safety in the “off” position.

13. When engaged in training, officers should never load magazines or handguns,

remove handguns from holsters, or engage in any other activity unless specifically instructed by a firearms instructor.

14. Any time a malfunction is encountered, the officer shall immediately notify a

certified armorer for repair. 15. Reloaded ammunition shall never be used in issued handguns. 16. WD-40 is not to be used on issued firearms for cleaning or lubrication purposes. 17. Understand the functioning of the firearm and its capability. 18. Always make certain that the firearm is in good working order. Follow the

manufactures instructions on maintenance and cleaning and your division's policies on cleaning and maintenance schedules.







your firearm against a wall, tree or other object. Firearms that fall may accidentally discharge.


them. Unnecessary handling of any firearm increases the possibility of an accident.


438

28. Secure all firearms consistent with your training and division specific policies. 29. Do not use firearms if you are under the influence of prescription or over the

counter medicines that can impair your judgment or reaction time. Do not handle firearms if extremely fatigued.


Marine Patrol Firearms Policy GN-1: Accident and Injury Response GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings LE-2: Firearm General Safety LE-3: Firearm Use LE-5: Investigations LE-6: Law Enforcement Vehicle Emergency Response LE-10: Training, In Service LE-13: Weapons Training TA-32: Weapons – Rifles and Shotguns

Effective Date:



439


Safe Operating Procedures: Weapons – Rifles and Shotguns Hazard Review Death Serious Bodily Injury Hearing Loss Eye damage Misfire Damaged Equipment Pinch Points Injury to Others Improper Storage Accidental Discharge Gunshot Wound 1. No officer shall use or otherwise handle a rifle or shotgun in a careless manner,

which may result in unintentional injury to another person or damage to property. 2. Shotguns and/or rifles shall only be carried in secure cases, racks or otherwise

secured in vehicles or vessels. 3. No issued shotgun shall be repaired or otherwise modified by other than a

division armorer. 4. Shotguns shall not be loaded with other than clean, issued ammunition. 5. Shotguns shall be carried with the magazine loaded, no round in the chamber,

and the safety in the “on” position. 6. Shotguns shall be frequently inspected to ensure that they are damage free,

clean and functional. 7. All officers must receive training and pass a qualification course prior to being

granted access to a shotgun. 8. When firing shotguns, ear protection and eye protection are required. 9. Any time a malfunction occurs or damage is detected, a division armorer shall

immediately be notified so that repairs can be made. 10. WD-40 is not to be used for cleaning or lubrication on issued shotguns. 11. Understand the functioning of the firearm and its capability.


440

12. Always make certain that the firearm is in good working order. Follow the manufactures instructions on maintenance and cleaning and your division's policies on cleaning and maintenance schedules.







your firearm against a wall, tree, or other object. Firearms that fall may accidentally discharge.


them. Unnecessary handling of any firearm increases the possibility of an accident.

22. Secure all firearms consistent with your training and division specific policies. 23. Do not use firearms if you are under the influence of prescription or over the

counter medicines that can impair your judgment or reaction time. Do not handle firearms if extremely fatigued.

Related SOPs / Documents: Marine Patrol Firearms Policy GN-1: Accident and Injury Response GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-22: Personal Protective Equipment – Law Enforcement


441

GN-25: Tail Gate Safety Meetings LE-2: Firearm General Safety LE-3: Firearm Use LE-5: Investigations LE-6: Law Enforcement Vehicle Emergency Response LE-10: Training, In Service LE-13: Weapons Training TA-31: Weapons – Handguns Effective Date:



442


Safe Operating Procedures: Weed Eater (String/Brush) Hazard Review Cuts /Lacerations Back Strain Fueling Slips, Trips, Falls Flying Debris Burns Sharp Edges Poisonous Plants, Animals Vapors / Fumes 1. Review manufacturer's operation manual. Pay special attention to the safety



3. Inspect machine prior to use for damage. Ensure floor area around equipment is

free from slipping and tripping hazards. 4. Make sure all safety devices are in place and working - no exceptions. (See

OSHA 1910.213) 5. Use proper fuel-oil mixture for 2-cycle equipment. 6. Never wear gloves, loose clothing, or jewelry when operating the equipment. 7. Always wear eye and hearing protection. 8. Maintain a clean work area at all times. 9. Maintain blade adjustment to thickness of material being cut. 10. Properly adjust shoulder sling to reduce back strain. 11. Allow engine to cool before refueling. No smoking during fueling/refueling. 12. Be cautious of hot mufflers and engine parts. 13. Always pay attention to the surrounding area. 14. Do not operate in proximity of other coworkers or bystanders.


443

15. Never operate from a moving vehicle. 16. Report damaged equipment to the Maintenance Supervisor and use

lockout/tagout procedures. 17. Review this safe operating practice at least annually.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-10: Geographic Hazards GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-17: Lifting GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment FO-11: Hand Removal of Vegetation FO-12: Herbicide, and other Spraying FO-16: Maintenance FO-26: Plant and Plant Bedding JA-13: Maintenance and Repair Shops SA-10: Lock/Tagout TA13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) TA-14: Hedge Trimmer Effective Date:



444


Safe Operating Procedures: Woodcutting Table Saw Hazard Review Mechanical Power Tools Housekeeping Electrical Lifting Safety Issues Flying Particles Injuries 1. Table saws tend to be complex; saws from different manufacture’s can vary in

safety and operation procedures and precautions. Read the owner’s manual and safety precautions before using.

2. Many table saws are equipped with emergency – off switches. Know the

locations of these switches and the tool power switch.

3. Don’t wear loose fitting clothing or jewelry. Long hair should be restrained. High-powered tools can catch clothing and draw operator’s body into the tool.

4. When using any type of woodcutting table saws, never use gloves. They can get

caught in the saw.

5. Watch for flying objects. Keep unnecessary personnel away from saw when in use.

6. Use the saw guard at all times. No operation shall be done with the guards

removed.

7. Make sure that blades and accessories are properly mounted. In addition, make sure all locking handles and clamps are tight before using a table saw.

8. To prevent kickback never use a dull blade and never cut without the guide and

splitter guard in place. In addition, don’t drop wood on top of the saw blade.

9. When cutting, NEVER PULL the work piece through the saw. Start and finish the cut from the front of the saw.

10. Never feed the work piece from the back of the saw.

11. Use a push stick according to the manufacture’s guidelines. In general, when

using a push stick or push block, the trailing end of the board must be square. A


445

push stick against an uneven end could slip off or push the work away from the fence. The fence is the stop plate or barrier used to guide the work piece.

12. Use eye protection when using a woodcutting table saw at all times.

13. Always stand to the side of the saw, and never directly in line with the blade. If

the saw catches the material you are working on, the saw will throw it in line with the blade.

14. Keep area around saws clean to prevent a fire hazard.

Related SOPs / Documents: GN-8: First Aid GN-14: Housekeeping and Sanitation GN-16: Inclement Weather Conditions GN-18: Noise Hazards GN-21: Personal Protective Equipment TA-13: Maintenance and Repair Shops TA-5: Chain Saw and All-Purpose Cut-Off Saw TA13: Hand Tools (Power and Manual) SA-10: Lock/Tagout Effective Date:
